ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZAAABACADAEAFAGAHAIAJAKALAMANAOAPAQARASATAUAVAWAXAYAZBABBBCBDBEBFBGBHBIBJBKBLBMBNBO
1
qtyisbnauthoreditor1_lastnameauthoreditorsauthoreditors_affiliationtitlesubtitlebibliographic_informationaddi_bibliographic_infoedition_numbercopyright_yearprice_statusprice_eurprice_eur_brprice_eur_br_aprice_gbpprice_chfprice_usdcover_typeadditional_softcoverseries_titlevolume_numbersubject_collectionproduct_categorymediumspringer_referencelanguage1nr_of_arabic_pagesbic_code1bic_code2imprintpublisher_namekey_book_for_librariessales_highlightdelivery_statuspub_date_actualpub_date_actual_sec_locpub_date_planned_first_releasepub_date_planned_sec_locdistribution_informationtranslation_methodlasteditioncopyright_year_former_edsisbn_predecessor_editiontable_of_contents_shortback_cover_copyinfo_textusp_editorialabout_the_authorpublication_classdiscount_group_nydiscount_group_sdcebook_package_codeebook_packageebook_info_no_e_rightsopen_accesseansnt_discipline1snt_discipline2snt_discipline3snt_discipline4snt_discipline5snt_discipline6weightcontains_esmsignifier_multimediamore_media_app
2
978-3-030-86836-9
AtariaYochai Ataria
Yochai Ataria, Tel-Hai Academic College, Upper Galilee, Israel
Consciousness in Flesh
An Unapologetic Phenomenological Study
XXI, 155 p. 19 illus.
12022final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Soft cover1Behavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English155JMRMMJTPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-03-312022-03-302023-03-302023-03-301
<div><div>1: The Hard Problem in the Study of Consciousness.- 2: Embodied Consciousness.- 3: The phenomenological approach to the study of consciousness: Theory and empirical-phenomenological research.- 4: The structure of embodied consciousness.</div></div><div>
</div>
This book offers an uncompromising and unapologetic phenomenological study of altered states of consciousness in an attempt to understand the structure of human consciousness. Drawing on the philosophy of Merleau-Ponty, it sets out to decipher the inextricable link between consciousness, body, and world. This link will be established through the presentation of in-depth phenomenological research conducted with former prisoners of war (POWs) and senior meditators. Focusing on two such disparate groups improves our understanding of the nature of the subjective experience in extreme situations – when our sense of boundary is rigid and we are disconnected both from the body and the world (POWs); and when our sense of boundary is fluid and we feel unified with the world (meditators). Based on empirical-phenomenological research, this book will explain how the body that is from the outset thrown into the intersubjective world shapes the structure of consciousness.
<p>Formulate a positive and coherent theory of embodied consciousness</p><p>Based on in-depth phenomenological interviews with experienced meditators and POWs</p><p>​This book’s main innovation is its attempt to move beyond familiar criticism</p>
Yochai Ataria, PhD, Associate Professor, Tel Hai Academic College, Israel
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030868369
Cognitive PsychologyCounseling PsychologyHealth PsychologyPhilosophy of MindPhenomenologyContinental Philosophy285000
3
978-3-030-95665-3
Behl
Joshua D. Behl; Megan R. Kienzle
Joshua D. Behl, Flagler College, Saint Augustine, FL, USA; Megan R. Kienzle, Austin Peay State University, Clarksville, TN, USA
Alibis and Corroborators
Psychological, Criminological, and Legal Perspectives
XIV, 169 p.12022final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Soft cover1Behavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English169JMKJKVSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-05-102023-05-101
Chapter1. Alibis and Corroborators: Psychological, Criminological, and Legal Perspectives.- Chapter2. We Have to Start Somewhere: Classifying Alibis to Launch a Literature.- Chapter3. Generating Alibi Statements.- Chapter4. Alibi Believability.- Chapter5. Towards a System Variable Approach to Improving the Quality of Alibi Evidence.- Chapter6. Alibi Assessment and Believability Across Different Legal Systems and Cultural Contexts.- Chapter7. Child Alibi Corroborators.- Chapter8. The Strategic Use of Alibi Defenses.- Chapter9. The Effect of Erroneous Alibis.- Chapter10. Future Directions in Alibi Research.
This book aims to increase understanding of alibis and corroborators, examining the role alibis play – or fail to play – in innocence cases. It analyses the factors that can influence the suspect, the defense team, the alibi corroborator, and ultimately the alibi statement itself. Recognition of and reactions to wrongful convictions have been on the rise as researchers and society take a closer, more critical look at America’s criminal justice system. In addition to serving as a complete review of the science, this volume discusses issues such as alibi generation; alibi believability; a proposed theory of alibis; international comparisons of issues in alibi corroboration; age and gender differences in alibi corroboration; attorney perceptions and use of alibi evidence; and erroneous alibis.

Offering an in-depth, empirical view, this book will appeal to students and researchers interested in Criminology, Legal Psychology, Social Psychology, Law, and practitioners in our legal and criminal justice systems who are making tough decisions about this distinctive witness type.
This book aims to increase understanding of alibis and corroborators, examining the role alibis play – or fail to play – in innocence cases. It analyses the factors that can influence the suspect, the defense team, the alibi corroborator, and ultimately the alibi statement itself. Recognition of and reactions to wrongful convictions have been on the rise as researchers and society take a closer, more critical look at America’s criminal justice system. In addition to serving as a complete review of the science, this volume discusses issues such as alibi generation; alibi believability; a proposed theory of alibis; international comparisons of issues in alibi corroboration; age and gender differences in alibi corroboration; attorney perceptions and use of alibi evidence; and erroneous alibis. Offering an in-depth, empirical view, this book will appeal to students and researchers interested in Criminology, Legal Psychology, Social Psychology, Law, and practitioners in our legal and criminal justice systems who are making tough decisions about this distinctive witness type.


<p>Explores the first of its kind meta-analysis of alibis and corroborators</p><p>Analyses major facets of alibis and alibi corroborators through diverse contributions and case studies</p><p>Offers new lines of theory, multiple research methodologies, and unexplored areas of study</p>
Joshua D. Behl, Ph.D. is an Assistant Professor of Criminology and Director of Major at Flagler College. Megan R. Kienzle, Ph.D. is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Criminal Justice at Austin Peay State University.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030956653
Forensic PsychologyVictimologyPrison and Punishment0000
4
978-3-031-31928-0
Carmody-Bubb
Meghan Carmody-Bubb
Meghan Carmody-Bubb, Our Lady of the Lake University, San Antonio, TX, USA
Cognition and Decision Making in Complex Adaptive Systems
The Human Factor in Organizational Performance
XX, 250 p. 19 illus., 9 illus. in color.
12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English250JMJMRSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-062023-06-061
<div>Chapter 1: Introduction.- Chapter 2: What Is A Complex Adaptive System?.- Chapter 3: Evolution from Linear to Systems Thinking.- Chapter 4: Emergence of a New Discipline for the Twentieth Century: Human Factors and Systems Engineering.- Chapter 5: Complexity Science in Organizational Behavior.- Chapter 6: The Scientific Method Applied To Complex Adaptive Systems.- Chapter 7: The Challenge of Uncertainty in Complex Adaptive Systems Research.- Chapter 8: Beauty and the Beast: The Importance of Debate in Science.- Chapter 9: Cognitive Psychology: What's In The Box?.- Chapter 10: Is Perception Reality?.- Chapter 11: The Nature of Human Error in Decision Making.- Chapter 12: Seeing What We Expect to See: Cognitive Bias and Its Role in Human Error and Decision Making.- Chapter 13: How Polarization Impacts Judgment: We Are More Emotional and Less Rationale Than We Would Like To Believe.- Chapter 14: Naturalistic Decision Making.- Chapter 15: The Stages of a Decision.- Chapter 16: Situational Awareness and Situational Assessment.- Chapter 17: The Human Factor in Complex Adaptive Systems.- Chapter 18: Strategic Decision Making Through the Lens of Complex Adaptive Systems: The Cynefin Framework.- Chapter 19: Team Decision Making and Crew Resource Management.- Chapter 20: The Importance of Learning Cultures in Organizations.- Chapter 21: Fostering Diversity of Thought in Strategic Decision Making.- Chapter 22: Innovation in Complex Adaptive Systems.- Chapter 23: The Dark Side of Innovation.</div>

This book explains the role of human behavior research, from both a historical and modern perspective, in improving objective, measurable performance outcomes to include safety, strategic decision making, and organizational performance. The book builds upon empirically supported foundations of human cognition, but with a focus on applying this knowledge in a manner that can improve human decision-making to enhance safety and performance. It includes explanations of how the human mind processes information, including differences in novice versus expert information processing, and tools to combat various cognitive biases. Explained within the framework of complex adaptive systems, this book builds upon resources developed through the author’s years of combined applied research and graduate teaching and includes chapters on the roles of uncertainty and complexity within scientific research. Finally, the book offers tools that are rooted in empirical research and demonstrated within the context of contemporary, real-world scenarios, with a focus on improving organizational effectiveness through improved strategic decision making and the development of learning cultures within organizations.
This book explains the role of human behavior research, from both a historical and modern perspective, in improving objective, measurable performance outcomes to include safety, strategic decision making, and organizational performance. The book builds upon empirically supported foundations of human cognition, but with a focus on applying this knowledge in a manner that can improve human decision-making to enhance safety and performance. It includes explanations of how the human mind processes information, including differences in novice versus expert information processing, and tools to combat various cognitive biases. Explained within the framework of complex adaptive systems, this book builds upon resources developed through the author’s years of combined applied research and graduate teaching and includes chapters on the roles of uncertainty and complexity within scientific research. Finally, the book offers tools that are rooted in empirical research and demonstrated within the context of contemporary, real-world scenarios, with a focus on improving organizational effectiveness through improved strategic decision making and the development of learning cultures within organizations.
<p>Use relevant and interesting historical developments to capture the attention of the reader</p><p>Make relatively complex research across interdisciplinary fields accessible</p><p>Provide the reader with a set of readily applicable tools to improve decision-making and organizational performance</p>
Meghan Carmody-Bubb is Research Psychologist and Professor, Department of Leadership Studies, Our Lady of the Lake University, San Antonio, TX, USA.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031319280
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyCognitive PsychologyCognitionSocial Psychology0000
5
978-3-031-30643-3
Chaparro
Reynel Alexander Chaparro; Roberto L. Abreu
Reynel Alexander Chaparro, National University of Colombia, Bogotá, Colombia; Roberto L. Abreu, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA
LGBTQ+ Affirmative Psychological Interventions
A Latine/x Perspective
VIII, 340 p. 8 illus., 5 illus. in color.
12023final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English340JMGMMJTSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-07-162023-07-161
Chapter 1. Contemporary Latine/x LGBTIQ+ affirmative psychological interventions. An introduction.- Part 1: Experiences of Trans and Gender Non-Conforming People Among Latine/x Communities.- Chapter 2. Psychotherapy and Affirmative Practices with trans and gender non-conforming (TGNC) patients in Chile.- Chapter 3. Systematization of the experience of working with Trans women: Tensions between research and transformation.- Chapter 4. The body as psychic materiality. Spaces of reflection with gender nonconforming people.- Chapter 5. Between social rejection and gender reaffirmation: an approach to the narratives of trans women in Colombia.- Chapter 6. Research on coping with stress due to prejudice in transgender people: Some neglected aspects and new ideas.- Part 2: Sexual Identity Among Latine/x LGBTIQ+ People and their Families and Communities.- Chapter 7. Resources and barriers perceived by mothers, fathers, and gay and lesbian youth in the process of coming out in Cali-Colombia.- Chapter 8. Intersectional and Affirming Psychological Interventions for LGBTQ+ Latinx at risk of or living with HIV/AIDS.- Chapter 9. Design, implementation and evaluation of LGB affirmative care program for students and psychology professionals in Bogotá – Colombia. Testing research and training on LGB attitudinal change in psychologist.- Chapter 10. Psychopathologization of sex-gender dissidence and psychosocial action in Mexico: Towards an affirmative psychopolitics.- Chapter 11. LGBTQI+ Research and Affirmative Psychological Interventions in Puerto Rico.
This book presents descriptions of interventions, results of empirical research, and theoretical contributions developed by Latine/x psychologists based on affirmative approaches aimed at promoting acceptance and understanding of LGBTIQ+ people. Contributions in this volume bring together the work of Latine/x scholars, practitioners, and activists across five Latin American countries or territories (Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, and Puerto Rico) and in the United States, in an effort to provide multicultural perspectives to LGBTIQ+ affirmative psychological interventions that highlight local, regional and national particularities. Chapters in this volume go beyond contributions made by applied psychology fields (e.g., clinical and counselling psychology), where affirmative orientations are predominantly located, and include contributions from other fields of psychological research such as social and community psychology.

The book is divided in two parts. Chapters in the first part focus on the experiences of trans and gender non-conforming people, with emphasis on contemporary systemic issues that affect gender identity among Latine/x communities and those who do not conform to hegemonic narratives about gender. Chapters in the second part focus on sexual identity among Latine/x LGBTIQ+ people and their families and communities. Contributions in this part present discussions about sexual orientation (grouped in LG/LGB identities), sex and gender dissidence, and the inclusion of intersex.

LGBTQ+ Affirmative Psychological Interventions: A Latine/x Perspective will be of interest to both researchers and practitioners in different fields of psychology – such as clinical, counselling, social, and community psychology – interested in a multicultural perspective to understand and develop LGBTQ+ affirmative actions to fight against the repathologization of individuals, groups, families and diverse communities.
This book presents descriptions of interventions, results of empirical research, and theoretical contributions developed by Latine/x psychologists based on affirmative approaches aimed at promoting acceptance and understanding of LGBTIQ+ people. Contributions in this volume bring together the work of Latine/x scholars, practitioners, and activists across five Latin American countries or territories (Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, and Puerto Rico) and in the United States, in an effort to provide multicultural perspectives to LGBTIQ+ affirmative psychological interventions that highlight local, regional and national particularities. Chapters in this volume go beyond contributions made by applied psychology fields (e.g., clinical and counselling psychology), where affirmative orientations are predominantly located, and include contributions from other fields of psychological research such as social and community psychology.

The book is divided in two parts. Chapters in the first part focus on the experiences of trans and gender non-conforming people, with emphasis on contemporary systemic issues that affect gender identity among Latine/x communities and those who do not conform to hegemonic narratives about gender. Chapters in the second part focus on sexual identity among Latine/x LGBTIQ+ people and their families and communities. Contributions in this part present discussions about sexual orientation (grouped in LG/LGB identities), sex and gender dissidence, and the inclusion of intersex.

LGBTQ+ Affirmative Psychological Interventions: A Latine/x Perspective will be of interest to both researchers and practitioners in different fields of psychology – such as clinical, counselling, social, and community psychology – interested in a multicultural perspective to understand and develop LGBTQ+ affirmative actions to fight against the repathologization of individuals, groups, families and diverse communities.
<p>Presents a wide variety of affirmative psychological interventions targeted at LGBTIQ+ mental health</p><p>Conceptualizes Latine/x communities through a transnational and diasporic perspective</p><p>Brings together authors from different contexts of Latin American countries</p>
Reynel Alexander Chaparro (él/him/his) holds a PhD in psychology from the National University of Colombia. He created the student group Psychological Intervention and Sexual Diversity in which community intervention projects were developed, on topics related to sexual orientations, gender identities and the link between religion - spirituality and sexual diversity. His work has been focused on the understanding of sexual and gender diversities, as well as LGBTIQ+ identities, and their dynamics in different contexts of health intervention, both in Colombia and Brazil (NUH - Research Group in Human Rights and LGBTI citizenship in the Federal University of Minas Gerais). Since 2016, he is the representative of the Colombian College of Psychologists (COLPSIC) in IPsyNet, the International Psychology Network for Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Intersex Issues, of the American Psychological Association (APA). Since 2022, he is working as a mental health therapist in Washington State USA, with a special focus on multicultural, BIPOC and local Latine/x communities.

Roberto L. Abreu (he/him/él) is an assistant professor of Counseling Psychology and the director of the Collective Healing and Empowering VoicEs through Research and Engagement (¡Chévere!) in the Department of Psychology at the University of Florida (UF). He is also an affiliate faculty in Center for Latin American Studies, and the Center for Gender, Sexualities and Women’s Studies Research at UF. His research explores ways in which marginalized communities resist systemic oppression and promote bienestar colectivo (collective well-being). Specifically, Roberto's work has made significant contributions in two areas: (a) intersection of Latine/x lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) youth and their families and communities, and (b) transgender and gender diverse (TGD) youth and their families and communities. Roberto’s work is guided by social justice values such as person-environment interactions, growth, resilience, and resistance. His work can be found in journals such as the American Psychologist (AP), Journal of Counseling Psychology (JCP), The Counseling Psychologist (TCP), Psychology of Sexual Orientation and Gender Diversity (PSOGD), International Journal of Transgender Health (IJTH), Journal of Latinx Psychology (JLP), and Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology (JCCAP), among others. Roberto currently serves as Associate Editor for Journal of Prevention and Health Promotion (JPHP) and Qualitative Psychology (QP).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031306433
Psychology of Gender and SexualityCounseling PsychologyClinical PsychologyCommunity PsychologyMental Health0000
6
978-3-031-31196-3
DegeMartin Dege
Martin Dege, Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, NY, USA
Action Research and Critical Psychology
An Investigation of Subjectivity and Participation
IV, 232 p.12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Theory and History in the Human and Social SciencesBehavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English232JMPDXSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-012023-06-011
Chapter 1. Introduction: What is Action Research?.- Part 1: The emergence of Action Research.- Chapter 2. The Founding Fathers - Moreno, Collier, Lewin.- Chapter 3. Pragmatic and Participatory Action Research – the Northern and Southern Traditions.- Part 2: Subjectivity, Democracy, and Action Research.- Chapter 4. The Lewinian Tradition.- Chapter 5. The Northern Tradition of pragmatic Action Research.- Chapter 6. The Southern Tradition.- Part 3: Klaus Holzkamp and the Concept of Subjectivity.- Chapter 7. What is German Critical Psychology?.- Chapter 8. Subjectivity and Democracy in the Tradition of German Critical Psychology.- Part 4: Action Research and Practice Research.- Chapter 9. New grounds for Action Research?.
This book examines the theoretical developments in the field of Action Research from a historical perspective. The central focus of the investigation is the concepts of democracy and subjectivity as defined by the field’s various traditions. To address this issue, this book offers a thorough investigation of the theoretical and historical underpinnings of Action Research in order to argue that such a clarification allows for a transcendence of the distinction between theory and practice in political action. This transcendence will be achieved with the theories of the German critical psychologist Klaus Holzkamp and his interpretation of subjectivity and democracy. Holzkamp establishes a comprehensive mode of change based on the contradiction of existing possibilities for action and restrictions in a concretely given empirical situation.

This book is aimed at History of Psychology Classes, Social Workers, Activism Researchers, Undergraduate Courses in Critical Thinking and Political Action, and Decolonial Theory in Psychology.
This book examines the theoretical developments in the field of Action Research from a historical perspective. The central focus of the investigation is the concepts of democracy and subjectivity as defined by the field’s various traditions. To address this issue, this book offers a thorough investigation of the theoretical and historical underpinnings of Action Research in order to argue that such a clarification allows for a transcendence of the distinction between theory and practice in political action. This transcendence will be achieved with the theories of the German critical psychologist Klaus Holzkamp and his interpretation of subjectivity and democracy. Holzkamp establishes a comprehensive mode of change based on the contradiction of existing possibilities for action and restrictions in a concretely given empirical situation.

This book is aimed at History of Psychology Classes, Social Workers, Activism Researchers, Undergraduate Courses in Critical Thinking and Political Action, and Decolonial Theory in Psychology.
<p>Offers a thorough analysis of the history of Action Research</p><p>Introduces the theories of Klaus Holzkamp in a new light</p><p>Offers a unique reflection on the combination of empirical social science research and political action</p>
Martin Dege joined the Pratt Institute in 2020. He has worked at the American University of Paris, the University of Potsdam, the University of Konstanz, the University of Hamburg, and Yale University in the past. Dege is the recipient of various research scholarships, among others, the Marie Curie Program of the EU, the Fritz-Thyssen Foundation, and the German Academic Scholarship Foundation. Dege's research follows three strands. On the empirical level, he investigates how concepts of crisis shape our everyday lives and the narratives we deploy to make meaning of the world and ourselves. On the theoretical level, he is interested in the historical emergence of psychology as a discipline, more specifically, how various theoretical ideas have been intertwined with political interests and power struggles to form the discipline as it stands today. On the institutional level, he explores concepts of digital humanities and how digitalization changes both research and teaching.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031311963
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyHistory of PsychologyAction TheoryPhilosophical MethodsCritical PsychologyTheoretical Psychology0000
7
978-3-030-84177-5
Ellemers
Naomi Ellemers; Dick de Gilder
Naomi Ellemers, Universiteit Utrecht, Utrecht, The Netherlands; Dick de Gilder, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Amsterdam, The Netherlands
The Moral Organization
Key Issues, Analyses, and Solutions
XI, 345 p. 33 illus., 32 illus. in color.
12022final99.99106.99109.9989.99118.00109.99Soft cover1Behavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English345JMSJMJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-04-282023-04-281
Chapter 1: Moral behavior in organizations.- Chapter 2: Social identity at work.- Chapter 3: Moral leadership.- Chapter 4: Motivating moral choices.- Chapter 5: Diversity and inclusion.- Chapter 6: The human factor in organizational change.- Chapter 7: Relating to stakeholders.- Chapter 8: The power of ethical climates.




<ol> </ol>
<ol> </ol>
Investors, customers and employees increasingly expect organizations to take responsibility for the social impact of their activities. This book applies theory and research on moral psychology and social identity, to offer a new perspective on organizational social responsibility and business ethics. The authors use their unique approach to highlight recurring moral challenges in organizational behavior, such as leadership, work motivation, diversity, organizational change and stakeholder relations. Their analysis explains that people are reluctant to acknowledge and confront moral flaws in their workplace behavior, because this constitutes a source of identity threat. Common strategies to cope with this threat invite justifications and symbolic actions – and prevent moral improvement. Each chapter draws together a wealth of research findings and organizational cases. These not only identify and clarify common moral pitfalls, but also show ways to enhance the likelihood that organizations acquire the knowledge, willingness and ability to build an ethical work climate.It seems that a week doesn’t go by without a new headline about an organizational scandal. With “The Moral Organization,” Ellemers and de Gilder have done an enormous service for us all by using a social identity lens to demystify why it’s often so hard to do the right thing in organizational life and how organizational members, groups, and institutions themselves can be encouraged to change. This is a deeply researched, immensely accessible book written by two expert guides on an always-timely topic.

Blake Ashforth, PhD.

Regents Professor and Horace Steele Arizona Heritage Chair, W.P. Carey School of Business, Arizona State University, United States of America

There are three key types of scholarly text: those that describe the world, those that explain the world, and those that change the world. This book does all three. In it, Ellemers and de Gilder not only do a superb job of charting the complex terrain of morality as it pertains to organizational life, but they also bring a fresh and vital perspective to the topic that allows readers to appreciate and master the complex challenges of becoming — and remaining — a moral organization. Deeply illuminating but also immensely empowering, this is a monumental text that will stand as a lighthouse for the field for decades ahead.

Alex Haslam, PhD.Professor of Social and Organizational Psychology and Laureate Fellow, University of Queensland, Australia
Investors, customers and employees increasingly expect organizations to take responsibility for the social impact of their activities. This book applies theory and research on moral psychology and social identity, to offer a new perspective on organizational social responsibility and business ethics. The authors use their unique approach to highlight recurring moral challenges in organizational behavior, such as leadership, work motivation, diversity, organizational change and stakeholder relations. Their analysis explains that people are reluctant to acknowledge and confront moral flaws in their workplace behavior, because this constitutes a source of identity threat. Common strategies to cope with this threat invite justifications and symbolic actions – and prevent moral improvement. Each chapter draws together a wealth of research findings and organizational cases. These not only identify and clarify common moral pitfalls, but also show ways to enhance the likelihood that organizations acquire the knowledge, willingness and ability to build an ethical work climate.
<p>A unified approach to key issues, analyses, and solutions in every chapter</p><p>Visuals clarifying unintended effects of standard organizational practices</p><p>Unique approach to highlight recurring moral challenges in organizational behavior</p>
Naomi Ellemers is Distinguished University Professor at Utrecht University, and member of the supervisory board of PwC in the Netherlands. With a combination of experimental and applied research methods she examines the behavior of people in groups and organizations. She applies her insights on organizational ethics, compliance, and diversity, in joint projects with regulators, policy makers, and organizational leaders.

Dick de Gilder is Associate Professor of Organizational Sciences at the Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam. Before he was consultant for applied research and innovation at TNO, and senior researcher/consultant at Labor Union CNV. He is an expert on error management in organizations, corporate philanthropy, teamwork and temporary work.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030841775
Personality and Differential PsychologyWork and Organizational PsychologyBusiness EthicsBusiness Ethics0000
8
978-3-030-98247-8
Eyetsemitan
Frank E. Eyetsemitan
Frank E. Eyetsemitan, Roger Williams University, Bristol, RI, USA
The Deceased-focused Approach to Grief
An Alternative Model
XVII, 233 p. 3 illus.
12022final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50129.99Soft cover1Behavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English233JMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-04-232023-04-231
Chapter 1. Death Causing Factors and Attachment Behavior in Death, Dying and <div>Bereavement.- Chapter 2. Groups: Death, Dying and Bereavement Experiences .- Chapter 3. Reactions to Death and Dying: Individual, Family and Society.- Chapter 4. Bereavement Theories and Models.- Chapter 5. Deceased-focused approach: An alternative model for bereavement.- Chapter 6. Approaches to Deceased-focused Mourning.- Chapter 7. Deceased-focused Mourning and Parental Identity in the Death of a Child.- Chapter 8. Deceased-focused Mourning in Loss of a Teenager.- Chapter 9. Deceased-focused Mourning in Loss of a Parent.- Chapter 10. Deceased-focused Approach to Mourning in the Loss of a Spouse/Partner.- Chapter 11. Deceased-focused Approach to Mourning in the Loss of a Sibling.- Chapter 12. Deceased-focused Mourning in Multiple Death.- Chapter 13. Deceased-focused Mourning for Complicated/Prolonged Grief Disorder.</div>
<div>
</div>Conventional grief models focus on the bereaved, including actions that they need to take to get back to normalcy following the death of a loved one. This book suggests that it might be helpful in the grieving process to focus on the deceased, instead. Research points to the benefits of altruistic acts and thoughts, including improvements in mood. Altruistic acts and thoughts also could be extended to the deceased, who in death have experienced a loss as well. By taking on the perspective of and being empathic toward the deceased, a “response shift” occurs that could result in mood improvement and happiness in the bereaved. The book provides guidelines for this alternative grief model in the death of a child, of a teenager, of a spouse/partner, and of a sibling; and in multiple deaths and persistent grief experience among others. Based on motivational principles, a workbook has also been provided for monitoring progress in coping with bereavement. Each chapter includes a list of comprehension questions and additional readings to help the reader further explore the topic at hand.This book would be useful in a course on death, dying and bereavement; to healthcare practitioners/bereavement counsellors; and to scholars in death, dying and bereavement across different fields including Psychology, Sociology, Social Work, Public Health and Religion. <div>
</div>
Conventional grief models focus on the bereaved, including actions that they need to take to get back to normalcy following the death of a loved one. This book suggests that it might be helpful in the grieving process to focus on the deceased, instead. Research points to the benefits of altruistic acts and thoughts, including improvements in mood. Altruistic acts and thoughts also could be extended to the deceased, who in death has experienced a loss as well. By taking on the perspective of and being empathic toward the deceased, a “response shift” occurs that could result in mood improvement and happiness in the bereaved. The book provides guidelines for this alternative grief model in the death of a child, of a teenager, of a spouse/partner, and of a sibling; and in multiple deaths and in persistent grief experience among others. Based on motivational principles, a workbook is also provided for monitoring progress in coping with bereavement. Comprehension questions and additional readings are provided in each chapter to help the reader further explore the topic at hand.

This book would be useful in a course on death, dying and bereavement; to healthcare practitioners/bereavement counsellors; and to scholars in death, dying and bereavement across different fields including psychology, sociology, social work, public health and religion.

Most grief models focus on the bereaved, including actions the survivor needs to take to get back to normalcy after a loss. However, in the grieving process it might be helpful if attention is shifted to the deceased, instead. The bereaved, by doing things she or he perceives as pleasing to the deceased, might receive healing and satisfaction in return.

Lisa Farino (2010) notes that there is no shortage of research pointing to the beneficial effects of focusing on others. In a study by Carolyn Schwartz and Rabbi Meir Sendor (1999), lay people with a chronic disease were trained to provide compassionate, unconditional regard to others who had the same illness. The results showed that the providers of care and compassion reported better quality of life than the recipients of care and compassion, even though both givers and receivers had the same disease. The givers showed profound improvements in confidence, self-awareness, self-esteem, depression, and in role functioning. The researchers emphasized the beneficial importance of “response shift” (the shifting of internal standards, values, and concept definition of health and well-being) in dealing with one’s own adversity. Farino (2010) notes that this research is profound because in western culture the belief is that feeling happy tends to be getting something for yourself.

There are biological origins to the notion that “it’s better to give than to receive.” Using the functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), researchers were able to demonstrate a connection between brain activity and giving. People who gave voluntarily and also for a good cause experienced more activation of the part of brain that controls for pleasure and happiness (e.g, Harbaugh, Mayr & Burghart, 2007).

Studies show that about 7% of the US population experience complicated or prolonged grief disorder (e.g., Kersting et al, 2011). This is persistent grief that does not go away, and many parents tend to experience this after the loss of a child. In their study Catherine Rogers and colleagues (2008) found bereaved parents reporting more depressive symptoms, poorer well-being and more health problems after a child’s loss almost 20 years later.

Survivors usually show concern about how their deceased loved ones felt prior to death and if happy or not in the afterlife (e.g., Eyetsemitan & Eggleston, 2002). A study reported respondents used emotion discrete terms such as sad, happy or angry to describe the faces of dec
<p>Provides a different perspective to the traditional grief models</p><p>Guidelines on practicing a deceased focused bereavement approach</p><p>A valuable resource for monitoring grief-recovery progress</p>
Frank Eyetsemitan is a Professor of Psychology at Roger Williams University in Bristol Rhode Island, where he previously served as the Associate Dean of the Social Sciences Division, College of Arts and Sciences. He is also a Faculty Associate at the UMaine Center on Aging and a Trustee of the Providence Public Library.

Dr. Eyetsemitan is the author or co-author of several publications on death, dying and bereavement; including the texts: “Understanding Death & Dying: Encountering Death, Dying & the Afterlife” (2020); and “Death, Dying and Bereavement Around the World: Theories, Varied Views and Customs” (2021).

ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030982478
Behavioral Sciences and Psychology0000
9
978-3-031-31171-0
Farahani
Hojjatollah Farahani; Marija Blagojević; Parviz Azadfallah; Peter Watson; Forough Esrafilian; Sara Saljoughi
Hojjatollah Farahani, Tarbiat Modares University, Tehran, Iran; Marija Blagojević, University of Kragujevac, Kragujevac, Serbia; Parviz Azadfallah, Tarbiat Modares University, Tehran, Iran; Peter Watson, University of Cambridge, Cambridge, UK; Forough Esrafilian, Tarbiat Modares University, Tehran, Iran; Sara Saljoughi, Tarbiat Modares University, Tehran, Iran
An Introduction to Artificial Psychology
Application Fuzzy Set Theory and Deep Machine Learning in Psychological Research using R
XII, 338 p. 158 illus., 150 illus. in color.
12023final169.99181.89186.99149.99200.50199.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyHandbookBook0English338JMJMRSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-252023-05-251
IntroductionChapter 1: After Method.- Chapter 2: Overview on Mathematical Basis of Fuzzy Set Theory. - Chapter 3: Fuzzy Inference Systems (FIS) .- Chapter 4: Fuzzy Cognitive Maps(FCM).- Chapter 5: Network analysis .- Chapter 6: Association Rules Mining and Associative Classification .- Chapter 7: Artificial Neural Network .- Chapter 8: Feature Selection.- Chapter 9: Cluster analysis.
Artificial Psychology (AP) is a highly multidisciplinary field of study in psychology. AP tries to solve problems which occur when psychologists do research and need a robust analysis method. Conventional statistical approaches have deep rooted limitations. These approaches are excellent on paper but often fail to model the real world. Mind researchers have been trying to overcome this by simplifying the models being studied. This stance has not received much practical attention recently. Promoting and improving artificial intelligence helps mind researchers to find a holistic model of mental models. This development achieves this goal by using multiple perspectives and multiple data sets together with interactive, and realistic models. In this book, the methodology of approximate inference in psychological research from a theoretical and practical perspective has been considered. Quantitative variable-oriented methodology and qualitative case-oriented methods are both used to explain the set-oriented methodology and this book combines the precision of quantitative methods with information from qualitative methods. This is a book that many researchers can use to expand and deepen their psychological research and is a book which can be useful to postgraduate students. The reader does not need an in-depth knowledge of mathematics or statistics because statistical and mathematical intuitions are key here and they will be learned through practice. What is important is to understand and use the new application of the methods for finding new, dynamic and realistic interpretations. This book incorporates theoretical fuzzy inference and deep machine learning algorithms in practice. This is the kind of book that we wished we had had when we were students. This book covers at least some of the most important issues in mind research including uncertainty, fuzziness, continuity, complexity and high dimensionality which are inherent to mind data. These are elements of artificial psychology. This book implements models using R software.
Artificial Psychology (AP) is a highly multidisciplinary field of study in psychology. AP tries to solve problems which occur when psychologists do research and need a robust analysis method. Conventional statistical approaches have deep rooted limitations. These approaches are excellent on paper but often fail to model the real world. Mind researchers have been trying to overcome this by simplifying the models being studied. This stance has not received much practical attention recently. Promoting and improving artificial intelligence helps mind researchers to find a holistic model of mental models. This development achieves this goal by using multiple perspectives and multiple data sets together with interactive, and realistic models. In this book, the methodology of approximate inference in psychological research from a theoretical and practical perspective has been considered. Quantitative variable-oriented methodology and qualitative case-oriented methods are both used to explain the set-oriented methodology and this book combines the precision of quantitative methods with information from qualitative methods. This is a book that many researchers can use to expand and deepen their psychological research and is a book which can be useful to postgraduate students. The reader does not need an in-depth knowledge of mathematics or statistics because statistical and mathematical intuitions are key here and they will be learned through practice. What is important is to understand and use the new application of the methods for finding new, dynamic and realistic interpretations. This book incorporates theoretical fuzzy inference and deep machine learning algorithms in practice. This is the kind of book that we wished we had had when we were students. This book covers at least some of the most important issues in mind research including uncertainty, fuzziness, continuity, complexity and high dimensionality which are inherent to mind data. These are elements of artificial psychology. This book implements models using R software.
<p>Combines fuzzy set theory and its applications in psychology</p><p>Employs practical examples related to psychology using R software</p><p>Covers all R codes which can be used on data from readers’ own fields of study</p>
Hojjatollah Farahani is Assistant Professor at the Tarbiat Modares University (TMU), Iran. He received his Ph.D. from Isfahan University in 2009 and he was a postdoctoral researcher in Fuzzy inference at the Victoria University in Australia (2014-2015), where he started working on Fuzzy Cognitive Maps (FCMs) under supervision of professor Yuan Miao. He is the author or co-author of more than 150 research papers and a reviewer in numerous scientific journals. He has supervised and advised many theses and dissertations in psychological sciences. His research interests and directions include psychometrics, advanced behavioral statistics, fuzzy psychology, artificial intelligence and machine learning algorithms in psychology.

Marija Blagojevic is Associate Professor at the Faculty of Technical Sciences Čačak, University of Kragujevac, Serbia, at the Department of Information technology. Born in 1984, she obtained her MSc degree in 2007 and PhD degree in technical sciences in 2014. Her current research interests include data mining, artificial neural networks, e-learning, programming, etc. With fifteen years of experience in teaching and research activities, she is the author or co-author of more than 80 research papers, patents, technical solutions and a reviewer in numerous scientific journals. She is also a reviewer of projects and study programs and a member of partner universities for Tempus and Erasmus projects. She was a member of the organizational and scientific committees of several conferences and a member of the Commission for self-evaluation at the faculty. She was project coordinator for one innovative project in the domain of technology transfer.

Parviz Azadfallah has a PhD in Health Psychology and became qualified in several international academic courses in Neuropsychology and Psychodynamic Psychotherapies. He started his scientific activity at the Psychology Department of Tarbiat Modares University (TMU), Iran in 1999. He conducted many research projects and supervised 45 PhD theses and more than 50 Master dissertations from 1999 to 2023. He is the author or co-author of more than 250 research papers. He is also the author of some books, and his last book, Embodied Ego, uses a developmental approach to explain mind-body integration. He founded the Neuropsychology Laboratory of TMU in 2017. He is also a member of the Cognitive Neuroscience Department at TMU since 2019. Most of his research projects are based on experimental designs. On the other hand, he conducted many projects with the aim of knowledge construction through fundamental qualitative and culture-bound studies.

Peter Watson holds three degrees in Mathematical Statistics including a PhD (Manchester). He has been providing statistical support in various ways to the research at CBSU, the Cognition and Brain Sciences Unit in Cambridge, England (and its predecessor, the Applied Psychology Unit) since 1
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031311710
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyCognitive PsychologyCognitive ScienceMachine LearningArtificial Intelligence0000
10
978-3-031-27348-3
Fauquet-Alekhine
Philippe Fauquet-Alekhine; James Erskine
Philippe Fauquet-Alekhine, DOUE EN ANJOU, France; James Erskine, St George's, University of London, London, UK
The Palgrave Handbook of Occupational Stress
IV, 618 p. 69 illus., 4 illus. in color.
12023final279.99299.59307.99249.99330.50299.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyHandbookBook0English618JMJJMSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-07-042023-07-041
Part 1 - Stress description.- Chapter I - Introduction.- Chapter II - Conceptualization of Stress.- Chapter III - The Cycle of Stress.- Chapter IV - Animal models in neuroscience: A focus on stress.- Part II - Stress assessment,- Chapter V - Physiological assessment of the state of mental stress at work.- Chapter VI - Psychological assessment of the state of mental stress at work.- Chapter VII - Stress Assessment in Daily Life Using the Experience Sampling Method.- Chapter VIII - Psychosocial risks at work: fundamentals and stakes.- Chapter IX - Psychosocial risks at work: Outlines of the evaluation approach.- Chapter X - Assessment of Psychosocial Risks: methods.- Chapter XI - Assessment of Psychosocial Risks: questionnaire review.- Chapter XII - Visualizing results of a Psychosocial Risks assessment through questionnaires.- Part III - Using stress at work.- Chapter XIII - Leadership styles: work stress and related outcomes - health outcomes.- Chapter XIV- Leadership styles and related outcomes - practical suggestions.- Chapter XV - Occupational training, competencies and stress.- Chapter XVI - Stress adjustment as a criterion for hiring in high-risk jobs.- Part IV - Macro description of stress.- Chapter XVII - Cross-cultural ideas on stress.- Chapter XVIII - Stress in different professional sectors.- Chapter XIX - The impact of stress among undergraduate students: supporting resilience and wellbeing early in career progression.- Part V - Dealing with stress.- Chapter XX - Stress Prevention Measures in the Workplace.- Chapter XXII - Stress and resilience in the workplace.- Chapter XXIII - Pharmacology for stress.- Chapter XXIV – Conclusion

This handbook brings together an international group of experts to offer a comprehensive resource on occupational stress. Including both theoretical and practical perspectives, it examines ways to reduce and treat stress, as well as the physiological, psychosocial, and neural underpinnings of it. Through 24 original and carefully selected essays, the authors offer new insights, resources, and tools to better understand, manage and treat stress in a professional environment.

The book’s chapters are divided into 5 parts that address the conceptualisation of stress; present theoretical models (including the contribution of animal models); examine the psychological and physiological aspects of stress and ways to assess it; delve into psychosocial risks at work and their assessment (means and methods); and investigate how to cope with stress at work, including resilience training. Aspects such as the effects of leadership, simulation training, and stress-tests for hiring are also presented and discussed. The volume ends by exploring broader considerations regarding stress and culture, stress and occupational sectors (with a chapter focusing on studentship), and the pharmacology of stress.

This handbook is an essential reference for researchers in organisational psychology, as well as business and management and education, who are interested in stress. Healthcare workers and therapists who treat stress will also find an invaluable resource in this far-reaching yet accessible collection.

Philippe Fauquet-Alekhine is Technical and Scientific Director at Group INTRA robotics, France, and a member of the SEBE-Lab, Behavioural and Psychological Department of the London School of Economics & Political Science, UK. He has more than 20-year experience in work activity analysis and research applied to human performance within high-risk industries.

James Anthony Keith Erskine is Senior Lecturer at St George’s, University of London, UK, and a psychotherapist at the London Hertfordshire Therapy Centre, UK. He has authored numerous academic papers, and book chapters on different methods of coping and their effects. His current research and clinical interests focus on building resilience in individuals and companies. In 2022 Dr Erskine formed a company (Mettleflo Ltd) to further well-being in organisations by providing online training and applications to build resilience.
This handbook brings together an international group of experts to offer a comprehensive resource on occupational stress. Including both theoretical and practical perspectives, it examines ways to reduce and treat stress, as well as the physiological, psychosocial, and neural underpinnings of it. Through 24 original and carefully selected essays, the authors offer new insights, resources, and tools to better understand, manage and treat stress in a professional environment.The book’s chapters are divided into 5 parts that address the conceptualisation of stress; present theoretical models (including the contribution of animal models); examine the psychological and physiological aspects of stress and ways to assess it; delve into psychosocial risks at work and their assessment (means and methods); and investigate how to cope with stress at work, including resilience training. Aspects such as the effects of leadership, simulation training, and stress-tests for hiring are also presented and discussed. The volume ends by exploring broader considerations regarding stress and culture, stress and occupational sectors (with a chapter focusing on studentship), and the pharmacology of stress. This handbook is an essential reference for researchers in organisational psychology, as well as business and management and education, who are interested in stress. Healthcare workers and therapists who treat stress will also find an invaluable resource in this far-reaching yet accessible collection.
<p>Examines the physiological and psychological and neural underpinnings of occupational stress</p><p>Offers a comprehensive resource that gives the reader a holistic understanding of occupational stress</p><p>Presents theoretical, practical, and therapeutic perspectives on how to understand, manage and treat occupational stress</p>
Philippe Fauquet-Alekhine is Technical and Scientific Director at Group INTRA robotics, France, and a member of the SEBE-Lab, Behavioural and Psychological Department of the London School of Economics & Political Science, UK. He has more than 20-year experience in work activity analysis and research applied to human performance within high-risk industries.James Anthony Keith Erskine is Senior Lecturer at St George’s, University of London, UK, and a psychotherapist at the London Hertfordshire Therapy Centre, UK. He has authored numerous academic papers, and book chapters on different methods of coping and their effects. His current research and clinical interests focus on building resilience in individuals and companies. In 2022 Dr Erskine formed a company (Mettleflo Ltd) to further well-being in organisations by providing online training and applications to build resilience.


SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031273483
Work and Organizational PsychologyOccupational Health PsychologyLeadership PsychologyBehavioral Sciences and PsychologyBusiness and Management0000
11
978-3-031-31708-8
Fossa
Pablo Fossa; Cristian Cortés-Rivera
Pablo Fossa, Universidad del Desarrollo, Santiago, Chile; Cristian Cortés-Rivera, Universidad Católica del Maule, Región del Maule - Talca, Chile
Affectivity and Learning
Bridging the Gap Between Neurosciences, Cultural and Cognitive Psychology
LXXX, 1200 p. 61 illus., 44 illus. in color.
12023final249.99267.49274.99219.99295.00279.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English1200JMRJMHSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2023-07-072023-07-071
Chapter 1. Why affectivity in learning? Towards an affectively guided learning .- Chapter 2. Strengths of Character in Well-being and University Learning: A View from Educational Counseling .- Chapter 3. Adults’ Professional education: experiences and expectations of online Chilean students.- Chapter 4. Affective Movement: an Educative and Intuitive Adventure as a Catalyst for Development .- Chapter 5. Dialogical Co-Zone of Proximal Development and Affectivity: Individually and collectively Overcoming Intellectual Limits .- Chapter 6. EFFECTS OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION ON ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE AND SOCIAL-EMOTIONAL DEVELOPMENT DURING ADOLESCENCE .- Chapter 7. The writer's affectivity when writing to learn.- Chapter 8. Affectivity from the dialogical perspective of Cultural Psychology: Educational implications s.- Chapter 9. Learning in nature about nature: Two types of affective orientations .- Chapter 10. Learning and affectivity: Pedagogical and cultural dimensions in the inclusion of diversity in university education..- Chapter 11. Usefulness of the perezhivanie construct in affectivity and learning: a systematic review .- Chapter 12. Processes of Social Subjectivity and Pedagogical Action: developments to understanding learning difficulties in the school environment .- Chapter 13. The Unity of Affectivity and Learning: Characteristics in Vocalized Responses of Adolescents and Adults.- Chapter 14. Culturally-Based Interpretations of Motivation and Learning Strategies between the United States and South Korea.- Chapter 15. Educate emotions: Notes for a critical examination of emotional education proposals .- Chapter 16. Trust in Schools in Chile.- Chapter 17. Socio-emotional styles: When affectivity meets learning .- Chapter 18. A Sociocultural Perspective On The Relationship Between Educators’ Emotional Experiences And Professional Learning .- Chapter 19. Teachers’ emotions: their origin and influence on the teaching-learning process  .- Chapter 20. How are socioemotional competencies taught in Initial Teacher Education? Affectivity, learning, and didactics of emotions in the university classroom .- Chapter 21. Affectivity in Science Education: Lived perceptions.- Chapter 22. Learning the Teaching Profession in the Practicum: The Role of the Other, Modalities of Appropriation, and Professional Knowledge .- Chapter 23. Teaching excellence, affectivity and learning.- Chapter 24. LGBTIQ+ inclusive education: The interplay of emotions and cognition in graduate teachers’ narratives of becoming.- Chapter 25. Neuroscience of learning and emotional processing .- Chapter 26. Emotional Salience and Learning .- Chapter 27. Memory distortions: An interdisciplinary framework for cognitive-affective bias .- Chapter 28. Echoes of early experiences on the learning process: implications in interoceptive development and emotional self-regulation.- Chapter 29. The Somatic Roots of Affect. Towards a body-centered education .- Chapter 30. Historical Foundations of Affectivity & Learning Research: C.G. Jung’s Word-Association Experiments .- Chapter 31. Impact of the Transference in the Training of the TFP Therapist: A Proposal on the Affective Echo as a Foundation of Learning .- Chapter 32. Affective processes in the supervisor-supervisee relationship as enhancers of the therapists training: reflections from a scoping review of the psychoanalytic approach .- Chapter 33. Meaningful Social Interactions as a Foundation for Affection and Learning for Autistic Individuals.- Chapter 34. Affectivity and learning at the end of life: Expressive art therapy in palliative patients .- Chapter 35. Impact of affectivity and learning in the construction of occupational identity throughout the course of life and its influence in old age .- Chapter 36. Affective bonding and organizational learning .- Chapter 37. Learning affects, gender roles, and the case of car
This book presents an interdisciplinary approach to the study of affectivity and human learning by bridging the gap between neuroscience, cultural and cognitive psychology. It brings together studies that go beyond the focus on cognitive-intellectual variables involved in learning processes and incorporate the study of the role played by affectivity and emotions in learning not only at educational settings but in all processes of transformation and human development, thus presenting affectivity as a catalyst and mediator of all daily learning processes.Chapters brought together in this contributed volume present both theoretical contributions and results of empirical research from different disciplines, such as neuroscience, cognitive psychology, cultural psychology, educational psychology, developmental psychology and philosophy, and are grouped into five thematic sections. The first part of the book brings together chapters discussing different aspects of the role played by affectivity in learning processes from the perspectives of cultural, educational and developmental psychology. The second part is dedicated to the role of affectivity for teachers during their training as educators and during their pedagogical practice in diverse contexts. The third part focuses on the relationship between affectivity and learning from a neuroscientific point of view. The fourth part discusses affectivity and learning in therapeutic and clinical contexts. Finally, the fifth part brings together chapters about affectivity and learning in everyday life.By bringing together this rich interdisciplinary collection of studies, Affectivity and Learning: Bridging the Gap Between Neurosciences, Cultural and Cognitive Psychology will be a valuable resource for researchers in the fields of psychology, neuroscience and education, as well as for educators and teachers interested in knowing more about the relationship between affectivity and human learning.
This book presents an interdisciplinary approach to the study of affectivity and human learning by bridging the gap between neuroscience, cultural and cognitive psychology. It brings together studies that go beyond the focus on cognitive-intellectual variables involved in learning processes and incorporate the study of the role played by affectivity and emotions in learning not only at educational settings but in all processes of transformation and human development, thus presenting affectivity as a catalyst and mediator of all daily learning processes.Chapters brought together in this contributed volume present both theoretical contributions and results of empirical research from different disciplines, such as neuroscience, cognitive psychology, cultural psychology, educational psychology, developmental psychology and philosophy, and are grouped into five thematic sections. The first part of the book brings together chapters discussing different aspects of the role played by affectivity in learning processes from the perspectives of cultural, educational and developmental psychology. The second part is dedicated to the role of affectivity for teachers during their training as educators and during their pedagogical practice in diverse contexts. The third part focuses on the relationship between affectivity and learning from a neuroscientific point of view. The fourth part discusses affectivity and learning in therapeutic and clinical contexts. Finally, the fifth part brings together chapters about affectivity and learning in everyday life.By bringing together this rich interdisciplinary collection of studies, Affectivity and Learning: Bridging the Gap Between Neurosciences, Cultural and Cognitive Psychology will be a valuable resource for researchers in the fields of psychology, neuroscience and education, as well as for educators and teachers interested in knowing more about the relationship between affectivity and human learning.
<p>Explores the relationship between affectivity and human learning</p><p>Analyzes affective variables involved in all human learning processes, and not only in educational contexts</p><p>Bridges the gap between different disciplines from cognitive, behavioral and educational sciences</p>
Pablo Fossa is Director of the Cognition & Culture Laboratory (C&C) of Instituto de Bienestar Socioemocional (IBEM) at the Faculty of Psychology, Universidad del Desarrollo, Chile. He received a PhD degree in Psychology from the Pontifical Catholic University of Chile. His doctoral thesis dealt with the expressive dimension of inner language in human experience. He did a postdoctoral fellowship financed by the National Commission for Scientific and Technological Research (CONICYT) of Chile, with a research project on thought trajectories from a microgenetic orientation. His lines of research are related to Cognition, Cultural Psychology and Phenomenology. He is an active member of the Society for Historical Cultural Activity Research (ISCAR), the International Society for Dialogical Self (ISDS), and the International Society for Theoretical Psychology (ISTP). He is the editor of the book Latin American Advances in Subjectivity and Development: Through Vygotsky Route (Springer, 2021), New Perspectives on Inner Speech (Springer, 2022), and the book Inner Speech, Culture & Education (Springer, 2022). Currently, he is PhD candidate in Philosophy at the University of Navarra, Spain.Cristian Cortés-Rivera is Professor and researcher at The Neuropsychology and Cognitive Neurosciences Research Center (CINPSI Neurocog) at the Faculty of Health Sciences, Universidad Católica del Maule, Chile. He received a Ph.D. in Developmental Sciences and Psychopathology from the Universidad del Desarrollo, Chile. His doctoral thesis addressed the role of emotion in executive functioning, at behavioral and neurophysiological levels. His lines of research address the relationship between Cognition, Affectivity, and Learning. He is also a member of the Cognition & Culture Laboratory (C&C) and the Affective Neurosciences Laboratory of the Instituto de Bienestar Socioemotional (IBEM) at the Faculty of Psychology, Universidad del Desarrollo, Chile.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031317088
Cognitive PsychologyCultural PsychologyEducational PsychologyCognitive NeuroscienceLearning PsychologyEmotion0000
12
978-3-031-28642-1
Gerber
Nina Gerber; Alina Stöver; Karola Marky
Nina Gerber, Technical University of Darmstadt, Darmstadt, Germany; Alina Stöver, Technical University of Darmstadt, Darmstadt, Germany; Karola Marky, Gottlieb Wilhelm Leibniz University, Hannover, Germany
Human Factors in Privacy Research
VIII, 292 p. 51 illus., 30 illus. in color.
12023final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6159.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyProfessional bookBook0English292JMHPMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-07-232023-07-231
Forward.- About this book.- Acknowledgements.- Part I Theory.- Chapter 1 Data Collection Isn't Mostly Harmless: An Introduction to Privacy Theories and Basics.- Chapter 2 From the Privacy Calculus to Crossing the Rubicon: An Introduction to Theoretical Models of User Privacy Behavior.- Part II Methodology.- Chapter 3 Empirical Research Methods in Usable Privacy and Security.- Chapter 4 Towards Valid and Reliable Privacy Concern Scales: The Example of IUIPC-8.- Chapter 5 Achieving Usable Security and Privacy through Human-Centered Design.- Chapter 6 What HCI Can Do for (Data Protection) Law - Beyond Design.- Chapter 7 Expert Opinions as a Method of Validating Ideas: Applied to Making GDPR Usable.- Part III Applicable Areas.- Chapter 8 Privacy Nudges and Informed Consent? - Challenges for Privacy Nudge Design.- Chapter 9 The Hows and Whys of Dark Patterns: Categorizations and Privacy.- Chapter 10 'They see me scrolling' - Lessons Learned From Investigating Shoulder Surfing Behavior and Attack Mitigation Strategies.- Chapter 11 Privacy Research on the Pulse of Time: COVID-19 Contact Tracing Apps.- Chapter 12 Privacy Perception and Behavior in Safety-Critical Environments.- Part IV Solutions.- Chapter 13 Generic Consents in Digital Ecosystems: Legal, Psychological and Technical Perspectives.- Chapter 14 Human-Centered Design for Data-Sparse Tailored Privacy Information Provision.- Chapter 15 Acceptance Factors of Privacy Enhancing Technologies on the Basis of Tor and JonDonym.- Chapter 16 Increasing Users' Privacy Awareness in the Internet of Things: Design Space and Sample Scenarios.- Chapter 17 Challenges, Conflicts and Solution Strategies for the Introduction of Corporate Data Protection Measures.- Chapter 18 Data Cart - A Privacy Pattern for Personal Data Management in Organizations.
This book covers topics needed to be considered in research around usable privacy. The book starts from a psychological perspective and introduces readers to basic behavioral theories and models that can explain end-user privacy behavior (including the “privacy paradox”) on a theoretical level. Subsequently, an introduction to different study methods (e.g., experiment, survey, interviews, co-creation) used in usable privacy research is given. Based on this, different methodological aspects, such as identifying appropriate questionnaires, and applying User-Centered Design, will be discussed. Finally, the book describes application areas for privacy research such as dark patterns and presents solutions for privacy protection, e.g., regarding consent-giving and PETs. The book aims to bring together the different research approaches to the topic of usable privacy, which often originate from computer science, psychology, and law, and provide a methodologically sound basis for researchers who want to delve deeper into this topic.
This is an open access book.
This book covers topics needed to be considered in research around usable privacy. The book starts from a psychological perspective and introduces readers to basic behavioral theories and models that can explain end-user privacy behavior (including the “privacy paradox”) on a theoretical level. Subsequently, an introduction to different study methods (e.g., experiment, survey, interviews, co-creation) used in usable privacy research is given. Based on this, different methodological aspects, such as identifying appropriate questionnaires, and applying User-Centered Design, will be discussed. Finally, the book describes application areas for privacy research such as dark patterns and presents solutions for privacy protection, e.g., regarding consent-giving and PETs. The book aims to bring together the different research approaches to the topic of usable privacy, which often originate from computer science, psychology, and law, and provide a methodologically sound basis for researchers who want to delve deeper into this topic.This is an open access book.
<p>Offers detailed background information and summarizing checklists</p><p>Theoretical background offers an interdisciplinary perspective</p><p>Current research enables a comprehensive familiarization with the subject</p><p>This book is open access</p>
Dr. Nina Gerber (Technical University of Darmstadt) currently is a postdoctoral researcher at the Technical University of Darmstadt and within ATHENE – the German National Centre for Applied Cybersecurity. Her research interests are primarily in the areas of usable privacy & security, including social aspects of privacy and security, informed consent, UX design, and persuasion.



Alina Stöver (Technical University of Darmstadt) is a doctoral researcher at the Technical University of Darmstadt and within the Research Training Group “Privacy and Trust for Mobile Users”. Her research interest lies in the field of usable privacy & security, where she focuses on the perspectives of different stakeholders.



Prof. Dr. Karola (Marky Ruhr University Bochum) is an associate professor at the Ruhr University Bochum where she leads the Digital Sovereignty research group. Her research is focused on Usable Security and Privacy with a focus on the daily lives of individuals, social aspects, and hedonic interaction quality.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology01
9783031286421
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyCognitive ScienceComputer ScienceHuman-Machine InterfacesPrivacyArtificial Intelligence0100
13
978-3-031-28645-2
Gerber
Nina Gerber; Alina Stöver; Karola Marky
Nina Gerber, Technical University of Darmstadt, Darmstadt, Germany; Alina Stöver, Technical University of Darmstadt, Darmstadt, Germany; Karola Marky, Gottlieb Wilhelm Leibniz University, Hannover, Germany
Human Factors in Privacy Research
VIII, 292 p. 51 illus., 30 illus. in color.
12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1449.99Soft cover1Behavioral Science and PsychologyProfessional bookBook0English292JMHPMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-07-232023-07-231
Forward.- About this book.- Acknowledgements.- Part I Theory.- Chapter 1 Data Collection Isn't Mostly Harmless: An Introduction to Privacy Theories and Basics.- Chapter 2 From the Privacy Calculus to Crossing the Rubicon: An Introduction to Theoretical Models of User Privacy Behavior.- Part II Methodology.- Chapter 3 Empirical Research Methods in Usable Privacy and Security.- Chapter 4 Towards Valid and Reliable Privacy Concern Scales: The Example of IUIPC-8.- Chapter 5 Achieving Usable Security and Privacy through Human-Centered Design.- Chapter 6 What HCI Can Do for (Data Protection) Law - Beyond Design.- Chapter 7 Expert Opinions as a Method of Validating Ideas: Applied to Making GDPR Usable.- Part III Applicable Areas.- Chapter 8 Privacy Nudges and Informed Consent? - Challenges for Privacy Nudge Design.- Chapter 9 The Hows and Whys of Dark Patterns: Categorizations and Privacy.- Chapter 10 'They see me scrolling' - Lessons Learned From Investigating Shoulder Surfing Behavior and Attack Mitigation Strategies.- Chapter 11 Privacy Research on the Pulse of Time: COVID-19 Contact Tracing Apps.- Chapter 12 Privacy Perception and Behavior in Safety-Critical Environments.- Part IV Solutions.- Chapter 13 Generic Consents in Digital Ecosystems: Legal, Psychological and Technical Perspectives.- Chapter 14 Human-Centered Design for Data-Sparse Tailored Privacy Information Provision.- Chapter 15 Acceptance Factors of Privacy Enhancing Technologies on the Basis of Tor and JonDonym.- Chapter 16 Increasing Users' Privacy Awareness in the Internet of Things: Design Space and Sample Scenarios.- Chapter 17 Challenges, Conflicts and Solution Strategies for the Introduction of Corporate Data Protection Measures.- Chapter 18 Data Cart - A Privacy Pattern for Personal Data Management in Organizations.
This book covers topics needed to be considered in research around usable privacy. The book starts from a psychological perspective and introduces readers to basic behavioral theories and models that can explain end-user privacy behavior (including the “privacy paradox”) on a theoretical level. Subsequently, an introduction to different study methods (e.g., experiment, survey, interviews, co-creation) used in usable privacy research is given. Based on this, different methodological aspects, such as identifying appropriate questionnaires, and applying User-Centered Design, will be discussed. Finally, the book describes application areas for privacy research such as dark patterns and presents solutions for privacy protection, e.g., regarding consent-giving and PETs. The book aims to bring together the different research approaches to the topic of usable privacy, which often originate from computer science, psychology, and law, and provide a methodologically sound basis for researchers who want to delve deeper into this topic.
This is an open access book.
This book covers topics needed to be considered in research around usable privacy. The book starts from a psychological perspective and introduces readers to basic behavioral theories and models that can explain end-user privacy behavior (including the “privacy paradox”) on a theoretical level. Subsequently, an introduction to different study methods (e.g., experiment, survey, interviews, co-creation) used in usable privacy research is given. Based on this, different methodological aspects, such as identifying appropriate questionnaires, and applying User-Centered Design, will be discussed. Finally, the book describes application areas for privacy research such as dark patterns and presents solutions for privacy protection, e.g., regarding consent-giving and PETs. The book aims to bring together the different research approaches to the topic of usable privacy, which often originate from computer science, psychology, and law, and provide a methodologically sound basis for researchers who want to delve deeper into this topic.This is an open access book.
<p>Offers detailed background information and summarizing checklists</p><p>Theoretical background offers an interdisciplinary perspective</p><p>Current research enables a comprehensive familiarization with the subject</p><p>This book is open access</p>
Dr. Nina Gerber (Technical University of Darmstadt) currently is a postdoctoral researcher at the Technical University of Darmstadt and within ATHENE – the German National Centre for Applied Cybersecurity. Her research interests are primarily in the areas of usable privacy & security, including social aspects of privacy and security, informed consent, UX design, and persuasion.



Alina Stöver (Technical University of Darmstadt) is a doctoral researcher at the Technical University of Darmstadt and within the Research Training Group “Privacy and Trust for Mobile Users”. Her research interest lies in the field of usable privacy & security, where she focuses on the perspectives of different stakeholders.



Prof. Dr. Karola (Marky Ruhr University Bochum) is an associate professor at the Ruhr University Bochum where she leads the Digital Sovereignty research group. Her research is focused on Usable Security and Privacy with a focus on the daily lives of individuals, social aspects, and hedonic interaction quality.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology01
9783031286452
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyCognitive ScienceComputer ScienceHuman-Machine InterfacesPrivacyArtificial Intelligence0100
14
978-3-031-29994-0
Glebova
Tatiana Glebova; Carmen Knudson-Martin
Tatiana Glebova, Alliant International University, Sacramento, CA, USA; Carmen Knudson-Martin, Lewis and Clark College, Portland, OR, USA
Sociocultural Trauma and Well-Being in Eastern European Family Therapy
X, 200 p. 7 illus., 3 illus. in color.
12023final44.9948.1449.4939.9953.5049.99Soft cover0AFTA SpringerBriefs in Family TherapyBehavioral Science and PsychologyBrief/PivotBook0English200MMJTMMJTSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-152023-06-151
Chapter 1. An Introduction to Sociocultural Trauma and Its Impact on Relational Well-Being.- Chapter 2. A Contextual Approach to Historical Intergenerational Trauma and Hope in Hungary.- Chapter 3. Sociocultural Trauma and Resilience Among Marginalized Families in Moldova.- Chapter 4. Healing from Collective Sociocultural Trauma in Romania: Identity, Security, and Belonging.- Chapter 5. Overcoming Complex Sociocultural Trauma and Building Relational Trust and Justice in Russia.- Chapter 6. Sociocultural Traumatization and Resilience in 21st Century Serbian Family Relations.- Chapter 7. Intergenerational Effects of Sociocultural Trauma in Eastern Europeans.- Chapter 8. Future Direction in Research and Clinical Practice with Sociocultural Trauma in Eastern Europeans.
This book examines the effects of sociocultural trauma throughout the 20th century on interpersonal and family relationships in five Eastern European countries, drawing on the perspectives of mental health practitioners. Chapters employ a systemic perspective to explore the unique social, political, and cultural contexts that influence relationships in each country with a particular focus on implications for psychological and relational well-being. The volume demonstrates the importance of examining the cultural and sociocontextual nuances and complexity that may influence the impact of historical events on relationships, elucidating similarities and differences among countries in how the collective trauma has influenced them. It assists family therapists and other mental health practitioners in recognizing cultural and social factors that may influence their work with families, individuals, or couples living in these countries or who have immigrated from them.Key areas of coverage include:Descriptions of each country’s experience of sociocultural trauma and the current social-cultural-economic-political contexts.Impact of trauma on interpersonal relationships across various social locations and national and ethnic identities within the existing borders.Current challenges, recommendations for clinical practice, and future directions for research and practice.

Sociocultural Trauma and Well-Being in Eastern European Family Therapy is an essential resource for clinicians, therapists, and practitioners as well as researchers, professors, and graduate students in family studies, clinical psychology, and public health as well as all interrelated disciplines.
<p>Examines sociocultural trauma and its effects on interpersonal and family relationships in Eastern Europe</p><p>Explores social, political, and cultural contexts that affect relationships using a systemic family therapy perspective</p><p>Focuses on implications for psychological and relational well-being in Eastern European families and immigrants</p>
Tatiana Glebova, Ph.D., LMFT, is professor of Couple and Family Therapy Program at Alliant International University, Sacramento CA, USA. She has published more than 30 articles and book chapters and has made numerous professional presentations at national and international conferences on various topics, including family therapy process, family relationships, international family therapy, contextual therapy, and clinical work with immigrant families. Along with her academic work, she is a practicing family therapist working with immigrant families.


Carmen Knudson-Martin, Ph.D., LMFT, is professor emerita of Marital, Couple, and Family Therapy Program at Lewis & Clark College, Portland OR, USA. She has published more than 100 articles and book chapters on the influence of the larger sociocultural context in couple and family relationships and the political and ethical implications of therapist actions on relational development in clinical practice. She is the developer of Socio-Emotional Relationship Therapy, which addresses the microprocesses by which societal power processes play out in couple and family relationships. Dr. Knudson-Martin is editor/author of three books: Socio-Emotional Relationship Therapy–Bridging Emotion, Societal Context, and Couple Interaction; Couples, Gender, and Power–Creating Change in Intimate Relationships; and Socioculturally Attuned Family Therapy: Guidelines for Equitable Theory and Practice. She was the 2017 recipient of the Distinguished Contribution to Family Therapy Theory and Practice award from the American Academy of Family Therapy.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031299940
PsychotherapySystems or Family TherapyEducational PsychologyClinical PsychologyPublic HealthClinical Social Work0000
15
978-3-030-81940-8
Greif
Siegfried Greif; Heidi Möller; Wolfgang Scholl; Jonathan Passmore; Felix Müller
Siegfried Greif, Universität Osnabrück, Osnabrück, Lower Saxony, Germany; Heidi Möller, University of Kassel, Kassel, Germany; Wolfgang Scholl, Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Berlin, Germany; Jonathan Passmore, University of Reading, Reading, UK; Felix Müller, Executive Coach, Erding/Munich, Germany
International Handbook of Evidence-Based Coaching
Theory, Research and Practice
XIV, 982 p. 68 illus., 41 illus. in color.
Translation from the German language edition: Handbuch Schlüsselkonzepte im Coaching, © Springer-Verlag GmbH Deutschland, ein Teil von Springer Nature 2018. Published by Springer Berlin Heidelberg. All Rights Reserved.
12022final64.9969.5471.4954.9977.0069.99Soft cover1Behavioral Science and PsychologyProfessional bookBook0English982JMANJHBLSpringerSpringer International Publishing1WorldwideAvailable2023-04-022022-03-312023-04-012023-04-011
Coaching Definitions and Concepts (Siegfried Greif).- How can Coaching Practitioners Learn from Science? (Wolfgang Scholl).- Affective Change for Action Control and Self-growth in Coaching (Anna Maria Engel).- Approaches to the Coaching Process: an Interaction-analytical View (Patrizia M. Ianiro).- Assessment in Coaching (Heidi Möller).- Behavioral Modification and its Relevance in Coaching (Martin Hautzinger).- Brain-Focused Coaching (Lyra Puspa).- Bullying as a Topic in Coaching (Dieter Zapf).- Burnout: Characteristics and Prevention in Coaching (Siegfried Greif).- Business Coaching in Top Management (Uwe Böning).- Career Coaching (Simone Kauffeld).- Coaching in the Context of Organizational Change (Katrin Bickerich).- Coaching for Sustainability (Joel A. DiGirolamo).- The Coaching Relationship (Sonja M. Mannhardt).- Coaching Supervision (Silja Kotte). - Communication as a Method and as a Topic in Coaching (Wolfgang Scholl).- Complex Problem Solving in Coaching (Ulrike Starker).- Conflict Transformation in Coaching (Albert Vollmer).- Crises as a Problem in Coaching (Johannes Sperling).- Culturality in Coaching (Sunny Stout-Rostron).- Decision-making as a Focus in Business Coaching (Cornelia Strobel).- E-Coaching - An Overview (Harald Geißler).- Embodiment and its Importance for Coaching (Maja Storch).- Emotion Regulation and Coaching (Christian Sell).- Emotional Intelligence and Its Relevance for Coaching (Dana L. Joseph).- Ethics and Ethical Competence in Coaching (Christoph Schmidt-Lellek).- Family Businesses in Coaching: Specific Dynamics (Arist v. Schlippe).- Feedback for Performance Development: A Review of Current Trends (Marie-Hélène Budworth).- The Forms of Contact – An Approach to Theme, Process, State, and Methods in Coaching (Thomas Bachmann).- The Future of AI in Coaching (David Clutterbuck).- Gender Theoretical Impulses for Theory and Practice of Coaching (Mechthild Bereswill).- Goals in Coaching Practice (Anthony M. Grant).- Growth- and Security-Orientation in Coaching: Success through motivational fit (Andreas M. Böhm).- Health in Coaching (Eva Bamberg).- Health Coaching Research (Irina Todorova).- Implicit Leadership Theories and their Importance in Coaching (Belinda Seeg).- Individual and Collective Defense Mechanisms (Heidi Möller).- Insights through Coaching (Felix Müller).- Interaction as a Basic Theme in Coaching (Wolfgang Scholl).- Interaction Dynamics in Groups (Nale Lehmann-Willenbrock).- Language and Meaning as Basic Topics in Coaching (Tobias Schröder).- Leadership Coaching (Lisa Weihrauch).- Leadership Theories as Knowledge Base in Coaching (Jörg Felfe).- Learning as the Basis for Coaching (Annette Kluge).- Meaning as a Topic in Coaching (Reinhard Stelter).- Means of Verbal and Nonverbal Communication in Coaching (Astrid Schütz).- Mental Disorders in Coaching (Heidi Möller).- Mentalization in Coaching (Svenja Taubner).- Metaphors of “Organization” and their Meaning in Coaching (Wolfgang Scholl).- Micropolitics, Gender and Emotional Labor in Coaching (Christiane Jüngling).- Mindfulness in Coaching (Christine Bosch).- Motivation and Goal Setting with Motto-Goals in Coaching (Julia Weber).- Motivation, Volition and Implementation in Coaching (Siegfried Greif).- Motivational Interviewing as a Tool for Coaching in the Workplace: Coaching for Organizational Change (Amelie V. Güntner).- The Organizational Context in Coaching (Astrid Schreyögg).- Organizational Culture and Coaching (Levi R. G. Nieminen).- Perception and Judgement Formation and their Significance in Coaching (Lisa Schubert).- Personality Development and Coaching (Jule Specht).- Power and Micropolitics as a Topic in Coaching (Wolfgang Scholl).- Problems of Teamwork as a Topic in Coaching (Jürgen Wegge).- Professionalization in Coaching (Christoph Schmidt-Lellek).- Pseudoscience and Charlatanry in Coaching (Siegfried Greif).- Quality o
This handbook comprehensively covers the fundamental key concepts in coaching research and evidence-based practice and shows how coaching can be applied to multiple contexts. It provides coaching scholars, researchers and practitioners with detailed review of the key concepts, research and new insights into coaching research and practice. This key reference work includes over 70 contributions from more than 110 leading researchers and practitioners in the field across countries, and deftly combines theory with case studies and applications from psychology, sociology, business administration, organizational studies, education, and communication studies. This handbook, edited by the top scholars in the field, is meant for an academic as well as a professional readership, and is an invaluable resource for coaches, clients, coaching institutes and associations, and students of coaching.
This handbook comprehensively covers the fundamental key concepts in coaching research and evidence-based practice and shows how coaching can be applied to multiple contexts. It provides coaching scholars, researchers and practitioners with detailed review of the key concepts, research and new insights into coaching research and practice. This key reference work includes over 70 contributions from more than 110 leading researchers and practitioners in the field across countries, and deftly combines theory with case studies and applications from psychology, sociology, business administration, organizational studies, education, and communication studies. This handbook, edited by the top scholars in the field, is meant for an academic as well as a professional readership, and is an invaluable resource for coaches, clients, coaching institutes and associations, and students of coaching.

<p>This handbook offers short introductions to numerous key concepts in coaching in a practical and lucid language</p><p>Provides an ideal reference for learners and coaches from different backgrounds</p><p>Includes the most up-to-date contributions from leaders in the field</p>
Siegfried Greif, PhD, is retired Professor at the University of Osnabrueck, Germany (Chair of Work and Organizational Psychology). He is member of the German Psychological Society, the German Coaching Federation (DBVC) and the International Society of Coaching Psychology (ISCP) and is a member of the Scientific Advisory Council of The Institute of Coaching (IoC) associated with Harvard Medical School, USA. He teaches coaching at different Universities and gives courses to practitioners associated with the Free University of Berlin. The major fields of his research are coaching, stress at work and change management. He has authored and edited of 19 books and published many book chapters and articles in German and English, especially on coaching, change management, stress at work and evaluation instruments, see his publications list on ResearchGate.

Heidi Möller has a doctorate in psychology (psychotherapy in total institutions), habilitation on quality criteria of supervision from TU Berlin, and is a psychoanalyst, teaching therapist for depth psychology and Gestalt therapy, teaching supervisor, organizational consultant and coach. In 2002, she was Chair of Communication Psychology and Psychotherapy at the University of Innsbruck. Since October 2007, she has been Professor for Theory and Methodology of Consulting at the University of Kassel. She is member of the German Psychological Society, the German Coaching Federation (DBVC)The major fields of his research are research in coaching outcomes and process research., development of the counsellor and psychotherapist personality and gender justice in organisations. She is the head of numerous postgraduate study programmes, currently the Master’s in Coaching, Organisational Counselling (COS) and Supervision, UNIKIMS, Kassel.

Wolfgang Scholl is Emeritus Professor at Humboldt University (Chair of Organizational and Social Psychology), Berlin, Germany. He is Initiator and Partner of artop – GmbH (Work and Technology Design, Organizational and Human Resource Development Ltd.) which is a coopted as institute at Humboldt University and is active in consulting, training, and applied research. He authored several books and many articles in German and English, especially on groups, innovation processes, organizational decision-making, power relations, knowledge production, basic interaction theory, and - last not least - on the relations between research and practice.

Jonathan Passmore is Professor of Coaching and Behavioural Change at Henley Business School, a Fellow of the British Psychological Society and an ICF credentialled coach. He has authored and edited of 30 books including Excellence In Coaching, Top Business Psychology Models, Becoming a Coach, and is the Series Editor for the Wiley Blackwell Organisational Psychology Series. He has also published over 100 scientific papers and book chapters and is the editor of the International Coaching Psychology Review, the premier coaching peer review journal. He was listed as a Global Top 8 Coach in the Marshall Goldsmith list in 2019 and has won awards from the British Psychological Society, Business Psychologists and Association for Coaching for his work.

Felix Mueller is an independent coach, leadership development expert and facilitator based in Munich, Germany. He holds masters degrees in business from the University of St. Gallen in Switzerland (lic.oec.HSG) and Duke University's Fuqua School of Business in the USA (MBA), as well as a psychology-oriented MSc in coaching and behavioural change from Henley Business School at the University of Reading in the UK. Since 2013, he has been supporting leaders and managers from mid- to top management as coach; he is certified as Associate Cert
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030819408
Positive PsychologySociology of WorkCoachingHuman Resource ManagementPsychotherapySociology of Organizations and Occupations1496000
16
978-3-031-29806-6
Gruber
Craig W. Gruber; Benjamin Trachik
Craig W. Gruber, American University, Washington, WA, USA; Benjamin Trachik, US Army Medical Research Directorate-West JBLM, Washington, WA, USA
Fostering Innovation in the Intelligence Community
Scientifically-Informed Solutions to Combat a Dynamic Threat Environment
XVI, 300 p. 29 illus., 13 illus. in color.
12023final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Hard cover0Annals of Theoretical Psychology19Behavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English300JMJMJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-07-012023-07-011
Chapter 1. Ubiquitous Technical Surveillance: A Ubiquitous Intelligence Community Issue.- Chapter 2. Innovation in the National Security Arena.- Chapter 3. Addressing Emerging Threats to the Intelligence Community through Scientifically informed Team and Leadership Strategy: The Case for the Integration of Research and Program Development.- Chapter 4. Learning and Reasoning with AI: Restructuring Intelligence Organizations around Innovation.- Chapter 5. Expertise in Sport: Implications for High Performance within the Military and Intelligence Organizations.- Chapter 6. The Transnational Threat of Radicalization Through the Use of Online Gaming Platforms.- Chapter 7. A Report from the Field – How Large Groups are Collaborating in New Ways, Driven by New Technologies.- Chapter 8. Innovation in Large Organizations: Structuring Organizations to Combat Emerging Threats: Developing a Theoretical Model.- Chapter 9. Innovation in Large Organizations: Structuring Organizations to Combat Emerging Threats: Exploration Through Case Studies.- Chapter 10. Resistance to Change and Cognitive Bias in Organizational Change: An Application to the Irish Garda Police Force.
In response to the increasingly ubiquitous, asynchronous, and pervasive use of cyber technology in everyday life, unique threats to cybersecurity (CS) have emerged requiring innovative and systemic solutions. Of the potential threats, Ubiquitous Technical Surveillance (UTS) presents one of the most acute generalized vulnerabilities facing the broader Intelligence Community (IC), Department of Defense (DoD), and United States Government. While security systems and networks have attempted to adapt to meet these evolving threats, internal organizational structures, culture, and human behavior often lag behind due to the inherent challenges in changing these dynamic variables. It is crucial that scientific disciplines identify systemic and innovative behavioral countermeasures that are informed by sub-disciplines of the psychology and CS literature. Innovative strategies involve collaboration amongst experts from the domains of social psychology, game theory, Bayesian statistics, and the IC, which will be discussed in-depth. A special issue that pulls from cross-disciplinary professionals will have a broad impact for the IC and DOD eliciting wide readership and spurring needed innovation.<div>___________________________________________________________________<div><div>'Cultivating a culture of innovation, though difficult, is important for any enduring organization. It's downright essential for the US Intelligence Community, which must stay one step ahead of adversaries on surveillance technologies and tradecraft to be effective. This collection of articles brings together insightful research and analysis from diverse domains, moving us closer to the deeper appreciation of innovation and culture that is so urgently needed.'<div>David Priess, Ph.D., former Central Intelligence Agency officer and author, The President's Book of Secrets
</div></div></div></div>
In response to the increasingly ubiquitous, asynchronous, and pervasive use of cyber technology in everyday life, unique threats to cybersecurity (CS) have emerged requiring innovative and systemic solutions. Of the potential threats, Ubiquitous Technical Surveillance (UTS) presents one of the most acute generalized vulnerabilities facing the broader Intelligence Community (IC), Department of Defense (DoD), and United States Government. While security systems and networks have attempted to adapt to meet these evolving threats, internal organizational structures, culture, and human behavior often lag behind due to the inherent challenges in changing these dynamic variables. It is crucial that scientific disciplines identify systemic and innovative behavioral countermeasures that are informed by sub-disciplines of the psychology and CS literature. Innovative strategies involve collaboration amongst experts from the domains of social psychology, game theory, Bayesian statistics, and the IC, which will be discussed in-depth. A special issue that pulls from cross-disciplinary professionals will have a broad impact for the IC and DOD eliciting wide readership and spurring needed innovation.<div>_____________________________________________________________________
</div><div>
<div>'Cultivating a culture of innovation, though difficult, is important for any enduring organization. It's downright essential for the US Intelligence Community, which must stay one step ahead of adversaries on surveillance technologies and tradecraft to be effective. This collection of articles brings together insightful research and analysis from diverse domains, moving us closer to the deeper appreciation of innovation and culture that is so urgently needed.'<div>David Priess, Ph.D., former Central Intelligence Agency officer and author, The President's Book of Secrets</div></div></div>
<p>Contributed Chapters from Industry, Government, and Academia</p><p>A special chapter on Innovation in Large Organizations</p><p>Includes the relationship between innovation and culture, and how to create a culture of innovation</p>
<div>Craig Gruber, PhD, is on the faculty of American University, where he is Research Associate Professor and Director of the Decision Sciences Laboratory. Previously he served as the Associate Vice-president for Innovation Campus Programs at Northeastern University. He has written on courage and presented nationally and internationally on security, intelligence, and forensic science. He developed Northeastern University’s master’s degree programs in Homeland Security and Strategic Intelligence and Analysis and is Director of Operations for Image Insight Inc. Dr. Gruber is on the Board of Visitors of The Hill School, and he also serves on the board of the International Association for Intelligence Education, where he is the Treasurer. He is the Editor-in-Chief of the Annals of Theoretical Psychology and has written introductory psychology textbooks and numerous articles.</div><div>Benjamin Trachik, Ph.D., currently serves as the Chief of Clinical Psychology Research for the U.S. Army Medical Research Directorate-West, a forward directorate of the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research (WRAIR). Prior to enlisting in the Army, Dr. Trachik worked as a licensed clinical psychologist for the Department of Veterans Affairs where he received several certifications in empirically supported treatments for PTSD and engaged in related research efforts. As a principal investigator, he has secured over three million dollars in research funding to execute several research studies designed to optimize the cognitive, emotional, and psychological functioning of Soldiers. These studies are in the areas of suicide prevention, leadership strategy, and organizational reform with the goal of improving Soldier psychological health and wellbeing. Dr. Trachik maintains a robust publication record in the areas of suicide, PTSD, and leadership and engages in active collaborations with government organizations, universities, and private industry. Dr. Trachik also works closely with the Army Resilience Directorate developing and evaluating tangible products for Army-wide training and translating research into actionable strategies to improve Soldier wellbeing. Dr. Trachik currently serves as an ad hoc reviewer for multiple scientific journals and as a subject matter expert on several WRAIR research initiatives, military working groups, and unit-directed consultations.
</div>
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031298066
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyWork and Organizational PsychologySocial PsychologyClinical PsychologyCommunity PsychologyCyberpsychology0000
17
978-3-031-28646-9
HagströmTom Hagström
Tom Hagström, Stockholm University, Värmdö, Sweden
The Developing Human Mind
A Duality System of Meaning Making
X, 199 p. 10 illus.
12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English199JMCJNPPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-122023-05-121
Chapter 1: Introduction.- Chapter 2: A developing phenomenon in modern societies.- Chapter 3: The generality of stage transformations.- Chapter 4: The evolution towards self-consciousness.- Chapter 5: Basic abstract duality distinctions.- Chapter 6: The transforming duality forms.- Chapter 7: The meta system character.- Chapter 8: The duality system as cognition, socialization, and organization.- Chapter 9: General conclusions, intelligence, and challenges. Limits and potentials.
<div>This book proposes a developmental theory of human mind as a basic interaction system of meaning making elements - so called dualities - progressing in dialectical shifts towards higher self-awareness. It elaborates on why this system has developed evolutionary, how it develops in the life courses of humans in modern societies and what hampers and promotes its progression to meet contemporary and future societal challenges.
</div><div>
</div><div>Tom Hagström is Professor Emeritus at Stockholm University, Sweden, PhD and licensed psychologist. He has been engaged for several decades in research as well as in methodological and theoretical development focusing mainly people`s action and development conditions in important life course and work life transitions.
</div>
This book proposes a developmental theory of human mind as a basic interaction system of meaning making elements - so called dualities - progressing in dialectical shifts towards higher self-awareness. It elaborates on why this system has developed evolutionary, how it develops in the life courses of humans in modern societies and what hampers and promotes its progression to meet contemporary and future societal challenges.
<p>Proposes a developmental theory of human mind as a basic interaction system of meaning-making elements</p><p>Elaborates on why this system has developed evolutionary</p><p>Explains how the system develops in the life courses of humans in modern societies</p>
Tom Hagström is Professor Emeritus at Stockholm University, Sweden, PhD and licensed psychologist. He has been engaged for several decades in research as well as in methodological and theoretical development focusing mainly people`s action and development conditions in important life course and work life transitions.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031286469
Developmental PsychologyCognitive DevelopmentPersonal DevelopmentSocial PsychologyCognitive Psychology0000
18
978-3-031-31649-4
Hemphill
Meredith Hemphill; Abigail Nathanson
Meredith Hemphill, New York University, Jersey City, NJ; Abigail Nathanson, New York University, New York, NY, USA
The Practice of Clinical Social Work in Healthcare
VIII, 308 p. 28 illus., 25 illus. in color.
12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50129.99Hard cover0Essential Clinical Social Work SeriesBehavioral Science and PsychologyGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English308MMJJKSNSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-302023-06-301
Chapter 1. Autoimmune Diseases.- Chapter 2. Cancer and Oncology Social Work.- Chapter 3. Cancer: Leukemia and Lymphoma.- Chapter 4. Communicable Diseases.- Chapter 5. Dementia and Neurodegenerative Diseases.- Chapter 6. Diabetes.- Chapter 7. Heart and Lung Failure.- Chapter 8.- Heart Attack and Stroke.- Chapter 9. Liver and Kidney Diseases.- Chapter 10.- Organ Transplant.- Chapter 11. Traumatic Injury and Traumatic Brain Injury.- Chapter 12. Communicating with Children About an Adult’s Illness.- Chapter 13. Trauma-Informed Approaches and Interventions In Serious Illness.- Chapter 14. Contemporary Issues in Healthcare.
This book examines the complexities of clinical social work practice in healthcare today. It identifies many of the psychological, social, emotional and spiritual aspects of physical illness in adults. The approach draws on theories from trauma, crisis intervention and supportive counseling, as well as empirical literature from other healthcare fields. Recognizing that social work roles in healthcare range from short-term or crisis-oriented interventions to ongoing, depth-oriented relationships, the authors develop clinical assessment and intervention useful for social workers in various healthcare settings. By utilizing a common frame of clinical analysis, social workers can deepen their critical thinking skills in examining the impacts of specific illnesses and injuries on coping and wellbeing. Each chapter includes an analysis of the psychosocial impacts of the given medical condition across the following spectrums: illness or injury (by onset, course, outcome, and degree of incapacitation) relationship between nature of illness, and emotional and psychosocial functioningcommon clinical issues, and impacts of historical and current trauma end-of-life and bereavementsocial justicethe authors’ reflections on practice The Practice of Clinical Social Work in Healthcare is an essential guide for MSW students and social work professionals in healthcare.
This book examines the complexities of clinical social work practice in healthcare today. It identifies many of the psychological, social, emotional and spiritual aspects of physical illness in adults. The approach draws on theories from trauma, crisis intervention and supportive counseling, as well as empirical literature from other healthcare fields. Recognizing that social work roles in healthcare range from short-term or crisis-oriented interventions to ongoing, depth-oriented relationships, the authors develop clinical assessment and intervention useful for social workers in various healthcare settings.

By utilizing a common frame of clinical analysis, social workers can deepen their critical thinking skills in examining the impacts of specific illnesses and injuries on coping and wellbeing. Each chapter includes an analysis of the psychosocial impacts of the given medical condition across the following spectrums:

illness or injury (by onset, course, outcome, and degree of incapacitation) relationship between nature of illness, and emotional and psychosocial functioningcommon clinical issues, and impacts of historical and current trauma end-of-life and bereavementsocial justicethe authors’ reflections on practice











The Practice of Clinical Social Work in Healthcare is an essential guide for MSW students and social work professionals in healthcare.
<p>Re-examines lens of physical illness within healthcare social work using a common frame to focus on psychological impact</p><p>Includes examinations of social justice and bereavement on each illness or injury, as well as the authors' reflections</p><p>Builds critical thinking skills on clinical social work practice both within a specific illness and between illnesses</p>
<div>Meredith Hemphill, LCSW-R, DSW (she/her/hers) works as a Clinical Director and Director of Community Relations at City Center Psychotherapy in New York City. She teaches within the social work programs at New York University and Columbia University, and is a graduate of the Zelda Foster certificate program in Palliative and End-of-Life Care. She received her master’s and doctoral degrees in social work from New York University, and bachelor’s degree at Brown University. She has acted as a Guest Editor for the Clinical Social Work Journal for a special issue on social work in healthcare. Dr. Hemphill has contributed research and writing on the topic of hope-centered work with cancer patients, counseling during the COVID-19 pandemic, and teaching grief and loss in social work education. She founded The Feather Foundation, a non-profit organization for parents who have cancer.</div><div>Abigail Nathanson, LCSW, DSW, APHSW-C, ACS (she/her/hers) is a palliative social worker and the founder of a trauma therapy practice specializing in illness, caregiving and loss. She is a part-time faculty member at New York University, where she teaches Grief, Loss and Bereavement, and a faculty member of the Zelda Foster Studies Program in Palliative and End-of-Life Care. She holds national board certification in palliative care, and has advanced training in Accelerated Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy, EMDR and Meaning-Centered Psychotherapy. She worked in healthcare for 15 years, and has presented in grand rounds and division trainings in major academic medical centers across the country and published on topics relating to trauma, healthcare, bereavement and death anxiety. Dr. Nathanson received both her master’s and doctoral degrees in social work from New York University, and is the 2022 award recipient of the Social Work in Hospice and Palliative Network’s Professional Educator of the Year.


</div>
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031316494
Clinical Social WorkSocial Work EducationHealth CareBehavioral Sciences and Psychology0000
19
978-3-031-31712-5
Johnson
Andy J. Johnson; April Vinding
Andy J. Johnson, Bethel University, St. Paul, MN; April Vinding, Bethel University, St. Paul, MN
Subverting Resistance to Social Justice and Diversity Education
Constructive Approaches with Undergraduate Students
VIII, 118 p. 2 illus., 1 illus. in color.
12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.5044.99Soft cover0SpringerBriefs in Social WorkBehavioral Science and PsychologyBrief/PivotBook0English118JPJKSNSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2023-06-302023-06-301
Chapter 1. Understanding Resistance to Social Justice and Diversity Education.- Chapter 2. Embrace Preparing: Theoretical and Practical Foundations for Motivating Students to Address Social Justice for Persons from Diverse Social Locations.- Chapter 3. Embrace Collaboration: Developing Community Partnerships Through the Relational Partnership Development Model (RPDM).- Chapter 4. Embrace Multiple Perspectives: Balancing Interests of Community Partners, Students, and Instructors in Developing Creative Solutions.- Chapter 5. Embrace Process: Classroom Practices for Nonviolent Formation.- Chapter 6. Embrace Complexity: Anticipating and Neutralizing Student Resistance in Undergraduate Education for Transgender and Gender Identity Justice.
This compact book is constructed using psychological theory and research to empower university faculty to facilitate student engagement and address student resistance to diversity and social justice education more effectively. <div>
</div><div>University faculty teaching diversity and social justice have traditionally encountered various forms of student resistance. Recent cultural trends of political opposition to teaching critical race theory and other forms of increased polarization and scapegoating with decreased levels of social tolerance have exacerbated challenges in promoting student engagement in diversity and social justice education in universities and colleges. </div><div>
</div>In contrast to traditional models that tend to be confrontational in addressing student biases, the new Moving Towards Social Justice (MTSJ), Relational Partnership Development Model (RPDM) and process theoretical models seek to build on appropriate pre-existing strengths, interests, values, and the developmental readiness of students who might otherwise oppose learning about the contexts, lives, and predicaments of marginalized persons living in various intersections of gender, race, ethnicity, national origin, immigration status, sexual orientation, gender identity and ability/disability status. Emphasis is placed on the development of professional and life skills, such as wisdom and intercultural competence, which provide incentives and remove barriers to learning about social justice and diversity. Project-based learning approaches grounded in a developmental framework to foster the thriving and well-being of diverse students, collaborative partners in the community, and diverse persons served by the community partners are emphasized. The role of empirical assessment, feedback, and program refinement over time is also delineated within the models.<div>
</div><div>Subverting Resistance to Social Justice and Diversity Education: Constructive Approaches with Undergraduate Students is an indispensable and timely resource for university and college instructors who teach courses or have significant portions of a class that involve education around social justice, diversity, and intersectionality issues, such as cross-cultural psychology, multicultural psychology, social work, sociology, intercultural communication, and counseling or clinical practice with individuals or families from diverse social locations. University officers of diversity, faculty development providers, and other administrators interested in empowering university faculty to increase student engagement in social justice and diversity education also would find the book a useful reference.</div>
<p>Builds on strengths, interests and developmental readiness of students who might oppose learning about diverse persons</p><p>Emphasizes helping students develop professional and life skills that promote learning about social justice & diversity</p><p>Focuses on power-sharing, collaboration, curiosity & discovery in sorting through complexities of social justice issues</p>
Andy J. Johnson, PhD, Associate Professor of Psychological Sciences Emeritus, taught a variety of courses in the Department of Psychology at Bethel University in Saint Paul, Minnesota. His research interests center on the intersection of religion, ethnicity, national origin, immigration status, sexual orientation, gender identity, and ability/disability with interpersonal violence. A volume he edited, Religion and Men's Violence Against Women; a volume he co-edited with Ruth Nelson and Emily Lund, Religion, Disability, and Interpersonal Violence; and a volume he co-edited with Emily Lund and Claire Burgess, Violence Against LGBTQ+ Persons, are published by Springer. He also currently serves as the Chair of the Peace and Justice Collective at All God's Children Metropolitan Community Church in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

Andy is a Past Board Member for the National Partnership to End Interpersonal Violence (NPEIV), where he served as Co-Chair of Action Team 2: Training and Mentoring. He is currently a member of American Psychological Association (APA) Division 44: Society for the Psychology of Sexual Orientation and Gender Diversity, APA Division 56: Trauma Psychology, and a former Member-at-Large for APA Division 36: Society for the Psychology of Religion and Spirituality. Andy has served as a member of the Olmstead Specialty Committee on Violence Against Persons with Disabilities for the State of Minnesota. He earned his MA and PhD in counseling psychology from the University of Notre Dame.

April Vinding, MFA, grew up deeply embedded in a midwestern American evangelical culture that fused political power, patriarchy and divinity, and prized certainty, suspected beauty, and avoided conflict. Naturally, she got an MFA, a divorce, and loves to dance. AV, as her students call her, teaches writing at all levels, facilitates faculty development, and develops curriculum. Her creative work includes an incisive spiritual memoir, Triptych, and various essays, poems, and multimedia work. She is wildly interested in embodied education and the intersections of creative and spiritual practice.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031317125
Social JusticeSocial Work EducationCross-Cultural PsychologySociologyCounselingIntercultural Communication0000
20
978-3-030-84715-9
Krysik
Judy Krysik; Nancy Rodriguez
Judy Krysik, Arizona State University, Phoenix, AZ, USA; Nancy Rodriguez, University of California, Irvine, Irvine, CA, USA
Children of Incarcerated Parents
Integrating Research into Best Practices and Policy
XXV, 271 p. 10 illus., 4 illus. in color.
12022final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Soft cover1Children of Incarcerated Parents: From Understanding to ImpactBehavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English271JMCJHBKSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-04-132022-04-122023-04-122023-04-121
Part I. Micro System.- Chapter 1: Women and Infants Affected by Incarceration: The Potential Value of Home Visiting Program Engagement.- Chapter 2: Adolescents with Incarcerated Parents: Towards Developmentally-Informed Research and Practice.- Chapter 3: Family- and School-Based Sources of Resilience among Children of Incarcerated Parents.- Part II: The Mesosystem.- Chapter 4: The Forgotten: The Impact of Parental and Familial Incarceration on Fragile Communities.- Chapter 5: Racial Differences in Female Imprisonment and Foster Care.- Chapter 6: Language as a Protective Factor: Making Conscious Word Choices to Support Children with Incarcerated Parents.- Part III: Exo System.- Chapter 7. Development and Implementation of an Attachment-Based Intervention to Enhance Visits between Children and Their Incarcerated Parents.- Chapter 8: A Review of Reentry Programs and Their Inclusion of Families.- Chapter 9: Gender Differences and Implications for Programming During the Reentry of Incarcerated Fathers and Mothers Back into Their Communities.- Part IV. Macrosystem.- Chapter 10: We are not collateral consequences: Arrest to re-entry policy solutions for children of incarcerated parents.- Chapter 11: Toward a Critical Race Analysis of Positive Youth Development for Adolescents of Color Experiencing Parental Incarceration.- Chapter 12: Programmatic and Policy Responses to Mothers who are Incarcerated.- Chapter 13: Incarcerated Parents and their Children: Perspectives from the Smart Decarceration Social Work Grand Challenge.- Epilogue.
This book presents multidimensional knowledge on children of incarcerated parents using Bronfenbrenner’s ecological theory as an organizing framework. It examines the extent to which different levels of the environment are supportive (i.e., leading to resilience) and stress-producing (i.e., contributing to risk). The volume explores four levels of the environment – microsystem, mesosystem, exosystem, and macrosystem – with specific theories and paradigms woven into the inquiry at each. At the level of child and family, it discusses the factors that influence resilience and risk in children from gestation through young adulthood; at the community level, it addresses risk and resilience in the interactions between children and families and the various systems with which they interact (e.g., child welfare).



Key areas of coverage include:



· A description of the factors that influence the quality of programming for children and their families.

· A critical analysis of state and national policies that affect which individuals receive, or fail to receive, specific services.

· An overview and evaluation of the state of knowledge and implications for research and practice to improve outcomes for children of incarcerated parents.

· An organizing framework to help researchers identify gaps in the existing knowledge base and distills and organizes evidence-based information for practitioners.



Children of Incarcerated Parents is an essential resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as practitioners, therapists, and other professionals in child and school psychology, family studies, public health, and all interrelated disciplines, including developmental psychology, criminal justice, social work, educational policy and politics.
This book presents multidimensional knowledge on children of incarcerated parents using Bronfenbrenner’s ecological theory as an organizing framework. It examines the extent to which different levels of the environment are supportive (i.e., leading to resilience) and stress-producing (i.e., contributing to risk). The volume explores four levels of the environment – microsystem, mesosystem, exosystem, and macrosystem – with specific theories and paradigms woven into the inquiry at each. At the level of child and family, it discusses the factors that influence resilience and risk in children from gestation through young adulthood; at the community level, it addresses risk and resilience in the interactions between children and families and the various systems with which they interact (e.g., child welfare).



Key areas of coverage include:



· A description of the factors that influence the quality of programming for children and their families.

· A critical analysis of state and national policies that affect which individuals receive, or fail to receive, specific services.

· An overview and evaluation of the state of knowledge and implications for research and practice to improve outcomes for children of incarcerated parents.

· An organizing framework to help researchers identify gaps in the existing knowledge base and distills and organizes evidence-based information for practitioners.



Children of Incarcerated Parents is an essential resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as practitioners, therapists, and other professionals in child and school psychology, family studies, public health, and all interrelated disciplines, including developmental psychology, criminal justice, social work, educational policy and politics.
<p>Explores the lives of children with incarcerated parents using Bronfenbrenner’s ecological theory as an organizing framework</p><p>Examines multiple environmental factors that influence resilience and risk in children, from gestation to emerging adulthood</p><p>Addresses interactions between children and families and various systems (e.g., child welfare)</p><p>Describes factors that affect program quality for children and their families</p>
Judy Krysik, Ph.D., is an Associate Professor in the School of Social Work at Arizona State University and Director of the ASU Center for Child Well-Being, host of the National Children of Incarcerated Parent Conference. Her research interests include the prevention of child maltreatment among infants and toddlers, the efficacy of specialized court programs directed at young children removed for reasons of neglect and child maltreatment, and the promotion of evidence-based practices and programs for parents. She has developed child safety prevention programming that is utilized in schools and preschools across the nation.

Nancy Rodriguez, Ph.D., is a Professor in the Department of Criminology, Law and Society at the University of California, Irvine. In 2014, Dr. Rodriguez was appointed by President Barack Obama as Director of the National Institute of Justice, which is the scientific research arm of the U.S. Department of Justice. Previously, Dr. Rodriquez was a professor in Arizona State University's School of Criminology and Criminal Justice. Her research interests include inequality and the collateral consequences of mass incarceration, and she has collaborated with law enforcement, courts, and correctional agencies to better understand and improve conditions for those incarcerated and their families.

Judy Krysik and Nancy Rodriguez are co-hosts of the National Children of Incarcerated Parent Conference held annually in Phoenix, AZ
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030847159
School PsychologyFamily LawPublic Health462000
21
978-3-030-96480-1
Leaf
Justin B. Leaf; Joseph H. Cihon; Julia L. Ferguson; Mary Jane Weiss
Justin B. Leaf, Autism Partnership Foundation, Seal Beach, CA, USA; Joseph H. Cihon, Autism Partnership Foundation, Seal Beach, CA, USA; Julia L. Ferguson, Autism Partnership Foundation, Seal Beach, CA, USA; Mary Jane Weiss, Endicott College, Beverly, MA, USA
Handbook of Applied Behavior Analysis Interventions for Autism
Integrating Research into Practice
XI, 634 p. 20 illus.
12022final329.99353.09362.99279.99389.00379.99Soft cover1Autism and Child Psychopathology SeriesBehavioral Science and PsychologyHandbookBook0English634JMCMMHSpringerSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-05-072023-05-071
Part 1. General Overview.- Chapter 1. Introduction to ABA Treatments for Autism Spectrum Disorder.- Chapter 2. What Are Evidence-Based Practices in ABA.- Chapter 3. A History of Non-Evidence-Based Procedures for Individuals Diagnosed with ASD.- Chapter 4. Ethical Decision Making and Evidence Based Practices.- Chapter 5. Evidence Based Practices and the Law.- Chapter 6. Evidence-Based Practices in Schools.- Chapter 7. Factors Influencing to Implement or Not Implement Evidence-Based Procedures.- Chapter 8. A Collaborative Approach to Using ABA Interventions for Autism.- Chapter 9. Evidence-Based Practices as They Relates to Culture.- Part 2. The Procedures of ABA Interventions for Autism.- Chapter 10. Discrete Trial Teaching.- Chapter 11. Incidental Teaching.- Chapter 12. Pivotal Response Treatment.- Chapter 13. Video Modeling.- Chapter 14. The Teaching Interaction Procedure and Behavioral Skills Training.- Chapter 15. Social Skills Groups.- Chapter 16. Parent-Mediated Interventions.- Chapter 17. Early Start Denver Model.- Chapter 18. PEAK Relational Training System.- Chapter 19. The Picture Exchange Communication System.- Chapter 20. Augmentative and Alternative Communication.- Chapter 21. Shaping.- Chapter 22. Traditional Functional Behavior Assessment and Functional Analysis.- Chapter 23. Practical Functional Assessment.- Chapter 24. Functional Communication Training.- Chapter 25. Time-Out and Response Cost.- Chapter 26. Token Economies.- Chapter 27. Script Fading and Activity Schedules.- Chapter 28. Differential Reinforcement and Extinction.- Chapter 29. Response Interruption and Redirection.- Chapter 30. Self-Management and Self-Monitoring.- Chapter 31. Future Directions in Research and Clinical Practice.
This handbook addresses evidence-based practices in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). It provides an overview of the history of evidence-based practices and their importance as applied to the law, school settings, and factors that influence the use for treatment of ASD. Additional areas of coverage include evidence-based and non-evidence-based ABA interventions for autism as well as decision-making ethics related to these treatments. In addition, the book addresses cultural considerations as they relate to these treatments and examines procedural aspects of ABA interventions for autism.



Key ABA treatments addressed include:

Discrete trial teaching.Pivotal response training.Video modeling.Parent-mediated intervention.Early Start Denver Model, PEAK, PECS, and AAC.Script fading/activity schedules and differential reinforcement/extinction.Response interruption and redirection.Self-management and self-monitoring.

















The Handbook of Applied Behavior Analysis Interventions for Autism is a must-have resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians, therapists, and other professionals across such interrelated disciplines as clinical child, school, and developmental psychology, child and adolescent psychiatry, social work, rehabilitation medicine/therapy, pediatrics, and special education.
This handbook addresses evidence-based practices in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). It provides an overview of the history of evidence-based practices and their importance as applied to the law, school settings, and factors that influence the use for treatment of ASD. Additional areas of coverage include evidence-based and non-evidence-based ABA interventions for autism as well as decision-making ethics related to these treatments. In addition, the book addresses cultural considerations as they relate to these treatments and examines procedural aspects of ABA interventions for autism.

Key ABA treatments addressed include:

Discrete trial teaching. Pivotal response training. Video modeling. Parent-mediated intervention. Early Start Denver Model, PEAK, PECS, and AAC. Script fading/activity schedules and differential reinforcement/extinction. Response interruption and redirection. Self-management and self-monitoring. The Handbook of Applied Behavior Analysis Interventions for Autism is a must-have resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians, therapists, and other professionals across such interrelated disciplines as clinical child, school, and developmental psychology, child and adolescent psychiatry, social work, rehabilitation medicine/therapy, pediatrics, and special education.
<p>Examines evidence-based Applied Behavior Analysis interventions for individuals with autism spectrum disorder</p><p>Explores ABA treatments for autism and their importance in legal and school settings</p><p>Addresses decision-making ethics and cultural considerations related to the ABA treatments for individuals with autism</p>
Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is the Co-director of Research for the Autism Partnership Foundation and the Associate Director of Doctoral Programs in ABA at Endicott College. Dr. Leaf received his doctorate degree in behavioral psychology from the Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas. He worked directly under the mentorship of Dr. James Sherman and Dr. Jan Sheldon. Currently, Dr. Leaf leads the research team at Autism Partnership Foundation, which conducts research projects both nationally and internationally. His research interests include examining methods to improve social behaviors for children and adolescents with autism and develop friendships, comparing different teaching methodologies, evaluating parameters of reinforcement, and evaluating long term outcomes for individuals diagnosed with autism. Dr. Leaf has more than 100 publications in peer-reviewed journals or book chapters and has presented at both national and international professional conferences and invited events. He serves or has served on several editorial boards f for prominent behavior analytic and autism journals.

Joseph H. Cihon, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is the Co-Director of Research for the Autism Partnership Foundation. Dr. Cihon received his bachelor’s degree in special education from Fontbonne University; master’s degree in behavior analysis at the University of North Texas under the mentorship of Dr. Shahla Alai-Rosales, Dr. Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, and Dr. Manish Vaidya; and his doctoral degree at Endicott College under the mentorship of Dr. Mary Jane Weiss. He has more than 15 years of experience working with children, adolescents, and adults diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities in home, school, and community settings. His research interests include evaluating approach-based interventions, shaping, increasing favorable interactions among children, their families, and interventionists, developing contingencies to promote generalization and maintenance, and improving mealtimes for selective eaters. Dr. Cihon has published in and served as a reviewer for several prominent journals and presented research at national and international conferences.

Julia L. Ferguson, M.S., is the Research and Assessment Coordinator for the Autism Partnership Foundation. Dr. Ferguson received her bachelor’s degree in applied behavior analysis and her master’s degree in behavior analysis from the University of North Texas under the mentorship of Dr. Shahla Ala’i. She is currently pursuing her doctoral degree in applied behavior analysis at Endicott College under the mentorship of Dr. Mary Jane Weiss. Dr. Ferguson has more than eight years of experience working with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder in home, school, community, and clinical settings. Her research interests include evaluating social skills interventions for individuals diagnosed with ASD, staff training, evaluating best practice interventions, and comparing different teaching methodologies for individuals diagnosed with ASD. Dr. Ferguson has published many articles in peer-reviewed journals, authored book chapters, and has presented at national and international conferences.

Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D., BCBA-D, LABA, is Associate Dean of Applied Behavior Analysis, Director of the Ph.D. in ABA, and Professor at Endicott College, where she has been for ten years. Dr. Weiss also does research with the team at Melmark. She has worked in the field of ABA and autism for more than 35 years. She received her doctorate in clinical psychology from Rutgers University in 1990 and became a Board Certified Behavior Analyst in 2000. Dr. Weiss previously worked for 16 years at the Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center at Rutgers University. Her clinical and research
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030964801
Developmental PsychologyChild and Adolescence PsychologyClinical Social WorkPublic HealthDevelopmental DisabilitiesEducational Psychology0000
22
978-3-030-97544-9
Lira
Elizabeth Lira; Marcela Cornejo; Germán Morales
Elizabeth Lira, Universidad Alberto Hurtado, Santiago, Chile; Marcela Cornejo, Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Santiago, Chile; Germán Morales, Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Santiago, Chile
Human Rights Violations in Latin America
Reparation and Rehabilitation
XXI, 286 p. 12 illus., 11 illus. in color.
12022final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Soft cover1Peace Psychology Book SeriesBehavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English286JMJMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-082023-05-081
Chapter 1. Psychology and Human Rights. An introduction.- Section I .- Chapter 2. Psychology and Human Rights in Chile. Assistance, Registration, Denunciation, Rehabilitation, and Reparation.- Chapter 3. Method of Forced Disappearance and Trials for Crimes Against Humanity: A Dialogue between the Legal and Subjective Dimensions. Specifics of the Argentine Case.- Chapter 4. Locating Children Appropriated by Dictatorships of the Southern Cone: Questioning Identities.- Chapter 5. Photography and Film in the Experience of Identity Restitution: Writing with Light.- Section II.- Chapter 6. The Method and Methodology of Psychosocial Accompaniment Work: A Contribution for At-Risk Defenders in Mexico.- Chapter 7. Construction of a Model of Psychosocial Care and Support. Training of Peer Psychosocial Companions: An Experience from Mexico.- Section III.- Chapter 8. Psychotherapy with Former Political Prisoners in Uruguay: The Vision of the therapists.- Chapter 9. Arpilleras of Sexual and Domestic Violence in Post-War Guatemala: Accompaniment in Processes of Psychosocial Reparation.- Chapter 10. Group Therapeutic Strategies and Human Rights. Human Rights Violations in Chile.- Section IV.- Chapter 11. El Mozote Massacre: Expert Research and Challenges of Psychosocial Reparation.- Chapter 12. Psychosocial Work in the Transitional Justice Framework: The Women of Sepur Zarco.- Chapter 13. Contribution of the Psycho-forensic Evidence in the Inter-American Court in the Case of Lonkos and Mapuche Indigenous Leaders versus Chile. Section V.- Chapter 14. Testimony and Symbolic Reparation: The Clinica do Testemunho Project in Rio de Janeiro.- Chapter 15. The Clinics of Testimony: New Ways of Recognition through Group Listening to Military Personnel.- Chapter 16. Colonia Dignidad: Lights and Shadows in the Recognition of the Victims.- Section VI.- Chapter 17. Political Transition and Social Reparation in Venezuela: Challenges of Democratic Reconstruction.- Chapter 18. Psychology and Human Rights in Colombia: Contributions to Peacebuilding.- Chapter 19. Working Mental Health in Peru.
A timely contribution to the study of peace psychology in Latin America, this volume describes clinical, psychosocial, and community interventions with victims from Mexico to Chile from the 1970s onward. Chapters analyze how to conceptualize complex processes such as the appropriation of children and political repression, raising psychological, juridical, and political implications for the victims, their families, human rights organizations, and society. Also included are studies and analyses of political processes in countries currently undergoing crises such as Venezuela and Colombia and the challenges posed by the peace process from a political psychology perspective. All authors present the results of studies or clinical cases illustrating creative methodologies and practices in different contexts.<div>
</div><div>This book provides the context for differences in the victims' damages and the treatment approaches and methodologies adopted in each case. The authors outline psychological perspectives grounded in ethical and professional choices based on recognizing people's dignity while seeking rehabilitation and reparations for victims, families, and communities. It paves the way for reparations and rehabilitation, and ultimately to the establishment of democracy and peace in this part of the world.</div><div>
</div><div>Readers will benefit from</div><div>
</div><div>understanding the relationship between mental health and human rightsunderstanding ethical and professional dimensionsa broadened knowledge of working with victims</div>
<div>A timely contribution to the study of peace psychology in Latin America, this volume describes clinical, psychosocial, and community interventions with victims from Mexico to Chile from the 1970s onward. Chapters analyze how to conceptualize complex processes such as the appropriation of children and political repression, raising psychological, juridical, and political implications for the victims, their families, human rights organizations, and society. Also included are studies and analyses of political processes in countries currently undergoing crises such as Venezuela and Colombia and the challenges posed by the peace process from a political psychology perspective. All authors present the results of studies or clinical cases illustrating creative methodologies and practices in different contexts.

This book provides the context for differences in the victims' damages and the treatment approaches and methodologies adopted in each case. The authors outline psychological perspectives grounded in ethical and professional choices based on recognizing people's dignity while seeking rehabilitation and reparations for victims, families, and communities. It paves the way for reparations and rehabilitation, and ultimately to the establishment of democracy and peace in this part of the world.</div><div>
</div><div>Readers will benefit from</div><div>understanding the relationship between mental health and human rights understanding ethical and professional dimensionsa broadened knowledge of working with victims



</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div>
<p>Shows the relationship between mental health and human rights </p><p>Shows ethical and professional dimensions</p><p>A broadened knowledge of working with victims</p>
Elizabeth Lira: Psychologist (Universidad Católica de Chile, 1971), MSc. in Development Sciences (1977); Post graduate degree in Family Therapy (1989). She worked as clinical psychologist with victims of human rights violations after 1978 in Chile. She received the National Psychology Award “Colegio de Psicólogos”, Chile, 1983; she was awarded in 1991 with the “Sergio Yulis” prize of the Chilean Society of Clinical Psychology;the International Humanitarian Award American Psychological Association in 2002 and the National Prize of Humanities and Social Sciences 2017 in Chile. She was member of the Political Prison and Torture Commission of the Government of Chile: 2003-2005 and 2010-2011. She has published several books and articles on human rights, reparation policies, reconciliation, and memory. Her last book published in 2020 with Brian Loveman (SDSU) is Poder Judicial y Conflictos Políticos. Chile 1973-1990. [Judicial Power and Political Conflicts. Chile 1973-1990]. She has been Dean of the Faculty of Psychology (2014-2022) at the Alberto Hurtado University in Santiago and currently co-researcher in the project “Beyond the victim paradigm: Genealogies of subject performance devices of political violence. Chile, 1973-2018” (Fondecyt N°1190834) in the Interdisciplinary Program in Memory and Human Rights at the same university.

Marcela Cornejo: Psychologist (Universidad Católica de Chile, 1995) and PhD in Psychological Sciences (Université de Louvain, Belgium, 2004). She is the current Chair of the Department of Psychology at the Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile. She is an associate researcher at the Millennium Institute for Research on Violence and Democracy, VIODEMOS [ANID - Millennium Science Initiative Program - ICS2019_025], and an adjunct researcher at the Center for the Study of Conflict and Social Cohesion, COES [CONICYT/FONDAP/15130009]. She has devoted over 20 years to the study of topics associated with psychosocial traumas due to political violence; individual and collective working-through processes produced by political violence; processes of biographical construction and collective memory; generational aspects in the comprehension of psychosocial phenomena; and the rationales and practices of qualitative social research. In these topics, she has conducted research projects in collaboration with Chilean and foreign researchers, participating in and organizing conferences and symposiums, publishing papers in several journals, chapters in books, and supervising doctoral theses in Chilean and foreign universities.

Germán MORALES: Clinical Psychologist and MSc in Clinical Psychology, Universidad Católica de Chile. Postgraduate degree in Family Therapy, Instituto Chileno de Terapia Familiar. He has worked as a psychotherapist in several institutions that serve low-income areas and victims of human rights violations such as the clinical team of the Latin American Institute of Mental Health and Human Rights (ILAS), which received the Chilean National Psychology award (2003). He has taught at several universities and, since 2001, he has been a Professor of the Department of Psychology at the Universidad Católica de Chile. In addition, he belongs to several organizations, including the Chilean Association of Group Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, the Child Systemic Relational Network, and the Chilean Chapter of the International Association of Psychotherapy and Relational Psychoanalysis (IARPP-Chile). He has authored several publications on trauma, adolescence, self-care, and professional burnout.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030975449
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyPeace Psychology0000
23
978-3-030-99698-7
MalherbeNick Malherbe
Nick Malherbe, University of South Africa & South African Medical Research Council-University of South Africa Masculinity and Health Research Unit, Cape Town, South Africa
For an Anti-capitalist Psychology of CommunityXII, 117 p.12022final99.99106.99109.9989.99118.00109.99Soft cover1Community PsychologyBehavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English117JMJMHSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-04-232023-04-231
Chapter 1: How should we understand an anti-capitalist psychology of community?.- Chapter 2: What is neoliberal capitalism? Three conceptions for an anti-capitalist psychology of community.- Chapter 3: Resisting the capitalist political project.- Chapter 4: Resisting capitalist ideology.- Chapter 5: Resisting capitalist rationality.- Chapter 6: hoping against history.
Anti-capitalist political struggle is a site of struggling psychologies. Conscious political action is never far from unconscious desire, and the fight for material justice is always also the fight for dignity and psychological well-being. Yet, how might community psychologists conceive of their discipline in a way that opposes the very capitalist political economy that, historically, most of the psy-disciplines have bolstered in return for disciplinary legitimacy? In its consideration of an anti-capitalist psychology of community, this book does not ignore or try to resolve the contradictory position of such a psychology. Instead, it draws on these contradictions to enliven psychology to the shifting demands - both creative and destructive - of a community-centred anti-capitalism. Using practical examples, the book deals with the psychological components of building community-centred social movements that challenge neoliberal capitalism as a political system, an ideology, and a mode of governing rationality. The book also offers several theoretical contributions that grapple with how an anti-capitalist psychology of community can remain attentive to the psychological elements of anti-capitalist struggle; what the psychological can tell us about anti-capitalist politics; and how these politics can shape the psychological.
Anti-capitalist political struggle is a site of struggling psychologies. Conscious political action is never far from unconscious desire, and the fight for material justice is always also the fight for dignity and psychological well-being. Yet, how might community psychologists conceive of their discipline in a way that opposes the very capitalist political economy that, historically, most of the psy-disciplines have bolstered in return for disciplinary legitimacy? In its consideration of an anti-capitalist psychology of community, this book does not ignore or try to resolve the contradictory position of such a psychology. Instead, it draws on these contradictions to enliven psychology to the shifting demands - both creative and destructive - of a community-centred anti-capitalism. Using practical examples, the book deals with the psychological components of building community-centred social movements that challenge neoliberal capitalism as a political system, an ideology, and a mode of governing rationality. The book also offers several theoretical contributions that grapple with how an anti-capitalist psychology of community can remain attentive to the psychological elements of anti-capitalist struggle; what the psychological can tell us about anti-capitalist politics; and how these politics can shape the psychological.
<p>Critical community psychology perspective</p><p>Explores various modes of anti-capitalist resistance</p><p>Highlights political economy factors</p>
Nick Malherbe is a community psychologist interested in violence, visual methods, and discourse. He works with social movements, cultural workers, and young people. He is based in South Africa.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030996987
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyCommunity PsychologySocial Psychology0000
24
978-3-031-29532-4
Mayer
Claude-Hélène Mayer
Claude-Hélène Mayer, Ernst-Ruhstrat-Str. 8, 37079 Göttingen, Germany
Unwrapping Transcultural Romantic Love Relationships
Sense of Coherence and Identity Development in Cultural Perspectives
XV, 64 p. 1 illus.12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.5044.99Soft cover0SpringerBriefs in PsychologyBehavioral Science and PsychologyBrief/PivotBook0English64JMANKJMV2SpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-202023-05-201
Introduction.- Research methodology.- Findings.- Conclusions and limitations.- Recommendations.
This research study explores the interlinkages of three major themes, namely transcultural romantic love relationships (TRLRs), sense of coherence (SOC), and identity development (ID) in individuals who are presently involved in romantic love relationships (RLR) with partners from different cultural or ethnic backgrounds. The study uses a qualitative research design within the hermeneutical interpretative research paradigm, aiming to understand the interlinkages of TRLR, SOC, and ID. Based on purposive and snowball sampling techniques, the study includes 22 participants (12 female and 10 male) between 23 and 68 years of age, from 14 different (self-defined) cultural backgrounds. At the time of the interview, participants had been in TRLRs for at least 6 months to a maximum of 26 years. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews and analysed through content analysis. Qualitative quality criteria and ethical considerations were applied. The findings show that TRLRs are firmly based on relationship qualities, strong feelings, common actions, spirituality, and future orientation. Further, the findings present clear interlinkages between TRLR and SOC, contributing positively to meaningfulness, manageability, and comprehensibility. Finally, TRLRs support SOC on intrapersonal, cultural, and interpersonal levels. In addition, they influence the development of identity awareness, actions, feelings, and sexual SOC. Conclusions, limitations, and recommendations for theory and practice are provided.
This research study explores the interlinkages of three major themes, namely transcultural romantic love relationships (TRLRs), sense of coherence (SOC), and identity development (ID) in individuals who are presently involved in romantic love relationships (RLR) with partners from different cultural or ethnic backgrounds. The study uses a qualitative research design within the hermeneutical interpretative research paradigm, aiming to understand the interlinkages of TRLR, SOC, and ID. Based on purposive and snowball sampling techniques, the study includes 22 participants (12 female and 10 male) between 23 and 68 years of age, from 14 different (self-defined) cultural backgrounds. At the time of the interview, participants had been in TRLRs for at least 6 months to a maximum of 26 years. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews and analysed through content analysis. Qualitative quality criteria and ethical considerations were applied. The findings show that TRLRs are firmly based on relationship qualities, strong feelings, common actions, spirituality, and future orientation. Further, the findings present clear interlinkages between TRLR and SOC, contributing positively to meaningfulness, manageability, and comprehensibility. Finally, TRLRs support SOC on intrapersonal, cultural, and interpersonal levels. In addition, they influence the development of identity awareness, actions, feelings, and sexual SOC. Conclusions, limitations, and recommendations for theory and practice are provided.
<p>First study to connect transcultural romantic love relationships to transcultural identity development</p><p>The study unwraps romantic love relationships based on empirical in-depth explorations</p><p>Unique by connecting transcultural romantic love relationships with a developing sense of coherence across the lifetime</p>
Claude-Hélène Mayer is a Professor in Industrial and Organisational Psychology at the Department of Industrial Psychology and People Management at the University of Johannesburg. She is a Semester at Sea Alumni (SASFA22) and a Board member of the International Academy of Intercultural Research. Further, she is an Associate Editor for Frontiers in Psychology (Positive Psychology) and for the International Journal of Cross-Cultural Management. She holds Doctoral degrees in Psychology, Management and Cultural Anthropology. Her Venia Legendi is in Psychology with focus on Work, Organisational and Cultural Psychology from Europa Universität, Viadrina, Germany. Her research areas include transcultural mental health, salutogenesis, transcultural conflict management and mediation, women in leadership, shame and love across cultures, The Fourth Industrial Revolution, and psychobiography. Her teaching areas are cross-cultural psychology, mental health, organizational theory, systems and design thinking, coaching, positive psychology, organizational behaviour and transcultural conflict management and mediation.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031295324
Positive PsychologyWell-BeingCultural StudiesCross-cultural Studies0000
25
978-3-662-67258-7
Mensing
Joachim Mensing
Joachim Mensing, Miami Beach, FL, USA
Beautiful SCENT
The Magical Effect of Perfume on Well-Being
XVIII, 352 p. 44 illus., 35 illus. in color.
12023final32.9935.3036.2927.9939.0037.99Soft cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyGeneral interestBook0English352JMJMMSpringerSpringer Berlin Heidelberg0Rest of WorldIn production2023-06-282023-06-281
Chapter 1 Exploring the effects of scent.- Chapter 2 Perfumes in transition.- Chapter 3 The psychology of perfume choice.- Chapter 4 Welcome to neuroperfumery.- Chapter 5 Insider knowledge of perfumery.- Chapter 6 Insider knowledge of the perfume industry and trade.- Chapter 7 Scent online: Storytelling and digital marketing of perfumes.- Chapter 8 Big and small moments in modern perfumery.- Chapter 9 On the way to the future of smelling.- Chapter 10 Scent therapy: fragrances for more joie de vivre.- Chapter 11 Sales psychology of scent consulting.- Chapter 12 Welcome to the experience perfumery.- Chapter 13 Stationary perfumery in transition.- Chapter 14 Perfume trends, international perfume preferences and mentalities.- Chapter 15 The emergence of the modern perfumer.
<div>This book will make you a perfume insider. Discover the effects, trends and future of perfume. Perfumery is on the verge of its third revolution, neuroperfumery, due to new methods of brain research and current findings in fragrance psychology.With this exciting and well-written book, you will gain a comprehensive insight into the creation, world and practice of modern perfumery, as well as interesting insider information. Current findings in psychology, aromatherapy, brain research and neuroperfumery on the effects of fragrances make Beautiful SCENT a treasure trove of new insights. As a non-fiction book with an advice component, it is easy to read without prior knowledge and provides many practical tips. Among other things, you will learn that some perfumes can do much more than just smell good, how perfumers and marketers create their perfumes, which scent preferences prevail and how the effect of scent can specifically influence one's own experience and enjoyment of life. Target groupsAll those who love perfumes and fragrances and would like to learn more about the magical effect of perfumes on well-being and perhaps play with the idea of creating their own perfume one day. It is also ideal for those who work in the fragrance, cosmetics and beauty industry and would like to refresh their knowledge of perfumes. About the authorDr. Joachim Mensing is a qualified psychologist, sociologist and trained nose with over 30 years of professional experience in perfumery and fragrance therapy. At one of the largest fragrance manufacturers, he became a trend coach for perfumers and developed methods of perfume development and marketing. Many of the perfumes he worked on received coveted awards such as the Fifi Award, the Oscar for perfumes. He himself received the honorary award of the FRAGRANCE FOUNDATION for the development and marketing of the perfumes Cool Water by Davidoff, Joop! and Jil Sander, and he was also recognized for studies in neuroperfumery and neuropsychology.</div><div></div><div>The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence. A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content.
</div>
<div>
</div><div> This book will make you a perfume insider. Discover the effects, trends and future of perfume. Perfumery is on the verge of its third revolution, neuroperfumery, due to new methods of brain research and current findings in fragrance psychology.With this exciting and well-written book, you will gain a comprehensive insight into the creation, world and practice of modern perfumery, as well as interesting insider information. Current findings in psychology, aromatherapy, brain research and neuroperfumery on the effects of fragrances make Beautiful SCENT a treasure trove of new insights. As a non-fiction book with an advice component, it is easy to read without prior knowledge and provides many practical tips. Among other things, you will learn that some perfumes can do much more than just smell good, how perfumers and marketers create their perfumes, which scent preferences prevail and how the effect of scent can specifically influence one's own experience and enjoyment of life. Target groupsAll those who love perfumes and fragrances and would like to learn more about the magical effect of perfumes on well-being and perhaps play with the idea of creating their own perfume one day. It is also ideal for those who work in the fragrance, cosmetics and beauty industry and would like to refresh their knowledge of perfumes. About the authorDr. Joachim Mensing is a qualified psychologist, sociologist and trained nose with over 30 years of professional experience in perfumery and fragrance therapy. At one of the largest fragrance manufacturers, he became a trend coach for perfumers and developed methods of perfume development and marketing. Many of the perfumes he worked on received coveted awards such as the Fifi Award, the Oscar for perfumes. He himself received the honorary award of the FRAGRANCE FOUNDATION for the development and marketing of the perfumes Cool Water by Davidoff, Joop! and Jil Sander, and he was also recognized for studies in neuroperfumery and neuropsychology.</div><div></div><div><div>
</div></div>
You will learn how perfumes trigger positive feelings and can do much more than just smell goodOffers insider insights - from a fragrance psychologist - into the world of perfume and perfumeryA treasure trove on the effects and trends of perfumes for all those who love fragrances
Dr. Joachim Mensing is a qualified psychologist, sociologist and trained nose with over 30 years of professional experience in perfumery and fragrance therapy. At one of the largest fragrance manufacturers, he became a trend coach for perfumers and developed methods of perfume development and marketing. Many of the perfumes he worked on received coveted awards such as the Fifi Award, the Oscar for perfumes. He himself received the honorary award of the FRAGRANCE FOUNDATION for the development and marketing of the perfumes Cool Water by Davidoff, Joop! and Jil Sander, and he was also recognized for studies in neuroperfumery and neuropsychology.
TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783662672587
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyNeuropsychologyNeurochemistryCognitive PsychologyPersonality and Differential PsychologyWork and Organizational Psychology0000
26
978-3-031-29929-2
Nice
Lindsey A. Nice; Christie Eppler
Lindsey A. Nice, Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, WA, USA; Christie Eppler, Seattle University, Seattle, WA, USA
Social Justice and Systemic Family Therapy TrainingVIII, 112 p.12023final44.9948.1449.4939.9953.5049.99Soft cover0AFTA SpringerBriefs in Family TherapyBehavioral Science and PsychologyBrief/PivotBook0English112MMJTMMJTSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-072023-06-071
Chapter 1. Structural Changes to Support Marginalized Family Therapy Students: Personal, Professional, and Political Issues for Educators.- Chapter 2; Relational Social Justice in Systemic Family Therapy: Looking in the Mirror with Others Bearing Witness.- Chapter 3. Building Relational Trust in Systemic Family Therapy by Addressing Racial Stains.- Chapter 4. Decolonizing Higher Education by Incorporating Antiracist Pedagogy in Systemic Family Therapy Academics, Mentorship, and Training.- Chapter 5. Unburdening the Pressure of Identity Through Co-Teaching a Diversity Course in Systemic Family Therapy.- Chapter 6. Using Self-Disclosure to Deepen Racial Dialogues in Systemic Family Therapy Classroom Settings.- Chapter 7. Addressing Value Differences Among Family Therapy Faculty: Issues of Race on Campus.- Chapter 8. Person of the Therapist: An Ethical Training Model.- Chapter 9. Inviting Diverse Voices into Systemic Family Therapy Program Leadership.
The book examines the lived experiences of systemic family therapy educators. It addresses the issues of power and justice that they face in family therapy training programs, including their teaching experiences with students, interactions with faculty, and challenges within academic institutions. It describes how family therapy programs attempt to incorporate cultural awareness with mixed results (e.g., focusing only on how to work with diverse clients or not supporting faculty from across social locations). The book explores the ways in which family therapy educators with intersecting marginalized identities continue to be oppressed across different areas of academia.

The book addresses issues of power that systemic family therapy educators face within the academia itself at three different levels:

Personal interactions with students that create more complete understanding of issues of power.Professional interactions with colleagues that provide support and accountability.Political interventions aimed at changing the larger academic institution.

Chapters focus on countering unjust practices in academic settings. Authors reflect on personal experiences across these three levels and, then, offer concrete suggestions for intervention. These include teaching experiences or meaningful interactions with students that support empowerment or increased awareness; relationships with colleagues that promote accountability and growth; and needed changes or challenges to the larger structure of academia.

Social Justice and Systemic Family Therapy Training is an essential resource for clinicians, therapists, and practitioners as well as researchers, professors, and graduate students in family studies, clinical psychology, and public health as well as all interrelated disciplines.
The book examines the lived experiences of systemic family therapy educators. It addresses the issues of power and justice that they face in family therapy training programs, including their teaching experiences with students, interactions with faculty, and challenges within academic institutions. It describes how family therapy programs attempt to incorporate cultural awareness with mixed results (e.g., focusing only on how to work with diverse clients or not supporting faculty from across social locations). The book explores the ways in which family therapy educators with intersecting marginalized identities continue to be oppressed across different areas of academia.The book addresses issues of power that systemic family therapy educators face within the academia itself at three different levels:Personal interactions with students that create more complete understanding of issues of power.Professional interactions with colleagues that provide support and accountability.Political interventions aimed at changing the larger academic institution.Chapters focus on countering unjust practices in academic settings. Authors reflect on personal experiences across these three levels and, then, offer concrete suggestions for intervention. These include teaching experiences or meaningful interactions with students that support empowerment or increased awareness; relationships with colleagues that promote accountability and growth; and needed changes or challenges to the larger structure of academia.Social Justice and Systemic Family Therapy Training is an essential resource for clinicians, therapists, and practitioners as well as researchers, professors, and graduate students in family studies, clinical psychology, and public health as well as all interrelated disciplines.
<p>Examines social justice in teaching experiences of systemic family therapy educators</p><p>Focuses on countering harmful practices of racism, sexism, and homophobia in family therapy education</p><p>Promotes social justice accountability and growth in family therapy training</p>
Lindsey A. Nice, Ph.D., LMFT, RN, is an associate professor and clinic director for the marriage and family therapy program at Pacific Lutheran University in Tacoma, Washington. Dr. Nice is the co-editor of Socially Just Religious and Spiritual Interventions (Springer, 2018), and she is author of several book chapters and journal articles. Before going into academia, Dr. Nice worked as a nurse at a small hospital in Oregon and still enjoys learning about the intersections of physical, mental, and relational health. Her research interests include family therapy pedagogy, medical family therapy, religion and spirituality in therapy, and relational equity. Outside of work, she enjoys spending time with her husband and two toddlers on their six-acre farm.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031299292
PsychotherapySystems or Family TherapyPedagogyClinical PsychologyPublic HealthClinical Social Work0000
27
978-3-031-29163-0
Nielsen
Kristopher Nielsen
Kristopher Nielsen, Te Herenga Waka - Victoria University of Wellington, Wellington, New Zealand
Embodied, Embedded, and Enactive Psychopathology
Reimagining Mental Disorder
XV, 250 p. 3 illus. in color.
12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Palgrave Studies in the Theory and History of PsychologyBehavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English250JMPMMJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-162023-05-161
Chapter 1- Conceptualization as a Core Scientific Task.- Chapter 2- Current Conceptual Models.- Chapter 3- Previous Enactive Views of Mental Disorder.- Chapter 4- The Bones of a New Perspective.- Chapter 5- 3e Psychopathology: A New Perspective and Questions of Classification.- Chapter 6- How Then Should We Explain?.- Chapter 7- How Then Should We (Begin to) Treat?.- Chapter 8- Summing Up and Moving Forward.

<div>“Instead of an internalist, reductionist view, the author understands mental disorders as complex interactions of subject and environment. I strongly recommend this book to all mental health professionals who are seeking a forward-looking way to understand mental illness.”</div><div>—Thomas Fuchs, Karl Jaspers Professor for Philosophy and Psychiatry, University of Heidelberg, Germany
</div><div>
</div><div>“Nielsen’s novel and engaging contribution is poised not only to revolutionize how mental disorders are understood, explained, and treated, but also how practices surrounding mental health research and clinical treatment are structured.”</div>—Jacqueline Sullivan, Associate Professor, University of Western Ontario, Canada<div>
</div><div>Embodied, Embedded, and Enactive Psychopathology presents a new way of thinking about mental disorder that is holistic yet critically minded, biologically plausible yet value-inclusive, and scientific yet deeply compassionate. Grounded in an embodied, embedded, and enactive (3e) view of human functioning, this book presents a novel conceptual framework for the study and treatment of mental disorders and explores implications for the tasks of classification, explanation, and treatment. Chapters one to three argue for the central role of conceptualization in the study and treatment of mental disorders. Popular conceptual models are critiqued, including other recent enactive frameworks. Chapters four to seven then present 3e Psychopathology and explore its implications. This includes analysis of both research-based efforts to explain mental disorders, and methods for formulating individual-level explanations in clinical practice. New answers are presented for important questions such as: are mental disorders things we do or get? Are mental disorders defined in nature or are they socially constructed? Are mental disorders the same things across different cultures? And, are mental disorders located in our brains, bodies, or environments? This engaging work offers fresh insights that will appeal to clinicians, researchers, and those with an interest in the philosophy of psychiatry.<div>Kristopher Nielsen, MSc, PhD, is a clinical psychologist based in Aotearoa-New Zealand. He is associated with Te Herenga Waka, Victoria University of Wellington.
</div><div>
</div><div><div>
</div><div>
</div></div></div>
Embodied, Embedded, and Enactive Psychopathology presents a new way of thinking about mental disorder that is holistic yet critically minded, biologically plausible yet value-inclusive, and scientific yet deeply compassionate. Grounded in an embodied, embedded, and enactive (3e) view of human functioning, this book presents a novel conceptual framework for the study and treatment of mental disorders and explores implications for the tasks of classification, explanation, and treatment. Chapters one to three argue for the central role of conceptualization in the study and treatment of mental disorders. Popular conceptual models are critiqued, including other recent enactive frameworks. Chapters four to seven then present 3e Psychopathology and explore its implications. This includes analysis of both research-based efforts to explain mental disorders, and methods for formulating individual-level explanations in clinical practice. New answers are presented for important questions such as: are mental disorders things we do or get? Are mental disorders defined in nature or are they socially constructed? Are mental disorders the same things across different cultures? And, are mental disorders located in our brains, bodies, or environments? This engaging work offers fresh insights that will appeal to clinicians, researchers, and those with an interest in the philosophy of psychiatry.



<p>Examines how mental disorders can best be understood, moving forward current debates</p><p>Utilises the embodied, embedded, and enactive view of human functioning</p><p>Considers the implications of this perspective for the classification, explanation, and treatment of mental disorder</p>
​Kristopher Nielsen, MSc, PhD, is a clinical psychologist based in Aotearoa-New Zealand. He is associated with Te Herenga Waka, Victoria University of Wellington.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031291630
PsychopathologyMental HealthPsychiatryPhilosophy of MindEpistemology0000
28
978-3-030-99073-2
Passmore
Graham Passmore; Julie Prescott
Graham Passmore, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, ON, Canada; Julie Prescott, University of Law, Manchester, UK
Using an ISA Mobile App for Professional Development
XI, 122 p. 32 illus.
12022final44.9948.1449.4939.9953.5049.99Soft cover1Behavioral Science and PsychologyBrief/PivotBook0English122JMSJMJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-04-292023-04-291
1 A Review of the ISA Method.- 2 The Indeterminate Identity Variant.- 3 The Defensive High Self Regard Identity Variant.- 4 The Diffuse High Self-Regard Identity Variant.- 5 The Crisis Variant.- 6 The Defensive Negative Variant.
Building on our prior ISA-based Palgrave pivot, the aims of the book are twofold. One, to showcase a newly developed App as a tool in the use of Identity Structure Analysis (ISA) for researchers interested in identity. Second, the book will focus on the use of a counselling supervision ISA instrument in order to highlight the benefits of ISA for professional development (PD) for any profession. The idea is that any researcher interested in professional and or personal development would be able to use the proposed book to aid them in either a supervision style process of development or the more standard one-to-one annual/biannual approach to PD. Through using ISA in PD, the book and its attendant analyses will encourage discussion, facilitate openness, and highlight potential issues that may lead to burnout, mental health issues, leaving a profession or additional risks. That is, the book will be oriented to informing researchers as to the potential ISA, the App, and the supervision instrument hold for directing PD.

Dr Graham Passmore began his education in the UK and completed it in Canada. He started his research career in Education with focus on Educational Technology but shifted to Identity Structure Analysis in 2014. He has co-authored a monograph and a Palgrave Pivot in the latter field and a number of academic papers.

Dr Julie Prescott is Head of Psychology at the University of Law, UK. She is a Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy, a Chartered Psychologist, and Associate Fellow of the British Psychological Society. Her current research focuses on technology and health/mental health, with an interest in young people and online counselling as well as how people gain support and use online technologies for their health and mental health support.
Building on our prior ISA-based Palgrave pivot, the aims of the book are twofold. One, to showcase a newly developed App as a tool in the use of Identity Structure Analysis (ISA) for researchers interested in identity. Second, the book will focus on the use, of a counselling supervision ISA instrument in order to highlight the benefits of ISA for professional development (PD) for any profession. The idea is that any researcher interested in professional and or personal development would be able to use the proposed book to aid them in either a supervision style process of development or the more standard one-to-one annual/biannual approach to PD. Through using ISA in PD, the book and its attendant analyses will encourage discussion, facilitate openness, and highlight potential issues that may lead to burnout, mental health issues, leaving a profession or additional risks. That is, the book will be oriented to informing researchers as to the potential ISA, the App, and the supervision instrument hold for directing PD.

<p>Examines how Identity Structure Analysis can aid professional development in a range of professions</p><p>Introduces readers to a mobile app for ISA instrument creation and data collection</p><p>Focuses on how ISA can prevent burnout in counselling supervision</p>
Dr Graham Passmore began his education in the UK and completed it in Canada. He started his research career in Education with focus on Educational Technology but shifted to Identity Structure Analysis in 2014. He has co-authored a monograph and a Palgrave Pivot in the latter field and a number of academic papers.

Dr Julie Prescott is Head of Psychology at the University of Law, UK. She is a Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy, a Chartered Psychologist, and Associate Fellow of the British Psychological Society. Her current research focuses on technology and health/mental health, with an interest in young people and online counselling as well as how people gain support and use online technologies for their health and mental health support.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030990732
Personality and Differential PsychologyWork and Organizational PsychologyCounseling PsychologyPsychological MethodsEducational PsychologySocial Psychology0000
29
978-3-031-28205-8
Preiss
David D. Preiss; Marcos Singer; James C. Kaufman
David D. Preiss, Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Santiago, Chile; Marcos Singer, Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Santiago, Chile; James C. Kaufman, University of Connecticut, Storrs, CT, USA
Creativity, Innovation, and Change Across Cultures
IV, 468 p. 51 illus., 40 illus. in color.
12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Palgrave Studies in Creativity and CultureBehavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English468JMHJMSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-092023-06-091
Part One: Educational and Developmental Explorations of Creativity, Innovation, and Change.- 1. The Never-Ending Innovativeness of Homo Sapiens by Elena L. Grigorenko.- 2. Supporting Innovation: Sociocultural and Developmental Considerations in the Assessment of Creativity by Jonathan A. Plucker, Melanie S. Meyer, and Matthew C. Makel.- 3. Innovation and change within education by Peter Tymms and David Bolden.- Part Two: Creativity, Innovation, and Change in Organizations and Work.- 4. Creativity and Organizational Culture by Nadine T. Maliakkal and Roni Reiter-Palmon.- 5. Strategic Considerations for Enhancing Creativity in the Firm by Marcos Singer.- 6. Engineering Innovation: The Impact of Digital Transformation by David H Cropley and Chanvi Singh.- Part Three: Sociocultural Explorations of Creativity, Innovation, and Change.- 7. Innovative Deception Across Cultures by Hansika Kapoor and Simon Henderson.- 8. Creative Activities during the COVID-19 Pandemic: Chinese and German Observations by Min Tang, Xinwen Bai, and Sebastian Hofreiter.- 9. Who’s Got Talent and How They Got it: How Culture and Media Might Shape (Creative) Mindsets by Izabela Lebuda and Maciej Karwowski.- 10. Theatre History and Models of Creativity by Maria Eugenia Panero.- 11. Mind wandering and mindfulness during innovation: An outline and an illustration in poetry by David D. Preiss.- Part Four: Creativity and Innovation as a Vehicle for Cultural Change.- 12. A Mirror to the World: Art, Creativity, and Racial Bias by Barbara-Shae Jackson, Sarah R. Luria, and James C. Kaufman.- 13. Social Change and Creativity Change: How Creative Products and the Nature of Creativity Differ in Subsistence Ecologies with High Mortality and Commercial Ecologies with Low Mortality by Patricia M. Greenfield.- 14. Cultural Creativity: A Componential Model by Robert J. Sternberg.- Part Five: Creativity, Innovation, and Change looking forward.- 15. How Technology is Changing Creativity by Isabella Hartley and Indre Viskontas.- 16. Uncertainty as a Lever for Change and Innovation by Ronald A. Beghetto.- 17. Innovating in the Post-anthropocentric era: A new framework for creativity by Marita Canina, Carmen Bruno, Vlad Glaveanu.
This book offers interdisciplinary, multicultural, and international perspectives on the interrelation between culture, innovation, change and creative forces. Its wide-ranging contributions present theoretical and empirical approaches and with reference to different domains across disciplines including psychology, education, social sciences, humanities, and engineering. The authors demonstrate how urgent social, environmental, technological, and economic challenges can benefit from individual, and community creativity to effect change.

In this volume, “culture” refers to sociocultural differences, educational culture, media culture, organizational culture, technological culture, ethnic differences within a culture, and digital culture. Its contributors offer fresh insights on how creativity, innovation, and change can propel us forward and offer hope for the future across these many different forms of culture. They offer both granular studies of creativity and innovation at work in particular contexts and macro-level discussion on how they affect organizational culture, the culture of a discipline and society at large. This cross-cultural analysis of creativity, innovation and approaches to change will particularly appeal to practitioners and researchers in the fields of psychology, organizational behavior and education.David D. Preiss is Professor of Psychology at the Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile. Professor Preiss is the author of more than 50 papers and chapters in the fields of cultural psychology and educational psychology. He is a fellow of the Association for Psychological Science. He is also the author of five collections of poetry.Marcos Singer is Professor of Operations Management, Dean of the MBA at the Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile. Professor Singer is the author of more than 60 papers and chapters in management. He is also a consultant and director of some of the largest companies and institutions in Chile.James C. Kaufman is Professor of Educational Psychology at the University of Connecticut, USA. He is the author/editor of more than 50 books and 300 papers. Professor Kaufman co-founded two major journals, Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts and Psychology of Popular Media Culture.

This book offers interdisciplinary, multicultural, and international perspectives on the interrelation between culture, innovation, change and creative forces. Its wide-ranging contributions present theoretical and empirical approaches and with reference to different domains across disciplines including psychology, education, social sciences, humanities, and engineering. The authors demonstrate how urgent social, environmental, technological, and economic challenges can benefit from individual, and community creativity to effect change.

In this volume, “culture” refers to sociocultural differences, educational culture, media culture, organizational culture, technological culture, ethnic differences within a culture, and digital culture. Its contributors offer fresh insights on how creativity, innovation, and change can propel us forward and offer hope for the future across these many different forms of culture. They offer both granular studies of creativity and innovation at work in particular contexts and macro-level discussion on how they affect organizational culture, the culture of a discipline and society at large.

This cross-cultural analysis of creativity, innovation and approaches to change will particularly appeal to practitioners and researchers in the fields of psychology, organizational behavior and education.
Examines how creativity, innovation and change interact with societal, organisational and disciplinary cultureExplores creativity and innovation from the perspective of particular types of cultureLooks at change broadly, including change over time and different approaches to change
David D. Preiss is Professor of Psychology at the Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile. Professor Preiss is the author of more than 50 papers and chapters in the fields of cultural psychology and educational psychology. He is a fellow of the Association for Psychological Science. He is also the author of five collections of poetry.

Marcos Singer is Professor of Operations Management, Dean of the MBA at the Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile. Professor Singer is the author of more than 60 papers and chapters in management. He is also a consultant and director of some of the largest companies and institutions in Chile.

James C. Kaufman is Professor of Educational Psychology at the University of Connecticut, USA. He is the author/editor of more than 50 books and 300 papers. Professor Kaufman co-founded two major journals, Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts and Psychology of Popular Media Culture.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031282058
Cultural PsychologySocial PsychologyWork and Organizational PsychologyEducational PsychologyEducationInnovation and Technology Management0000
30
978-3-031-28981-1
Ros Velasco
Josefa Ros Velasco
Josefa Ros Velasco, Complutense University of Madrid, Madrid, Spain
The Contemporary Writer and their Suicide
VIII, 324 p. 9 illus.
12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English324JMJMHSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-052023-06-051
Part I. Suicide in contemporary writers caused by socio-structural and environmental violence and pressures.- 1. Beyond the Wertherian motif of suicide: The unity of the self in Karoline von Günderrode’s death.- 2. ‘I manage it’: Analyzing tropes of suicide in Sylvia Plath’s writing.- 3. Virginia Woolf’s suicidal character(s): Schizophrenia and the rebellion against the body and the self in her literary works.- 4. ‘Death beats in my heart everyday’: A sociological reading of suicidal intent in Sara Shagufta’s works.- 5. Inside the medical suicidal mind: Felipe Trigo’s death by suicide and its self-novelization as a way of understanding suicide in contemporary practitioners.- 6. The problem of suicide in Kafka. An ethical or aesthetical problem?.- 7. The tragedy of Vladimir Mayakovsky: Suicide as a dialectical dilemma.- 8. Paul Celan. The abyss of the word ‘forgiveness’.- 9. ‘Lines of flight’: The deterritorialization of Gilles Deleuze.- . Part II. Suicide in contemporary writers as an expression of the will, the dislocation between the individual and the reality, and existential alienation.- 10. The ontological suicide of Philipp Mainländer: A search for redemption through nothingness.- 11. Simone Weil, martyr or suicide? Between martyrdom and suicide: The question of the meaning of life and death.- 12. The fall of a legend: Deleuze’s suicide and his Spinoza.- 13. Is suicide a choice? Suicide and Sophie’s choice in William Styron.- 14. Mortality and meaninglessness: Leo Tolstoy and Mickey Sachs reconsidered.- 15. Carlo Michelstaedter and the philosophical suicide.- 16. ‘Two-Gun Bob’ on the pyre: Robert E. Howard’s suicide in the context of his life and work.- 17. The confusing anxiety of Ryūnosuke Akutagawa.- 18. Through the mask. Behind the Osamu Dazai’s smile.- 19. The catastrophe of the self: The case of Unica Zürn.- . Part III. Suicide in contemporary writers understood through their literary styles, their writing techniques, and their metaphorical language.- 20. Sylvia Plath: Suicidal tendencies in life, poems, and fiction.- 21. ‘Dying is an art’: Death in the art of Sylvia Plath.- 22. ‘One wrist, then the other wrist’: The mind style of a suicidal protagonist as portrayed in Sylvia Plath’s The bell jar.- 23. Reflection of suicidal tendencies in poetry: A computational analysis of gender-themed versus general-themed poetry by Cesare Pavese, Anne Sexton, and Sylvia Plath.- 24. Black and blue: Revealing suicidality in the poetry of the Afro-German writer-activist, May Ayim.- 25. Words in poetry: Early and late poems by Haizi.- 26. Being suicidal after birth: Recoveries of Brooke Shields in Down came the rain, Elif Şafak in Siyah Süt (Black milk), and Fuani Marino in Svegliami a Mezzanotte (Wake me up in the midnight) from ecolinguistic perspectives.
This volume is the continuation of the book Suicide in Modern Literature, edited by Josefa Ros Velasco. Considering the positive reception of this book, Ros Velasco launches the second part, entitled The Contemporary Writer and their Suicide. This time, leading representatives of various disciplines analyze the literary, philosophical, and biographical works of contemporary writers worldwide who attempted to commit suicide or achieved their goal, looking for covert and overt clues about their intentions in their writings. This book aims to continue shedding light on the social and structural causes that lead to suicide and on the suicidal mind, but also to show that people assiduous to writing usually reflect their intentions to commit suicide in their writings, to explain how these frequently veiled intentions can be revealed and interpreted, and to highlight the potential of artistic, philosophical, and autobiographical writing as a tool to detect suicidal ideation and prevent its consummation in vulnerable people. This book analyzes several case studies and their allusions to their contexts and the socio-structural and environmental violence and pressures they suffered, expressions of their will and agency, feelings of dislocation between the individual, reality, and existential alienation, and literary styles, writing techniques, and metaphorical language.
This volume is the continuation of the book Suicide in Modern Literature, edited by Josefa Ros Velasco. Considering the positive reception of this book, Ros Velasco launches the second part, entitled The Contemporary Writer and their Suicide. This time, leading representatives of various disciplines analyze the literary, philosophical, and biographical works of contemporary writers worldwide who attempted to commit suicide or achieved their goal, looking for covert and overt clues about their intentions in their writings. This book aims to continue shedding light on the social and structural causes that lead to suicide and on the suicidal mind, but also to show that people assiduous to writing usually reflect their intentions to commit suicide in their writings, to explain how these frequently veiled intentions can be revealed and interpreted, and to highlight the potential of artistic, philosophical, and autobiographical writing as a tool to detect suicidal ideation and prevent its consummation in vulnerable people. This book analyzes several case studies and their allusions to their contexts and the socio-structural and environmental violence and pressures they suffered, expressions of their will and agency, feelings of dislocation between the individual, reality, and existential alienation, and literary styles, writing techniques, and metaphorical language.
<p>Presents the practice of writing as an exercise that can help prevent suicide</p><p>Compiles more than twenty-five case studies to demonstrate that suicidal ideation is expressed in writing.</p><p>Offers analysis patterns to train the ability to detect suicidal ideation in writing.</p>
Josefa Ros Velasco is a Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions Postdoctoral Researcher at the Complutense University of Madrid, Spain. Prior to this, she was a Teaching Assistant and a Postdoctoral Researcher at Harvard University (2017–2021). She holds a Ph.D. in Philosophy (2017, Complutense University of Madrid) and is specialized in Boredom Studies. She is the president of the International Society of Boredom Studies and the author of the book La enfermedad del aburrimiento [The Disease of Boredom] (Alianza Editorial, 2022) and editor of the books Boredom is In Your Mind (Springer, 2019); The Culture of Boredom (Brill, 2020); The Faces of Depression in Literature (Peter Lang, 2020), and Suicide in Modern Literature (Springer Nature, 2021). Recently, she won the National Research Prize of Spain.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031289811
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyCommunity PsychologyPsychopathologySociology of CulturePhilosophy of the Social SciencesLiterature0000
31
978-3-030-97313-1
Schulte
Volker Schulte; Christoph Steinebach; Klaske Veth
Volker Schulte, University of Applied Sciences Northwest Switzerland, Windisch, Switzerland; Christoph Steinebach, ZHAW – School of Applied Psychology, Zürich, Switzerland; Klaske Veth, Hanze University of Applied Sciences Groningen, Groningen, The Netherlands
Mindful Leadership in Practice
Tradition Leads to the Future
XVI, 213 p. 25 illus., 19 illus. in color.
12022final64.9969.5471.4954.9977.0069.99Soft cover1Behavioral Science and PsychologyProfessional bookBook0English213JMANJMSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-04-232023-04-231
Part 1: Fundamentals of Mindful Leadership – Philosophy, History and Application.- Chapter 1: Analysis of Work and Organization Today.- Chapter 2: A History of the Mindful Leadership Concept.- Chapter 3: Indian Perspectives on Mindful leadership.- Chapter 4: The ideal Emperor from Chinese Perspective.- Chapter 5: The Concept of Mindful Leadership and its Christian Roots.- Chapter 6: Cardinal Virtues and Leadership.- Part II: Traditions and Perspectives of Mindful Leadership.- Chapter 7: Ethics in the Mindfulness Context.- Chapter 8: Taming the Minds - Health and Resilience.- Chapter 9: Digitalization as a Challenge for Mindful Leadership.- Part III: Transfer from Theory to Practice.- Chapter 10: Interventions of Mindfulness and Compassion.- Chapter 11: Mindfulness and Technology.- Chapter 12: Mindfulness in Social Networks – Self-management and Distanced Sociability.- Chapter 13: Mental Training Through Mindfulness.<div><div>
</div></div>
This book shows why mindful leadership is the key element for supportive management and leadership in the 21st century. It highlights the fundamentals of mindful leadership in philosophy and history in different cultural traditions and shows latest research on mindfulness and digitalization, technology, social networking, and leading-self concepts. The book bridges the past and the future. By combining a range of research perspectives, it connects mindfulness to serving leadership concepts and describes resilience for both individuals and organizations. In addition, it presents theoretical aspects and practical recommendations on how to implement mindful leadership and supportive environments in organizational cultures. The book encompasses history, present leadership challenges and future management perspectives and enables the implementation of models of good practice into daily working life. It includes contributions from researchers of different continents, and offers an international overview of state-of-the art leadership research.<div>
</div><div>This book is of interest to professionals and researchers working on leadership, from the perspective of positive psychology, organizational studies, and wellbeing studies. </div>
This book shows why mindful leadership is the key element for supportive management and leadership in the 21st century. It highlights the fundamentals of mindful leadership in philosophy and history in different cultural traditions and shows latest research on mindfulness and digitalization, technology, social networking, and leading-self concepts. The book bridges the past and the future. By combining a range of research perspectives, it connects mindfulness to serving leadership concepts and describes resilience for both individuals and organizations. In addition, it presents theoretical aspects and practical recommendations on how to implement mindful leadership and supportive environments in organizational cultures. The book encompasses history, present leadership challenges and future management perspectives and enables the implementation of models of good practice into daily working life. It includes contributions from researchers of different continents, and offers an international overview of state-of-the art leadership research.<div>
</div><div>This book is of interest to professionals and researchers working on leadership, from the perspective of positive psychology, organizational studies, and wellbeing studies. </div>
<p>Covers mindful leadership theories and practices in an international and interdisciplinary context</p><p>Deals with mindful leadership in different cultural settings</p><p>Compares different mindful leadership traditions</p>
Volker Schulte, PhD, is Professor for Leadership, HRM and Health Management at the University of Applied Sciences Northwestern Switzerland. He studied History and Social Sciences at the Universities of Tuebingen, Bochum and Goettingen. He was a Fulbright Scholar at New York University and has a doctorate in political science. He worked for the Directorate of Health Education at the World Health Organization and as vice-director of Health Promotion Switzerland. Before, he was manager of the Swiss AIDS prevention Campaign at the Swiss Federal Office of Public Health and as a project manager at the Swiss Federal Department of Foreign Affairs.<div>Christoph Steinebach, PhD, is Professor for Applied Developmental Psychology at Zürich University of Applied Sciences. After having worked at a child guidance clinic for some years he became head of a center for early education. In 1995 Christoph Steinebach became professor of special education at the Catholic University of Applied Sciences in Freiburg (Germany), serving for some years as head of institute of research and development and president. Since 2006 he is dean of the School of Applied Psychology, director of the Institute of Applied Psychology, Zurich (Switzerland). In 2013 he was additionally appointed adjunct professor at Ryerson University, Toronto (CA). Christoph Steinebach is currently president of the European Federation of Psychologists’ Associations (EFPA) and member of the Executive Council of SPS Swiss Psychological Society.Klaske Veth, PhD, is Professor of Applied Sciences, Sustainable HRM at the Hanze University of Applied Sciences in Groningen, Germany. She is responsible for two programmes at the AOG School of Management: New Leadership in Organizations and HR Strategy & Leadership. Within her professorship she focuses on the research lines: Well-being@Work (W@W), (Self)Leadership and Inclusive entrepreneurship. This includes themes such as social psychological HRM, vitality, healthy aging, personal leadership and social impact. She also gives lectures within various masters and (post) bachelors programs. She has published in various (inter)national scientific journals and books and presented at scientific conferences in the Netherlands and abroad including in the working field. During her career she obtained her PhD at Radboud University in Nijmegen on ‘The Driving Power of Development – HRM and Employee Outcomes Across the Life-Span’ (nominated for best dissertation at the International HRM conference). She has worked in various (management) HR positions and sectors. At the University of Utrecht she completed the postgraduate training Coaching and Consulting in Context. She completed her initial MSc education in Management & Organization Sciences ('with pleasure') at Tilburg University.</div>
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030973131
Positive PsychologyLeadership PsychologyHuman Resource ManagementOrganizational PsychologyWell-Being0000
32
978-981-99-1466-1
Shankardass
Mala Kapur Shankardass
Mala Kapur Shankardass, Freelance International Consultant, Gurugram, India
Handbook on COVID-19 Pandemic and Older Persons
Narratives and Issues from India and Beyond
XVI, 808 p. 44 illus., 39 illus. in color.
12023final169.99181.89186.99149.99200.50199.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyHandbookBook0English808JMSMMJSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2023-06-122023-06-121
Introduction.- Global Concerns, Specific Issues.- Challenges faced by institutionalised elderly in COVID era.- Country Experiences.
This handbook provides an in-depth analysis of the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on older people across different countries, focusing on important issues affecting ageing societies. It presents an analytical framework of various emerging concerns affecting societies, transforming of social relationships, bringing in of new health problems, including mental health, elder abuse, impact on intergenerational relationships and emotional and psychological matters. It explores the choices of governments to address the arising issues, indicates different community responses and discusses the experiences of older people in handling of problems cropping up, which affect their quality of life in various ways. The book offers readers new dimensions of the issues nations face with possible similar solutions and ways to handle the concerns. The book is valuable for researchers, practitioners, and students pursuing anthropology, sociology, psychology, and gerontology. The book offers many disciplinary international and national perspectives to understand the relationship between the pandemic and older people.
This handbook provides an in-depth analysis of the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on older people across different countries, focusing on important issues affecting ageing societies. It presents an analytical framework of various emerging concerns affecting societies, transforming of social relationships, bringing in of new health problems, including mental health, elder abuse, impact on intergenerational relationships and emotional and psychological matters. It explores the choices of governments to address the arising issues, indicates different community responses and discusses the experiences of older people in handling of problems cropping up, which affect their quality of life in various ways. The book offers readers new dimensions of the issues nations face with possible similar solutions and ways to handle the concerns. The book is valuable for researchers, practitioners, and students pursuing anthropology, sociology, psychology, and gerontology. The book offers many disciplinary international and national perspectives to understand the relationship between the pandemic and older people.
<p>Offers a new body of knowledge on Covid-19 and its effects on older people</p><p>Shares various countries' experiences on how COVID-19 impacted older people</p><p>Discuss issues such as elder abuse, isolation, and access to health care</p>
Mala Kapur Shankardass is nationally and internationally known sociologist, gerontologist, and health social scientist based in India. She retired end of March 2021 as Senior Faculty Member from Delhi University after 38 years of academic career but continues to deliver lectures across countries and states in India.

She is a researcher, writer and an activist. She has published many books on ageing issues and related fields with well established international publishers and over 100 articles in reputed journals, books, magazines and newspapers. She Consults with international and national organizations, including United Nations agencies, is part of advisory board of certain journals, reviewer with well-known publishing houses, member of different government committees and associated with few NGOs as Executive and Governing Body Member. She runs her own Voluntary organization as well and works on improving quality of life concerns as people age.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9789819914661
Social PsychologyMental HealthSocial Care0000
33
978-3-031-30999-1
Simão
Lívia Mathias Simão
Lívia Mathias Simão, University of São Paulo, São Paulo - SP, Brazil
Dialogical Essays
From Difference to Sharing in I-Other Relationships
XIX, 158 p.12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50129.99Hard cover0Latin American VoicesBehavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English158JMJMSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-302023-05-3012010
Chapter 1: Dialogue with Greek Philosophy on Transformations in I-Other Relations.- Chapter 2: Dialogue with Theorists of Semiotic-Constructivist Psychology on Human Intersubjectivity.- Chapter 3: Dialogue with Ernst Boesch on I-Other Relations seen as the Experience of the Actional I in its Cultural Field.- Chapter 4: Dialogue on I-Other Relations From Gadamerian Hermeneutics Reflections.- Chapter 5: Dialogue on Temporality and Alterity in I-Other Relations Inspired by the Philosophy of Levinas.
This book presents a collection of interrelated essays that analyze the theoretical foundations of semiotic-cultural constructivism in psychology written by one of the pioneers in this field of research: Dr. Lívia Mathias Simão, senior professor at the Institute of Psychology of the University of São Paulo, Brazil. In each of the five essays included in this book, the author establishes a dialogue with key thinkers and intellectual traditions of dialogical approaches arriving at core points of I-other relationships according to the perspective of semiotic-cultural constructivism in psychology.The first essay establishes a dialogue with Greek philosophers such as Parmenides and Aristotle. In the second essay this dialogue is established with semiotic-constructivist psychologists such as Jaan Valsiner, Ragnar Rommetveit and Ivana Marková. The third essay is a dialogue with the contributions of Ernst Boesch’s symbolic action theory. The fourth essay proposes a dialogue between semiotic-cultural constructivists and Hans-Georg Gadamer’s hermeneutics. Finally, the fifth essay proposes how the philosophy of Emmanuel Levinas contributes to dialogical studies of I-other in the context of semiotic-cultural constructivism.Originally published in Portuguese for the Brazilian market, Dialogical Essays: From Difference to Sharing in I-Other Relationships is now published in English in an international edition that will be of interest to psychologists, philosophers, historians and other human and social scientists interested in epistemological, ontological and ethical aspects of I-other relationships from the perspective of semiotic-cultural constructivism and cultural psychology.
This book presents a collection of interrelated essays that analyze the theoretical foundations of semiotic-cultural constructivism in psychology written by one of the pioneers in this field of research: Dr. Lívia Mathias Simão, senior professor at the Institute of Psychology of the University of São Paulo, Brazil. In each of the five essays included in this book, the author establishes a dialogue with key thinkers and intellectual traditions of dialogical approaches arriving at core points of I-other relationships according to the perspective of semiotic-cultural constructivism in psychology.The first essay establishes a dialogue with Greek philosophers such as Parmenides and Aristotle. In the second essay this dialogue is established with semiotic-constructivist psychologists such as Jaan Valsiner, Ragnar Rommetveit and Ivana Marková. The third essay is a dialogue with the contributions of Ernst Boesch’s symbolic action theory. The fourth essay proposes a dialogue between semiotic-cultural constructivists and Hans-Georg Gadamer’s hermeneutics. Finally, the fifth essay proposes how the philosophy of Emmanuel Levinas contributes to dialogical studies of I-other in the context of semiotic-cultural constructivism.Originally published in Portuguese for the Brazilian market, Dialogical Essays: From Difference to Sharing in I-Other Relationships is now published in English in an international edition that will be of interest to psychologists, philosophers, historians and other human and social scientists interested in epistemological, ontological and ethical aspects of I-other relationships from the perspective of semiotic-cultural constructivism and cultural psychology.
Presents a framework to study human subjectivity from the perspective of semiotic-cultural constructivism in psychologySystematizes the author’s research on I-other-world relationships in cultural processes of knowledge constructionConnects cultural psychology to Bahktin’s philosophy of language, Gadamer’s hermeneutics and Lévinas’ ethics
Lívia Mathias Simão, Ph.D., is Associate and Senior Professor at the Institute of Psychology of the University of São Paulo, Brazil, where she founded and presently co-coordinates the Laboratory of Verbal Interaction and Knowledge Construction. Her main research interests concern issues embracing the ontological construction of human subjectivity in I-Other-World relationships from the perspective of the Semiotic-Cultural Constructivism in Psychology. This approach emphasizes issues regarding the psycho-philosophical notions of alterity, temporality and disquieting experiences. She has internationally published articles, chapters, co-edited books and takes part in editorial boards of international journals of her research area.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031309991
Theoretical PsychologySocial PsychologyEpistemologyHermeneuticsPhilosophy of Language0000
34
978-3-031-26771-0
Sternberg
Robert J. Sternberg; James C. Kaufman; Sareh Karami
Robert J. Sternberg, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, USA; James C. Kaufman, University of Connecticut, Storrs, CT, USA; Sareh Karami, Mississippi State University, Starkville, MS, USA
Intelligence, Creativity, and Wisdom
Exploring their Connections and Distinctions
IV, 388 p. 14 illus.
12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50129.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English388JMSJMRPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-302023-06-301
1.Introduction.- 2.How wisdom relates to intelligence and creativity: Theoretical considerations, a review of empirical studies, and a new perspective.- 3.Navigating the Space-Time Continuum: A Wise Balance between Intelligence and Creativity.- 4.The Role of Constraints in the Relationships between Intelligence, Creativity, and Wisdom.- 5.Creativity, intelligence, and wisdom: elucidating their connections with mind wandering and mindfulness.- 6.Creative, Smart, and Wise?.- 7.Intelligence, creativity, and wisdom in the domain of emotions.- 8.Intelligence and Wisdom’s role in Moral vs Amoral Creativity.- 9.Intelligent, creative and wise action? A social, cultural and historical (re)framing of the debate.- 10.Interdisciplinary Exploration Revealing Phenomena That Facilitate or Prevent Interconnections Among Intelligence, Creativity, and Wisdom.- 11.Creativity, Intelligence, Wisdom and Science: A global perspective.- 12.A Dual Iranian/American View on the Relationships among Intelligence, Creativity, and Wisdom.- 13.The Three Musketeers of Change: On Why Intelligence, Creativity and Wisdom Must Not Be Separated.- 14.Intelligence, creativity, and wisdom in the 21st century: an intertwined relationship?.- 15.Naming the Way that Cannot be Named.- 16. Exploring Chinese Perspectives on Intelligence, Creativity, and Wisdom.- 17.Cultivating wisdom: The role of education.- 18.Teaching Wisdom, Creativity, and Intelligence to Elementary and Secondary Students: Applications of Theory to Practice in Contemporary Educational Settings.- 19.Conclusion.<div>
</div><div>
</div>
This edited collection examines the interrelationships between the psychological concepts of intelligence, creativity, and wisdom, while also presenting a systematic attempt to combine them within the overarching concept of meta-intelligence. Building on Robert J. Sternberg’s previous work, this authoritative volume brings together leading researchers in the field of intelligence, creativity, and wisdom to show the latest advances in this line of research through a selection of 18 chapters. Using a wide range or approaches, including psychological, cognitive, educational, and philosophical perspectives, internationally renowned scholars offer insights into the benefits of re-thinking our understanding of intelligence, creativity, and wisdom, and how they may helpfully be more integrated.This wide-ranging collection will appeal in particular to students and scholars of cognitive, differential, social, developmental, and educational psychology, as well as creativity studies, education, philosophy, and related disciplines.

<div>Robert J. Sternberg is Professor of Psychology in the College of Human Ecology at Cornell University, USA, and Honorary Professor of Psychology at Heidelberg University, Germany. He is the author and editor of numerous books including Applying Wisdom to Contemporary World Problems (2019 with Howard C. Nusbaum and Judith Glück) and The Palgrave Handbook of Transformational Giftedness for Education (2022 with Don Ambrose and Sareh Karami).James C. Kaufman is Professor of Educational Psychology at the University of Connecticut, USA. He is the author/editor of more than 45 books, which include Creativity 101 (2016) and The Cambridge Handbook of Creativity (2019 with Robert J. Sternberg).Sareh Karami is Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology at Mississippi University, USA. Before earning her doctorate in Educational Studies from Purdue University, USA, she graduated in Clinical Psychology from University of Tehran, Iran. Dr Karami served as the head of the research and extracurricular programs department in the Iranian gifted school for more than 10 years.
</div>
This edited collection examines the interrelationships between the psychological concepts of intelligence, creativity, and wisdom, while also presenting a systematic attempt to combine them within the overarching concept of meta-intelligence. Building on Robert J. Sternberg’s previous work, this authoritative volume brings together leading researchers in the field of intelligence, creativity, and wisdom to show the latest advances in this line of research through a selection of 18 chapters. Using a wide range or approaches, including psychological, cognitive, educational, and philosophical perspectives, internationally renowned scholars offer insights into the benefits of re-thinking our understanding of intelligence, creativity, and wisdom, and how they may helpfully be more integrated.This wide-ranging collection will appeal in particular to students and scholars of cognitive, differential, social, developmental, and educational psychology, as well as creativity studies, education, philosophy, and related disciplines.
<div>
</div>
<p>Brings together the latest thinking in the field on creativity, wisdom and intelligence</p><p>Examines the three interrelated concepts from different disciplinary and interdisciplinary approaches</p><p>Proposes integrating the concepts and looking at the insights we can gain from this integration</p>
<div>Robert J. Sternberg is Professor of Psychology in the College of Human Ecology at Cornell University, USA, and Honorary Professor of Psychology at Heidelberg University, Germany. He is the author and editor of numerous books including Applying Wisdom to Contemporary World Problems (2019 with Howard C. Nusbaum and Judith Glück) and The Palgrave Handbook of Transformational Giftedness for Education (2022 with Don Ambrose and Sareh Karami).James C. Kaufman is Professor of Educational Psychology at the University of Connecticut, USA. He is the author/editor of more than 45 books, which include Creativity 101 (2016) and The Cambridge Handbook of Creativity (2019 with Robert J. Sternberg).Sareh Karami is Assistant Professor of Educational Psychology at Mississippi University, USA. Before earning her doctorate in Educational Studies from Purdue University, USA, she graduated in Clinical Psychology from University of Tehran, Iran. Dr Karami served as the head of the research and extracurricular programs department in the Iranian gifted school for more than 10 years.</div>
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031267710
Personality and Differential PsychologyCognitive PsychologyLearning PsychologyBehavioral Sciences and PsychologyLearning Theory0000
35
978-3-031-29788-5
Stevens
Jeffrey R. Stevens
Jeffrey R. Stevens, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA
Canine Cognition and the Human Bond
VIII, 192 p. 43 illus., 33 illus. in color.
12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Nebraska Symposium on Motivation69Behavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English192JMJMRSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-312023-05-311
Chapter 1 Of Dogs and Bonds.- Chapter 2 Biological and Hormonal Approaches to the Evolution of Human-Canine Relationships.- Chapter 3 Measuring the Dog Side of the Dog-Human Bonds.- Chapter 4 A Dog's Life in the Human Jungle.- Chapter 5 Effects of University-Based AAIs: Conceptual Models Guiding Research on Active Treatment Components of AAIs on Stress-Related Outcomes.- Chapter 6 Canine-Assisted Interventions: Insights from the B.A.R.K. Program and Future Research Directions.-
Dogs are a valued part of millions of households worldwide. They also serve many functions in human societies from herding livestock to detecting drugs, explosives, or illegal wildlife to providing physical assistance or emotional support to those in need. Yet, in terms of behavior and cognition, dogs have only become a serious subject of scientific study in the last 20 years. Similarly, we have recently witnessed a sharp increase in studies of canine-human interaction, exploring the motivational, emotional, cognitive, physiological, and neural mechanisms of dogs on human psychology and well-being. This book is a collection of chapters stemming from the Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, which focused on Canine Cognition and the Human Bond. The primary goal of this symposium was to bring together researchers from psychology, biology, neuroscience, and anthropology to delve deeper into the canine-human bond. These chapters describe the current state of knowledge from international experts in the fields of canine cognition and canine-human interaction. Bridging these two areas can help us better understand the canine-human bond, potentially improving the lives of both dogs and people.<div>
</div><div><div>International experts on dog behavior/cognition and dog-human interactionsBrings together researchers focusing on the dog perspective and the human perspectiveInterdisciplinary with experts in anthropology, biology, neuroscience, and psychology</div></div><div>
</div>
Dogs are a valued part of millions of households worldwide. They also serve many functions in human societies from herding livestock to detecting drugs, explosives, or illegal wildlife to providing physical assistance or emotional support to those in need. Yet, in terms of behavior and cognition, dogs have only become a serious subject of scientific study in the last 20 years. Similarly, we have recently witnessed a sharp increase in studies of canine-human interaction, exploring the motivational, emotional, cognitive, physiological, and neural mechanisms of dogs on human psychology and well-being. This book is a collection of chapters stemming from the Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, which focused on Canine Cognition and the Human Bond. The primary goal of this symposium was to bring together researchers from psychology, biology, neuroscience, and anthropology to delve deeper into the canine-human bond. These chapters describe the current state of knowledge from international experts in the fields of canine cognition and canine-human interaction. Bridging these two areas can help us better understand the canine-human bond, potentially improving the lives of both dogs and people.
International experts on dog behavior/cognition and dog-human interactionsBrings together researchers focusing on the dog perspective and the human perspectiveInterdisciplinary with experts in anthropology, biology, neuroscience, and psychology
Jeffrey R. Stevens is a Susan J. Rosowski Associate Professor in the Department of Psychology at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln where he runs the Canine Cognition and Human Interaction Lab. In addition to being a faculty member in the Department of Psychology, he is also a resident faculty member of the Center for Brain, Biology & Behavior. Dr. Stevens received his Ph.D. in Ecology, Evolution, and Behavior at the University of Minnesota. His research integrates cognitive and evolutionary perspectives to study cognition and decision making in humans and other animals.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031297885
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyAnimal CognitionCross-species ComparisonCommunication PsychologySocial Cognition0000
36
978-981-16-9567-4
Tripathi
R.C. Tripathi; Bhoomika R. Kar; Namita Pande
R.C. Tripathi, University of Allahabad, Prayagraj, India; Bhoomika R. Kar, University of Allahabad, Prayagraj, India; Namita Pande, University of Allahabad, Prayagraj, India
Towards an Integrative Psychological Science
Issues, Approaches and Applications
VII, 346 p. 13 illus., 3 illus. in color.
12022final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Soft cover1Behavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English346JMJMSSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2023-04-192023-04-191
Integration of Methods and Psychological processes.- Integrative Psychological Science in Cultural Context.- Integrative Understanding of Social Issues.
This edited volume examines the new ways of conceptualizing Psychology as an integrative science to understand human problems at the individual, group, societal, and national levels. It focuses on the need for Psychology to move away from its present reductionist perspective to an integrative psychological science perspective. The volume is organized into three main sections: The first discusses the convergence of qualitative and quantitative methodological approaches in Psychology. The second part highlights the importance of social and personal wellness. The third focuses on studying human behaviour in the context of cultural variations and the impact of cultural context on psychological processes. The book includes contributions from leading scholars in psychology in India whose reference to practical, social and political issues of contemporary interest makes the volume stand out. This book serves as a resource to initiate the dialogue about the need, issues, levels, and integration methods in Psychology, which can be scientifically tested and theoretically explained. The comprehensive and authoritative volume is of interest to researchers and scholars in cognitive psychology, clinical psychology, organizational psychology, social psychology and cross-cultural psychology.
This edited volume examines the new ways of conceptualizing Psychology as an integrative science to understand human problems at the individual, group, societal, and national levels. It focuses on the need for Psychology to move away from its present reductionist perspective to an integrative psychological science perspective. The volume is organized into three main sections: The first discusses the convergence of qualitative and quantitative methodological approaches in Psychology. The second part highlights the importance of social and personal wellness. The third focuses on studying human behaviour in the context of cultural variations and the impact of cultural context on psychological processes. The book includes contributions from leading scholars in psychology in India whose reference to practical, social and political issues of contemporary interest makes the volume stand out. This book serves as a resource to initiate the dialogue about the need, issues, levels, and integration methods in Psychology, which can be scientifically tested and theoretically explained. The comprehensive and authoritative volume is of interest to researchers and scholars in cognitive psychology, clinical psychology, organizational psychology, social psychology and cross-cultural psychology.
<p>Comprehensive book with an integrative approach to Psychological Science</p><p>Exhaustive text reflected in the collection of chapters</p><p>Brings together top scholars around the globe working on different facets of psychology in India with scientific vigour</p>
R.C. Tripathi is former Chair and Professor of Psychology, Department of Psychology and Center of Advanced Study in Psychology, University of Allahabad. He has also served as the Director of G. B. Pant Social Science Institute, Allahabad. He is a Fellow of the National Academy of Psychology (India) and also of the International Association of Psychology. He is the chief editor of the journal Psychology and Developing Societies. Among his recent publications are 'Perspectives on Violence and Othering in India; Psychology, Development and Social Policy in India (both published by Springer). His primary research interests are in the areas of intergroup relations, social change and development, and organizational behaviour.Namita Pande is Professor of Psychology, Department of Psychology at University of Allahabad. She is the Editor of the journal Psychology and Developing Societies. She has worked with village communities, particularly for rehabilitation of persons with physical disabilities. Her research interests include indigenous psychology, social cognition and stress, health and rehabilitation.<div></div>Bhoomika Rastogi Kar is Professor and Head of the Centre of Behavioural and Cognitive Sciences, University of Allahabad. She joined the Centre in 2003 after completing her PhD at the National Institute of Mental Health and Neurosciences (NIMHANS), Bangalore. She is also an adjunct faculty for the Cognitive Science Program at IIT Delhi. Her research interests include development of cognitive and affective control, bilingualism and cognitive control, aging and emotion regulation and cognitive disorders such as dyslexia and ADHD, using behavioural, electrophysiological (EEG/ERP) and neuroimaging methods. She is the review editor for Frontiers in Aging Neuroscience, Frontiers in Educational Psychology, associate editor of the journal Psychological Studies and Psychology and Developing Societies. She has edited a book titled Cognition and Brain Development published by the American Psychological Association.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9789811695674
Behavioral Sciences and PsychologyPersonality and Differential PsychologyCognitive PsychologyClinical Psychology0000
37
978-3-030-98572-1
TroutmanBeth Troutman
Beth Troutman, University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA, USA
Attachment-Informed Parent Coaching
XXI, 192 p. 1 illus.
12022final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Soft cover1Behavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English192JMCMMJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-04-202023-04-201
Chapter 1. Attachment Theory.- Chapter 2. The IoWA-PCIT Model for Working with Parent-Child Dyads.- Chapter 3. Adult Attachment.- Chapter 4. Parent-Child Attachment: Four Examples.- Chapter 5. Working with Secure Parent-Child Dyads.- Chapter 6. Coaching Parents Who Have Secure/Autonomous Working Model of Attachment.- Chapter 7. Working with Ambivalent/Resistant Child-Parent Dyads.- Chapter 8. Coaching Parents Who Have a Preoccupied Working Model of Attachment.- Chapter 9. Working with Avoidant Child-Parent Dyads.- Chapter 10. Coaching Parents who have a Dismissing Working Model of Attachment.- Chapter 11. Working with Disorganized and Controlling Child-Parent Dyads.- Chapter 12. Coaching Parents Who Have Unresolved Attachment.- Chapter 13. Working with Adopted Children and Children in Foster Care.- Chapter 14. Coaching Parents of Adopted Children and Children in Foster Care.- Chapter 15. Learning and Growing as Therapists: Recognizing Our Own Working Model of Attachment.- Chapter 16. Dancing Toward Security.
This book examines attachment-informed parent coaching to address emotional and behavioral problems of young children. The volume summarizes relevant developmental and attachment theory research and describes how it supports an attachment-informed parent coaching approach. The book addresses the challenges of parenting young children with disruptive behavior or who are emotionally reactive, and how mental health providers can help parents address these challenges. Chapters describe how therapists can use their observations of parents and children interacting to tailor parent coaching according to different child and adult attachment patterns. It discusses the important role of adult attachment in tailoring parent coaching, including an understanding of how the therapist’s working model of attachment influences their work with families. Each chapter includes information on current research as well as rich examples of how this research can inform clinical practice.



Key areas of coverage include:

The role of adult attachment in working with young children.Addressing secure, ambivalent/resistant, avoidant, disorganized, and controlling child-parent dyads.Coaching parents who have a secure, earned secure, preoccupied, dismissing, or unresolved working model of attachment.Working with adopted children and children in foster care.









This book is an essential resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians and professionals in developmental psychology, social work, pediatrics, family studies, nursing, child psychiatry, pediatrics, occupational therapy, and early childhood education.
This book examines attachment-informed parent coaching to address emotional and behavioral problems of young children. The volume summarizes relevant developmental and attachment theory research and describes how it supports an attachment-informed parent coaching approach. The book addresses the challenges of parenting young children with disruptive behavior or who are emotionally reactive, and how mental health providers can help parents address these challenges. Chapters describe how therapists can use their observations of parents and children interacting to tailor parent coaching according to different child and adult attachment patterns. It discusses the important role of adult attachment in tailoring parent coaching, including an understanding of how the therapist’s working model of attachment influences their work with families. Each chapter includes information on current research as well as rich examples of how this research can inform clinical practice.



Key areas of coverage include:

The role of adult attachment in working with young children. Addressing secure, ambivalent/resistant, avoidant, disorganized, and controlling child-parent dyads. Coaching parents who have a secure, earned secure, preoccupied, dismissing, or unresolved working model of attachment. Working with adopted children and children in foster care.

This book is an essential resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians and professionals in developmental psychology, social work, pediatrics, family studies, nursing, child psychiatry, pediatrics, occupational therapy, and early childhood education.
<p>Examines attachment-informed parent coaching to address emotional and behavioral problems of young children</p><p>Synthesizes positive psychology and attachment theory research, detailing attachment-informed parent coaching</p><p>Addresses the challenges of parenting young children with disruptive behavior or who are emotionally reactive</p>
Beth Troutman, Ph.D., ABPP, is a Clinical Professor of Psychiatry at the University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine. Her teaching, research, and clinical work has focused on improving parent-child interactions for more than 40 years. She has wide knowledge of different early childhood theoretical models and has identified the core components of each to create a unique model and approach. She currently conducts research and training on her integrative model, Integration of Working Models of Attachment into Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (IoWA-PCIT).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030985721
Developmental PsychologyClinical Social WorkPublic Health0000
38
978-3-030-93949-6
Viezel
Kathleen D. Viezel; Susan M. Wilczynski; Andrew S. Davis
Kathleen D. Viezel, Fairleigh Dickinson University, Teaneck, NJ, USA; Susan M. Wilczynski, Ball State University, Muncie, IN, USA; Andrew S. Davis, Ball State University, Muncie, IN, USA
Postsecondary Transition for College- or Career-Bound Autistic Students
X, 288 p. 4 illus., 2 illus. in color.
12022final149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Soft cover1Behavioral Science and PsychologyContributed volumeBook0English288JMCJNCSpringerSpringer International Publishing1Available2023-03-302022-03-262023-03-292023-03-291
Chapter 1. Understanding Adolescents with High-Functioning ASD.- Chapter 2. Barriers to Successful Transition.- Chapter 3. Cognitive and Neuropsychological Assessment of Adolescents with High-Functioning ASD.- Chapter 4. Academic Assessment and Intervention for Adolescents with High-Functioning ASD.- Chapter 5. Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Assessment and School-Based Intervention for Adolescents with High Functioning ASD.- Chapter 6. Self-Management and Self-Sufficiency.- Chapter 7. College Students with ASD.- Chapter 8. Considering College Alternatives.- Chapter 9. Transition-Related Legal and Ethical Considerations.- Chapter 10. Transition Preparation: Providing Building-Level Supports in Middle and High Schools.- Chapter 11. Obtaining Appropriate Services in College.- Chapter 12. Obtaining Appropriate Services for the Workplace.- Chapter 13. Considerations for School Psychology University Faculty.
This book examines issues relating to postsecondary transition from high school to college or competitive vocational settings for Autistic adolescents and young adults. It details the intervention and consultation services essential to prepare students for postsecondary life. The volume addresses the academic, social, self-regulation, and self-sufficiency skills that adolescents and young adults must develop to ensure a successful transition from high school to college and workplace. It focuses on the role of school psychologists in supporting Autistic students as they enter adulthood but is also relevant across numerous disciplines.Key topics addressed include:Using cognitive and neuropsychological assessment results to inform consultation about college entrance and vocational activities.Evaluating and strengthening academic skills for older Autistic adolescents who plan to enter college or workforce.Helping Autistic students increase their use of social, coping, and behavioral skills.Strengthening Autistic students’ use of self-management and self-sufficiency skills needed to independently perform required tasks in college and the workplace.Selecting an appropriate college and accessing available supports that match student needs.Assisting Autistic students and their families in accessing available services and developing skills that improve employment outcomes.Postsecondary Transition for College- or Career-Bound Autistic Students is a must-have resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians and other professionals in clinical child and school psychology, special education, social work, developmental psychology, behavioral therapy/rehabilitation, child and adolescent psychiatry, and all interrelated disciplines.
This book examines issues relating to postsecondary transition from high school to college or competitive vocational settings for Autistic adolescents and young adults. It details the intervention and consultation services essential to prepare students for postsecondary life. The volume addresses the academic, social, self-regulation, and self-sufficiency skills that adolescents and young adults must develop to ensure a successful transition from high school to college and workplace. It focuses on the role of school psychologists in supporting Autistic students as they enter adulthood but is also relevant across numerous disciplines.

Key topics addressed include:Using cognitive and neuropsychological assessment results to inform consultation about college entrance and vocational activities.Evaluating and strengthening academic skills for older Autistic adolescents who plan to enter college or workforce.Helping Autistic students increase their use of social, coping, and behavioral skills.Strengthening Autistic students’ use of self-management and self-sufficiency skills needed to independently perform required tasks in college and the workplace.Selecting an appropriate college and accessing available supports that match student needs.Assisting Autistic students and their families in accessing available services and developing skills that improve employment outcomes.





Postsecondary Transition for College- or Career-Bound Autistic Students is a must-have resource for researchers, professors, and graduate students as well as clinicians and other professionals in clinical child and school psychology, special education, social work, developmental psychology, behavioral therapy/rehabilitation, child and adolescent psychiatry, and all interrelated disciplines.
<p>Details services essential to prepare Autistic students for postsecondary life</p><p>Describes social, self-regulation, and self-sufficiency skills for Autistic students</p><p>Examines academic, social, legal, and ethical issues for Autistic students during the transition out of high school</p>
Kathleen Viezel, Ph.D., NCSP, is an Associate Professor in the School of Psychology and Counseling at Fairleigh Dickinson University, where she teaches graduate-level courses related to child assessment and intervention. She is also the Director of Fairleigh Dickinson University’s COMPASS program on the Metropolitan campus, which serves undergraduates with autism spectrum disorders. She has been presenting about Autistic college students to both professional and community audiences since 2010. Her current research interests focus on assessment of children and adolescents, including college-ready Autistic adolescents and young adults. Dr. Viezel is a licensed psychologist as well as a Nationally Certified School Psychologist. Practice specialties include psychoeducational assessment and parent management training. Susan M. Wilczynski, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is the Plassman Family Distinguished Professor of Special Education and Applied Behavior Analysis. Her scholarly work currently focuses on actively dismantling ableism in the practice of behavior analysis, including how ableism restricts access to sexuality education among Autistics. Dr. Wilczynski is the Coordinator of the Practice Board for the Association for Behavior Analysis International and serves on their Task Force for Quality and Values-Based ABA. She is a currently an Associate Editor for Behavior Analysis in Practice. Earlier in her career, she served as the Executive Director of the National Autism Center, where she chaired the first National Standards Project. In addition, she developed the first center-based treatment program at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. Dr. Wilczynski has edited and written multiple books including her recent electronic book, Raising the Bar and has published scholarly works in the Behavior Analysis in Practice, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Modification, Focus on Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities, and Psychology in the Schools. She a licensed psychologist and a board-certified behavior analyst. Andrew Davis, Ph.D., HSPP, is the Chair of the Department of Educational Psychology, a professor of Psychology and the Director of the Ball State University Neuropsychology Laboratory. He was the founding Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Pediatric Neuropsychology. His research interests are primarily focused on applied aspects of clinical neuropsychology, including the neuropsychological functioning of neurologically and psychiatrically impaired individuals and psychometric issues in neuropsychological assessment. His current research interests include the relationship between cortical and subcortical sensory-motor skills and cognitive functioning, executive functioning, perinatal complications, performance validity testing, estimation of premorbid functioning, and neuropsychological functioning in patients with ADHD, Alzheimer’s disease, fetal-alcohol spectrum disorders, and multiple sclerosis. In addition, Dr. Davis is interested in other topics, including traumatic brain injury, psychopathology in the schools, and professional topics in school psychology (e.g., the synthesis of neuropsychology and school psychology). He is the editor of the Handbook of Pediatric Neuropsychology. Dr. Davis primarily teaches classes in neuropsychology, developmental psychopathology, and cognitive assessment. He is a licensed psychologist and school psychologist, board-certified in pediatric neuropsychology through the American Board of Pediatric Neuropsychology and has provided clinical services and supervision in a variety of inpatient and outpatient settings.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783030939496
School PsychologyEducational PsychologyBiotechnology462000
39
978-3-031-31014-0
WaltzMitzi Waltz
Mitzi Waltz, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Autism
A Social and Medical History
IV, 247 p. 1 illus.22023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50129.99Hard cover0Behavioral Science and PsychologyMonographBook0English247JHBMMJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-292023-05-2912013
,978-0-230-52750-8,978-1-349-35819-9,978-1-349-35818-2,978-1-137-32853-3,978-1-137-32852-6
1: A Nameless Difference.- 2: Autism Before and After the Enlightenment.- 3: Workhouses, Asylums, and the Rise of Behavioural Sciences.- 4: The Social Construction of Autism.- 5: From 'Pathological Motherhood' to Refrigerator Mothers.- 6: Bedlam, Behaviourism and Beyond.- 7: Parent Blaming, Parent Power, and the Start of Real Research.- 8: Self-advocacy and the Rise of the Medical Model Footnotes References Index.
This expanded second edition of Mitzi Waltz’s Autism: A Social and Medical History offers an in-depth examination of how the condition was perceived before it became a separate area of investigation, and how autism has been conceptualised and treated since. As well as strengthening the existing text, Waltz has added material on a number of topics that have received increased attention since the first edition, including the rise of the anti-vaccination movement, the shift towards genetic and genomic research, and the progress of the autism self-advocacy movement.

The author examines these issues through the perspective of what they mean for autistic people, clinicians and society, and looks at the challenges still faced by autistic people. Waltz also looks at the increased autism diagnosis among girls and women, and how autism has been represented in traditional media and social media. The book includes information from interviews with key researchers, parents of autistic children and people with autism.
This expanded second edition of Mitzi Waltz’s Autism: A Social and Medical History offers an in-depth examination of how the condition was perceived before it became a separate area of investigation, and how autism has been conceptualised and treated since. As well as strengthening the existing text, Waltz has added material on a number of topics that have received increased attention since the first edition, including the rise of the anti-vaccination movement, the shift towards genetic and genomic research, and the progress of the autism self-advocacy movement.

The author examines these issues through the perspective of what they mean for autistic people, clinicians and society, and looks at the challenges still faced by autistic people. Waltz also looks at the increased autism diagnosis among girls and women, and how autism has been represented in traditional media and social media. The book includes information from interviews with key researchers, parents of autistic children and people with autism.
<p>Applies a critical disability studies perspective to the social and medical history of autism</p><p>Includes material from interviews with researchers, parents of autistic children </p><p>Will be of interest to researchers in medical sociology and anthropology, disability studies and medical history</p>
Mitzi Waltz is a disability historian and media and cultural studies researcher with a long-term involvement with autism research and disability studies. Currently a docent/researcher at Vrije Universteit Amsterdam in the Netherlands, she was formerly programme leader in Autism Studies at the Autism Centre of Sheffield Hallam University in the United Kingdom, a senior lecturer in Autism Studies at the Autism Centre for Education and Research (ACER) at the University of Birmingham, and a senior lecturer at the University of Sunderland. She is the author of many research articles, book chapters and books, including Alternative and Activist Media (2005) and Autistic Spectrum Disorders (2002).
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41168Behavioral Science and Psychology00
9783031310140
SociologyClinical PsychologyHistory of PsychologyHistory of MedicineMedical SociologyPsychopathology0000
40
978-3-030-93614-3
Abbate
Tindara Abbate; Fabrizio Cesaroni; Augusto D'Amico
Tindara Abbate, University of Messina, Messina, Italy; Fabrizio Cesaroni, University of Messina, Messina, Italy; Augusto D'Amico, University of Messina, Messina, Italy
Tourism and Disability
An Economic and Managerial Perspective
VIII, 193 p. 27 illus.
12022final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Soft cover1Tourism on the VergeBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English193KNSKJMV2SpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-03-312022-03-302023-03-302023-03-301
Introduction.- Disabilities and Accessible Tourism: Recent Development and Future Directions in Management Studies.- Part I: The Demand Side of Tourism for People with Disabilities.- The Determinants of Length of Stay of Italian Senior Tourists.- Tourism Flows in Italy: The Role of Local Public Policies Toward Disability.- Accessibility of Cultural Sites for Disabled People: Some Preliminary Evidence from Sicily.- Part II: The Supply Side of Tourism for People with Disabilities: A Context-Based Perspective.- How to Improve Universal Accessibility of Smart Tourism Destinations: The Case of Amsterdam City.- Gender and Disabilities in the Tourism Industry.- Social Farms in Support of Local and Accessible Tourism.- Part III: The Supply Side of Tourism for People with Disabilities: A Tools-Related Perspective.- Tourism for All: From Customer to Destination after COVID-19.- Tourism for Disabled Travelers: Breaking Down Barriers Through Network Interactions.- Eco-Innovation as a Tool to Enhance the Competitiveness of “Tourism for All”: The Italian Project “Turismabile”.- Conclusions.
This book addresses existing challenges and opportunities related to tourism for people with disabilities. A niche market that is largely underdeveloped, its potentials are also often underestimated. It examines the strategies, policies, and initiatives – at regional, national, and international levels – to foster the development of accessible tourism for people with disabilities. It does so by examining the different social, cultural, legal, and information/interactive barriers that represent important constraints to welfare, inclusion, integration, and promotion of civil rights, which bring difficulties and detriment to tourists with disabilities.

Additionally, the book analyzes the characteristics and dynamics of that portion of the tourism industry that is more oriented to meet the distinctive travel demand of people with disabilities. In doing so, the book explores how preferences for travel services and facilities of people with disabilities differ from preferences of tourists without disabilities. All these issues are addressed from both a theoretical and a practical perspective by adopting a multidisciplinary approach, which leverages from the fields of management, economics, and statistical analysis. The book can be useful for a broad audience made of both researchers and practitioners (among which tourism companies and corporate trainers) who are expected to deal with the topic of tourism management.

<div>
</div>
This book addresses existing challenges and opportunities related to tourism for people with disabilities. A niche market that is largely underdeveloped, its potentials are also often underestimated. It examines the strategies, policies, and initiatives – at regional, national, and international levels – to foster the development of accessible tourism for people with disabilities. It does so by examining the different social, cultural, legal, and information/interactive barriers that represent important constraints to welfare, inclusion, integration, and promotion of civil rights, which bring difficulties and detriment to tourists with disabilities.Additionally, the book analyzes the characteristics and dynamics of that portion of the tourism industry that is more oriented to meet the distinctive travel demand of people with disabilities. In doing so, the book explores how preferences for travel services and facilities of people with disabilities differ from preferences of tourists without disabilities. All these issues are addressed from both a theoretical and a practical perspective by adopting a multidisciplinary approach, which leverages from the fields of management, economics, and statistical analysis. The book can be useful for a broad audience made of both researchers and practitioners (among which tourism companies and corporate trainers) who are expected to deal with the topic of tourism management.
<p>Analyzes the topic of tourism for people with disabilities from a multidisciplinary perspective</p><p>Addresses both theoretical foundations and practical cases and examples in this field</p><p>Examines the implementation of digital technologies</p>
Tindara Abbate is associate professor of strategic management at the University of Messina, Italy. She has been involved in several research projects, both as scientific coordination and as research participant. Her research interests focus on tourism and disability, open innovation and open innovation digital platforms, and social innovation.

Fabrizio Cesaroni is professor of strategic management in the Department of Economics, University of Messina, Italy. His main research interests are in the management of technological innovation and intellectual property rights and in the management of technology transfer processes from non-profit research organizations (universities and public research laboratories) to industry.

Augusto D’Amico is professor of business economics and management at the University of Messina, Italy. His research interests are in the area of marketing and, in particular, consumer behavior. He is the author of numerous publications and coordinator of interdisciplinary research projects.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030936143
Tourism ManagementTourism EconomicsDiversity Management and Women in Business320000
41
978-981-19-0910-8
Abdul Mutalib
Mahazan Abdul Mutalib; Ahmad Rafiki; Wan Mohd Fazrul Azdi Wan Razali
Mahazan Abdul Mutalib, Universiti Sains Islam Malaysia, Nilai, Malaysia; Ahmad Rafiki, Universitas Medan Area, Medan, Indonesia; Wan Mohd Fazrul Azdi Wan Razali, Universiti Sains Islam Malaysia, Nilai, Malaysia
Principles and Practice of Islamic Leadership
IX, 146 p. 82 illus., 4 illus. in color.
12022final99.99106.99109.9989.99118.00109.99Soft cover1Business and ManagementMonographBook0English146KJCKJMSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0Available2023-04-022022-04-012023-04-012023-04-011
<div><div>Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. The Moral Based of Islamic Leadership.- Chapter 3. The Characteristics and the Traits of Leadership.- Chapter 4. Spirituality and Servant Leadership.- Chapter 5. Qalb Leadership process.- Chapter 6. Al-Ghazali and the Four Cardinal Virtues.- Chapter 7. Islamic Principles and Values in Organization.- Chapter 8. Conclusion.</div></div><div>
</div>
<div>This book elaborates the fundamental principles and practices of Islamic leadership and management by highlighting its underlying philosophies, key concepts, and sources. The book closely examines the relationship of Islamic leadership with spiritual leadership and how it shapes the concept of leadership. The book also compares Islamic Leadership with other related spiritual leadership concepts such as the Servant Leadership, religiosity, and other conventional leadership perspectives based on Islamic framework.</div><div> </div><div>The chapters within the book delve into Islamic teachings and values from Al-Qur’an and Hadith that can be applied when governing an organization using several case studies. This insightful and thorough discussion on Islamic leadership will be useful as a reference for academic courses on leadership, and current and aspiring business leaders.</div>
<div>This book elaborates the fundamental principles and practices of Islamic leadership and management by highlighting its underlying philosophies, key concepts, and sources. The book closely examines the relationship of Islamic leadership with spiritual leadership and how it shapes the concept of leadership. The book also compares Islamic Leadership with other related spiritual leadership concepts such as the Servant Leadership, religiosity, and other conventional leadership perspectives based on Islamic framework.</div><div> </div><div>The chapters within the book delve into Islamic teachings and values from Al-Qur’an and Hadith that can be applied when governing an organization using several case studies. This insightful and thorough discussion on Islamic leadership will be useful as a reference for academic courses on leadership, and current and aspiring business leaders.</div>
<p>Comprehensively analyzes Islamic leadership particularly focusing on spirituality and heart-based leadership (the Qalb)</p><p>Compares Islamic leadership against other conventional leadership models</p><p>Incorporates several case studies examining the practical applications of Islamic leadership principles</p>
<div><div>Mahazan Abdul Mutalib is an Associate Professor at the Faculty of Leadership and Management, Universiti Sains Islam Malaysia (USIM). He obtained his Ph.D. from College of Business, Universiti Utara Malaysia (UUM) in 2013, a Master's Degree in organizational leadership from Monash University, in 2008 and a Bachelor in Da’wah and Islamic Management from Universiti Sains Islam Malaysia (USIM), in 2005. He has published various books and articles in the field of Islamic Leadership, management, and community studies. He was the Director for Research Management and Innovation Centre (RIMC), USIM, and Deputy Dean (Academic and Research), Faculty of Leadership and Management, USIM. Currently holds the position as Director for Industrial Relation and Community Engagement Centre (PLiMJI), USIM. He is also the Team Leader for Mizan Research Centre (MRC), USIM and a Mentor for Mizan K4C Hub which affiliated to Knowledge for Change (K4C) Global Consortium under the UNESCO Chair in Community-Based Research and Social Responsibility in Higher Education. His interest of research is in Islamic leadership and management, community studies, and Islamic sociology.</div><div> </div><div>Ahmad Rafiki is an Assistant Professor and as the Dean of Faculty of Economics and Business, Universitas Medan Area (UMA). He was with University College of Bahrain in the Department of Business Administration as Assistant Professor and as Research Associate in the Mizan Research Centre, Faculty of Leadership and Management, Universiti Sains lslam Malaysia (USIM). He obtained his BBA degree with a major of Marketing from MARA University of Technology and Masters in Management from International Islamic University of Malaysia. In March 2014, he awarded Doctor of Philosophy from Universiti Sains Islam Malaysia (USIM). He is holding Certified Islamic Marketing Associate (CIMA) from the International Islamic Marketing Association (IIMA). He has published many chapters of books/authored books and articles related to Islamic management, entrepreneurship, SMEs, leadership and halal industry by International publishers such as IBA-MacMillan, IGI Global, Emerald Publishing, Springer, Routledge etc. He also became the editorial advisory board and reviewer in reputable publishers of Emerald and Elsevier. He won as the Outstanding Reviewer of Literati Awards 2020 by Emerald Publishing.</div><div>
</div><div>Wan Mohd Fazrul Azdi bin Wan Razali, Ph.D is a Senior Lecturer in Comparative Religion and Uṣūl al-Dīn at the Akidah and Religion Studies Program, Universiti Sains Islam Malaysia (USIM). He was the Head of Akidah and Religion Studies Program, Faculty of Leadership and Management (2009-2013), Deputy Dean (Academic and International), Faculty of Leadership and Management (2017-2019) and the Director of the Centre for Core Studies (2020-2021). Currently, he is the Deputy Dean (Academic and International), Faculty of Leadership and Management. He lectures on various key areas in Comparative Religion, Islamic Faith, Islamic Sects, Islamic Thought and Sufism. Among his publications is The Modern Study of Religion: A Preliminary Survey on Clifford Geertz (2009), Akidah Ahl Al-Sunnah Wa Al-Jamaah in Malaysia: Contemporary Challenges and Issues (2012) and Islamic Ethics & Sufism (2014). He has also published many academic papers on issues in Religious Studies and Islamic Thought. He was a Visiting Researcher at The Centre for Muslim-Christian Studies, Oxford (CMCS, Oxford) in 2015; and Research Fellow at The Centre of Interreligious Study and Dialogue (IRSYAD), Islamic and Strategic Studies Institute (ISSI), Putrajaya (since 2017); World Fatwa Management and Research Institute (INFAD), USIM (since 2019).</div></div><div>
</div><div>
</div>
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9789811909108
Business Strategy and LeadershipManagementIslamic StudiesWork and Organizational Psychology250000
42
978-3-031-27882-2
Achim
Monica Violeta Achim; Robert W. McGee
Monica Violeta Achim, Babeș-Bolyai University, Cluj-Napoca, Romania; Robert W. McGee, Fayetteville State University, Fayetteville, NC, USA
Financial Crime in Romania
A Community Pulse Survey
IV, 204 p. 142 illus.
12023final44.9948.1449.4939.9953.5049.99Soft cover0SpringerBriefs in FinanceBusiness and ManagementBrief/PivotBook0English204KFCFKCKSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2023-06-072023-06-071
1. Introduction.- 2. Literature Review.- 3. Bibliometric Analysis of Financial Crime Links Using Visual Maps.- 4. Hypotheses Development.- 5. Methodology and Data.- 6. Results.- 7. Conclusions and Recommendations.
This book explores financial crime and corruption in Romanian society based on a community pulse study. It examines the main behavioral patterns of Romanian society in relation to financial crime variables such as tax compliance, tax morale, corruption in public institutions, and money laundering. The authors also investigate how various demographic aspects (e.g., age, gender, region, professional status, education, etc.) are associated with financial crime. The results of the enclosed survey help policy makers consider best practices in financial governance to reduce the level of financial crime in the region.
This book explores financial crime and corruption in Romanian society based on a community pulse study. It examines the main behavioral patterns of Romanian society in relation to financial crime variables such as tax compliance, tax morale, corruption in public institutions, and money laundering. The authors also investigate how various demographic aspects (e.g., age, gender, region, professional status, education, etc.) are associated with financial crime. The results of the enclosed survey help policy makers consider best practices in financial governance to reduce the level of financial crime in the region.
<p>Investigates various demographic aspects in relation to financial crime in Romania</p><p>Explores Romanian behavior patterns in relation to financial crime</p><p>Features a Romanian Community Pulse Survey on financial crime</p>
Monica Violeta Achim is Full Professor and Doctoral Supervisor of Finance at the Faculty of Economic Sciences and Business Administration, Babeş-Bolyai University, Cluj-Napoca, Romania. With over 24 years of experience in academia, she has published as author and co-author of over 150 scientific articles and 25 books. In 2020, she earned an Award for Excellence in Scientific Research at Babeş-Bolyai University, Faculty of Economics and Business Administration, Cluj-Napoca, Romania.
Robert W. McGee is a Professor at the Broadwell College of Business and Economics, Fayetteville State University (USA). He has earned 23 academic degrees, including 13 doctorates from universities in the USA and four European Countries. He has published more than 60 books, including several novels, and more than 1000 articles, book chapters, conference papers and working papers. Various studies have ranked him #1 in the world for both accounting ethics and business ethics scholarship. Dr. McGee is an attorney and CPA (retired), and has worked or lectured in more than 30 countries. He drafted the accounting law for Armenia and Bosnia and reviewed the accounting law for Mozambique. He also assisted the Finance Ministries of Armenia and Bosnia in converting their countries to International Financial Reporting Standards.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031278822
Financial AccountingBehavioral EconomicsBusiness EthicsPublic Finance0000
43
978-3-030-88680-6
Adeola
Ogechi Adeola; Robert E. Hinson; A M Sakkthivel
Ogechi Adeola, Pan-Atlantic University, Lagos, Nigeria; Robert E. Hinson, University of Kigali, Kigali, Rwanda; A M Sakkthivel, Skyline University College, Sharjah, United Arab Emirates
Marketing Communications and Brand Development in Emerging Economies Volume I
Contemporary and Future Perspectives
XXV, 311 p. 4 illus.
12022final159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Soft cover1Palgrave Studies of Marketing in Emerging EconomiesBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English311KJSKJSMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-05-052023-05-051
1. Marketing Communications and Brand Development - An Introduction.- 2. The Progress of Destination Brand Marketing in Emerging Economies: The Case of ASEAN.- 3. Nation Branding as a Strategic Approach for Emerging Economies: The Case of UAE.- 4. Bank Brand Avoidance - Perspectives from Nigeria and Ghana.- 5. Sponsorship: Practices and Benefits in Emerging Markets.- 6. Sports Communications in South American: The Case of the Soccer World Cup.- 7. Social Media-Driven Consumer-Brand Interactions in Mexico: Healthy Food Brands versus Indulgent Food Brands.- 8. Health and Lifestyle Branding.- 9. Personal Branding.- 10. Neuromarketing: The Role of the Executive Function in Consumer Behaviour.- 11. The Future of Marketing: Artificial Intelligence, Virtual Reality and Neuromarketing.- 12. Leveraging Digital Marketing and Integrated Marketing Communications for Brand Building in Enterprising Markets.
“This book is a map for brand managers in today’s fast-changing theatre of marketing communications.”—Honourable Kojo Oppong Nkrumah, Minister of Information, Ghana“This book covers contemporary topics in marketing along with relevant examples and theoretical lenses.”—Prashant Salwan, Professor of Strategic Management and International Business, Indian Institute of Management Indore, India “The coverage of chapters from different parts of the world makes this book a truly global one.”—Thomas Muthucattu Paul, Professor, Papua New Guinea University of Technology, Papua New GuineaAdvances in technology and changes in consumer buying patterns have forced businesses in emerging economies to alter traditional marketing strategies to incorporate contemporary ideologies that will drive customer satisfaction, meet societal expectations, and boost business performance for competitive advantage. Businesses striving to deal with the complexity of these challenges are seeking ways to create value for consumers and stakeholders, communicate the benefits of their offerings, and position their brands in a way that yields the greatest impact. The first of this two-volume book provides insights into nation branding, destination marketing, brand avoidance, sports marketing communications, sponsorship, health and lifestyle branding, digital marketing, and integrated marketing communications, and also offers futuristic perspectives on neuromarketing, artificial intelligence, and virtual reality. Volume II focuses on the influences of the Covid-19 pandemic, social responsibility, and emerging technologies on marketing communications and brand development in a changing world. Businesses in emerging economies will find well-sourced guidelines for marketing communications and brand development in the two volumes.Ogechi Adeola is Associate Professor of Marketing at the Lagos Business School, Nigeria. Robert E. Hinson is Professor and Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic) at the University of Kigali, Rwanda. A M Sakthivel is a Professor of Marketing at Skyline University College, UAE.
Advances in technology and changes in consumer buying patterns have forced businesses to alter their traditional marketing approach to incorporate contemporary ideologies that will drive customer satisfaction, meet societal expectations, and boost business performance for competitive advantage. Interest in marketing communication and brand development has increased in recent years due to the proliferation of productions, changing consumer behaviour, increased competition, and technological advancement. Recognising the complexity of these challenges, it has become imperative for firms in emerging economies to understand contemporary issues in marketing to compete effectively and create value for consumers and stakeholders. The first of this two volume work provides insights into this critical issue in a changing world, including destination brand management, brand avoidance, sponsorship, health and personal branding, and offers a futuristic perspective on marketing communications, including the influence of neuromarketing, artificial intelligence, and virtual reality. Meanwhile, Volume II focuses specifically on the effects of the Covid-19 pandemic, social responsibilities, and emerging technologies. Taken together, this two-volume work is a definitive resource for scholars and students of marketing, branding and international business.
<p>Offers a futuristic perspective on marketing communications, including the use of AI.</p><p>Provides a practical understanding into the adoption and application of marketing communications.</p><p>Explores the skills needed to enhance the visibility of companies in emerging markets</p>
Ogechi Adeola is an Associate Professor of Marketing and the Head of Department of Operations, Marketing and Information Systems at the Lagos Business School (LBS), Pan-Atlantic University, Nigeria. Her multi-dimensional research focuses on the advancement of knowledge across the intersection of marketing, tourism, and gender studies. Her research has been published in top international journals, including Annals of Tourism Research, Tourism Management, Journal of Business Research, Industrial Marketing Management, International Marketing Review, and Psychology and Marketing. Her co-authored articles won Best Paper Awards at international conferences for four consecutive years (2016 – 2019). She is a 2016 Visiting International Fellow, Open University Business School, UK and a 2017 Paul R. Lawrence Fellow, USA. She is also the Academic Director of LBS Sales & Marketing Academy. Her international marketing consultancy experience spans Africa, Asia, the UK, and the USA.
<div>Robert E. Hinson is Professor and Head of the Department of Marketing and Entrepreneurship at the University of Ghana Business School. He is also the Acting Director of Institutional Advancement at the same institution, Research Associate at the University of the Free State Business School, and an Extraordinary Professor at the North West University School of Business and Governance in South Africa. Robert has authored/edited several books and has over a hundred scientific publications to his credit. He has also served as the Rector of the Perez University College in Ghana and holds two doctorate degrees: one in International Business from the Aalborg University in Denmark and another in Marketing from the University of Ghana. Professor Hinson has for the last twenty-two years, consulted for and trained several public and private sector institutions globally in the general areas of Marketing, Sales, and Service Excellence; and served as well on the boards of local and international institutions.A M Sakthivel is Professor of Marketing at Skyline University College, UAE. He holds a PhD in Business Administration (Marketing) from Utkal University (Equalised under MOE, UAE), Bhubaneswar, India. He also has done certification of EEC (Entrepreneurship Educator Course) with Honors from Stanford University, USA, IIM Bangalore and National Entrepreneurship Network, India, MBA in Marketing and Finance and BBM in Marketing and Finance from Bharathiar University, India. He has 24 years of academic, industry, research, consulting and training experience. He was a Expert Panel Member, Member of Jury, for TATA Hottest Startups, NEN Global, Executive Member, Entrepreneurial Task Force, CII, Tamil Nadu, India, Panel and board member for many leading national and international universities. He conducted programmes for senior and middle level executives (SIFY, CITI Group, FORD, Technip, Savorit Foods, EPPENDORF etc.). He consulted leading government and private organisations such as Indian Railways, SSA, Tamil.</div><div>
</div>
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030886806
MarketingEmerging Markets and Globalization0000
44
978-3-031-31122-2
Adisa
Toyin Adisa; Chima Mordi; Emeka Oruh
Toyin Adisa, University of East London, London, UK; Chima Mordi, Brunel University London, Uxbridge, UK; Emeka Oruh, Brunel University London, London, UK
Employee Voice in the Global North
Insights from Europe, North America and Australia
IV, 208 p. 1 illus.12023final159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English208KJMV2KJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland1In production2023-07-042023-07-041
Introduction.- Chapter 1: Introduction: Employee Voice in the Global South Toyin Ajibade Adisa, Chima Mordi and Emeka Smart Oruh.- Chapter 2: The Conceptualisation f Employee Voice in Permacrisis: A United Kingdom Perspective Michael Oyelere, Kehinde Olowookere, Temi Oyelere, John Opute and Toyin Ajibade Adisa.- Chapter 3: Worker Voice in the United State: Unitarist and Pluralist Perspective Sean Edmund Rogers.- Chapter 4: Employee Voice and Engagement: An Assessment of Greek Organisations Nadia K. Kougiannou.- Chapter 5: Employee Voice in Portugal: Exploring Alternative Trajectories and Channels of Voice Pedro Mendonça.- Chapter 6: The Perspectives of Legal Regulations and Employee Voice: Insights from Sweden Laura Carlson.- Chapter 7: The Role of Employee Voice on Mental Health and Wellbeing: The Case of Poland Magdalena Gilek.- Chapter 8: Employee Voice and Social Media: The Australian Perspective - John Burgess, Arlene Sale, and Jonathan Sale.
Taking readers through the nature and realities of employee voice across the Global North, this book identifies the significance and effects of contexts, cultures, web and social media, and dissimilarity of institutional factors in enhancing employee voice or promoting silence. It addresses general issues affecting employee voice across the globe to give readers an understanding of employee relations that is country-specific. Readers will also have an understanding of the unique nature of employee voice in three continents – thus broadening the readers’ understanding of the subject. Covering employee voice in different countries of Europe, North America and Australasia, each chapter draws out the unique and diverse nature of employee voice in each country. The chapters discuss issues ranging from culture, activities of trade union, institutional factors, web and social media, social and organisational justice and their effects of employee voice.This book provides an invaluable resource for students and researchers of human resources and international business. It will also be of great interest to HRM practitioners, policymakers and business managers across the globe.Toyin Adisa is a Senior Lecturer in Human Resources Management and Organisational Behaviour at the University of East London, UK. His research and teaching focus is in comparative human resource management, employment relations and reforms in emerging and developing economies. He is a senior fellow of Higher Education Academy, a fellow of Chartered Management Institute, and a member of Chartered Institute of Personnel Development.Chima Mordi is a Reader/Associate Professor in the College of Business, Arts and Social Sciences at Brunel University London, UK. His research examines international business in emerging and developing markets, with a focus on the state of labour relations, comparative HRM in Africa, Asia and Middle Eastern countries, employer’s flexibility, the regulation of workloads in large firms, and work-life balance of white collar-workers.Emeka Oruh is a Senior Lecturer in Human Resource Management and Organisational Behaviour at Brunel University London, UK. He previously lectured at the University of Portsmouth School of Business and Law, UK. Emeka is a Fellow of Higher Education Academy, and an Academic Associate Member of Chartered Institute of Personnel Development.
Taking readers through the nature and realities of employee voice across the Global North, this book identifies the significance and effects of contexts, cultures, web and social media, and dissimilarity of institutional factors in enhancing employee voice or promoting silence. It addresses general issues affecting employee voice across the globe to give readers an understanding of employee relations that is country-specific. Readers will also have an understanding of the unique nature of employee voice in three continents – thus broadening the readers’ understanding of the subject. Covering employee voice in different countries of Europe, North America and Australasia, each chapter draws out the unique and diverse nature of employee voice in each country. The chapters discuss issues ranging from culture, activities of trade union, institutional factors, web and social media, social and organisational justice and their effects of employee voice.

This book provides an invaluable resource for students and researchers of human resources and international business. It will also be of great interest to HRM practitioners, policymakers and business managers across the globe.
<p>Develops our understanding of employee voice in a progressively globalised work context</p><p>Combines original research, systemic literature review, case studies, and interviews</p><p>Highlights unheard voices and employee silence across the Global North</p>
Toyin Adisa is a Senior Lecturer in Human Resources Management and Organisational Behaviour at the University of East London, UK. His research and teaching focus is in comparative human resource management, employment relations and reforms in emerging and developing economies. He is a senior fellow of Higher Education Academy, a fellow of Chartered Management Institute, and a member of Chartered Institute of Personnel Development.

Chima Mordi is a Reader/Associate Professor in the College of Business, Arts and Social Sciences at Brunel University London, UK. His research examines international business in emerging and developing markets, with a focus on the state of labour relations, comparative HRM in Africa, Asia and Middle Eastern countries, employer’s flexibility, the regulation of workloads in large firms, and work-life balance of white collar-workers.

Emeka Oruh is a Senior Lecturer in Human Resource Management and Organisational Behaviour at Brunel University London, UK. He previously lectured at the University of Portsmouth School of Business and Law, UK. Emeka is a Fellow of Higher Education Academy, and an Academic Associate Member of Chartered Institute of Personnel Development.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031311222
Human Resource ManagementInternational BusinessDiversity Management and Women in Business0000
45
978-981-19-8205-7
Agarwal
Upasna A. Agarwal; Karuna Jain; Vittal Anantatmula; Sankaran Shankar
Upasna A. Agarwal, National Institute of Industrial Engineering, Mumbai; Karuna Jain, Indian Institute of Technology Bombay, Mumbai, India; Vittal Anantatmula, Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC, USA; Sankaran Shankar, University of Technology Sydney, Sydney, NSW, Australia
Managing People in Projects for High Performance
Behavioural Approach to Productive Project Teams
XII, 216 p. 20 illus., 12 illus. in color.
12023final79.9985.5987.9969.9994.5089.99Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English216KJMV2KJTSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2023-06-122023-06-121
Module 1: Micro Level: MANAGING SELF.- Chapter 1: Building Awareness.- Chapter 2: Cognitive Intelligence.- Chapter 3: Emotional Intelligence.- Chapter 4: Making Decisions.- Module 2: Meso level: MANAGING TEAMS.- Chapter 5: Understanding Teams.- Chapter 6: Dealing with Diverse Teams.- Chapter 7: Enhancing Team Effectiveness.- Chapter 8: Making Teams Work.- Module 3: Macro Level: MANAGING ORGANIZATIONS.- Chapter 9: Understanding Culture.- Chapter 10: Leading projects.- Chapter 11: Relationship management.- Chapter 12: Ethics in projects.
This book examines practically useful management and people skills, and looks at competencies from the micro, meso, and macro- lens. At the micro- level, the book examines a range of competencies needed for managing oneself and others in a project environment, such as personality style, cognitive skills, communication skills, and emotional intelligence. The book will also includes discussion on strategies for managing emotions of self and others effectively. At the meso- level, the book discusses basic structure, characteristics, and importance of different types of teams such as virtual teams, project teams, domain specific teams, and heavy-weight teams in organizations to enhance productivity and delegate accountability. It also explores team processes, including structure, culture, supporting systems, performance and incentive systems, and their impact on team productivity. In addition, the book includes a discourse on skills to manage a multi-generational workforce (a combination of baby boomers, X and Y generation), a challenge faced by project managers in current scenario. Finally, at the macro- level, the book captures the role of culture in a project context; emerging leadership styles in projects, maintaining relationship with internal and external stakeholders; role of power, politics and influence in relationship building (social networks and social capital); and managing conflicts and negotiations.

The book presents ethical considerations in managing projects; relationship between projects and sustainability; societal responsibilities of projects; advantages and disadvantages of forms of control in projects (behaviour and outcome control). It is positioned primarily for practitioners although it is a relevant and useful resource and reference for academics and students of project management and management studies courses.
This book examines practically useful management and people skills, and looks at competencies from the micro, meso, and macro- lens. At the micro- level, the book examines a range of competencies needed for managing oneself and others in a project environment, such as personality style, cognitive skills, communication skills, and emotional intelligence. The book will also includes discussion on strategies for managing emotions of self and others effectively. At the meso- level, the book discusses basic structure, characteristics, and importance of different types of teams such as virtual teams, project teams, domain specific teams, and heavy-weight teams in organizations to enhance productivity and delegate accountability. It also explores team processes, including structure, culture, supporting systems, performance and incentive systems, and their impact on team productivity. In addition, the book includes a discourse on skills to manage a multi-generational workforce (a combination of baby boomers, X and Y generation), a challenge faced by project managers in current scenario. Finally, at the macro- level, the book captures the role of culture in a project context; emerging leadership styles in projects, maintaining relationship with internal and external stakeholders; role of power, politics and influence in relationship building (social networks and social capital); and managing conflicts and negotiations.

The book presents ethical considerations in managing projects; relationship between projects and sustainability; societal responsibilities of projects; advantages and disadvantages of forms of control in projects (behaviour and outcome control). It is positioned primarily for practitioners although it is a relevant and useful resource and reference for academics and students of project management and management studies courses.
<p>Presents a comprehensive knowledge about social and behavioral issues in managing projects</p><p>Offers strong academic theories and approaches in the language of practitioners</p><p>Provides global perspective of managing projects and project teams supported with real-life examples</p>
Upasna A Agarwal is a Professor in Organization Behavior and Human Resource Management at National Institute of Industrial Engineering (NITIE), Mumbai, India. She obtained her PhD from IIT Bombay. Upasna is identified as top 2% researchers of the world , in research released by Standford. was recognized as “Emerging Psychologist of India” by National Academy of Psychology (NAOP). She has been chosen as one of the leading achievers from around the world and her name is included in Marquis Who's Who in the World® 2016 -33rd Edition. In 2017, Upasna was awarded the AIMS International Young Woman Management Researcher Award by Association of Indian Management Scholars. Her areas of research interest are employment relationship (psychological contract, team and leader-member dynamics), effective work state (emotions, trust, fairness, bullying, well-being and happiness), work family integration, in-role and extra-role work behaviours (work engagement, innovativeness work behaviour), and sustainable consumer behaviour.

Karuna Jain is Professor of Technology & Operations Management at Shailesh J. Mehta School of Management, Indian Institute of Technology Bombay. She also served as the Director of National Institute of Industrial Engineering (NITIE), Mumbai. Prof. Jain started her career as an Indian Engineering Service Cadre officer. With a PhD in Industrial Engineering and Management from IIT Kharagpur, followed by Post Doctorate Fellow from University of Calgary, Canada, Prof. Jain embarked upon an academic career at IIT Bombay in 1986. With her interwoven technical and managerial expertise, she has served in numerous distinguished positions of academic, professional and government bodies in various capacities. She has made significant contributions to education, research and development of professionals in the field of project management. Most importantly, she is a founding member of the Academic Advisory Group (AAG) of the Project Management Institute (India), and served as its Chairperson from 2010 to 2017. In recognition of her inspired leadership of, sustained excellence in, and valuable contributions to the field of Project Management, PMI (India) conferred the “Distinguished Fellow” award on her. International Association of Management of Technology (IAMOT) Board has conferred upon her the “Distinguished Service Achievement” Award in 2019 for exemplary service in the area of MOT.
Her research interest areas are Project Leadership, Resource constraint Project scheduling, Project driven supply chain management and Project resilience, strategic management of technology, Patent analytics for technology related decisions and intellectual property management.

Dr. Vittal Anantatmula is a professor in the College of Business, Western Carolina University, USA, and is a recipient of the University Scholar and Graduate Teaching Awards. He is also Global Guest Professor at Keio University, Japan and a visiting professor at Skema Business School, France for directing PhD students. He was chosen in Melbourne as Endeavor Executive Fellow and worked with the School of Property, Construction, and Project Management, RMIT, Melbourne in 2018. He is a member of the Academic Insight Team of the Project Management Institute (PMI) and served a director of the PMI Global Accreditation Centre in the past. He has extensive experience in academics and industry. Dr. Anantatmula has authored more than 80 publications. He received MS and PhD degrees from The George Washington University and Electrical and Electronics Engineering from Andhra University, India.

Dr. Shankar Sankaran is Professor of Organizational Project Management at the School of Built Environment, Faculty of Design Architecture and Building, University of Technology Sydney (UTS), Austra
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9789811982057
Human Resource ManagementOperations Research and Decision TheoryManagementOrganization and LeadershipWork and Organizational Psychology0000
46
978-3-031-31126-0
Ajibade Adisa
Toyin Ajibade Adisa; Chima Mordi; Emeka Oruh
Toyin Ajibade Adisa, University of East London, London, UK; Chima Mordi, Brunel University London, Uxbridge, UK; Emeka Oruh, Brunel University London, London, UK
Employee Voice in the Global South
Insights from Asia, Africa and South America
IV, 299 p. 2 illus.12023final159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English299KJMV2KJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-07-092023-07-091
Part one – Employee Voice in Africa.- Chapter One : Keep Quiet: Unheard Voices of Domestic Workers in Nigeria (By Toyin. Ajibade Adisa, Chima Mordi and Emeka Oruh).- Chapter Two :The Changing Face of Trade Union Movement in South Africa: From a United Movement against Apartheid to Fighting for Survival (By Paul Smith, Nasima M. H. Carrim and Leon Moolman).- Chapter Three :The Impact of the Internet and Social Media on Employee Voice in Egypt (By Ghada El-Kot and Mike Leat).- Chapter Four :Trade Union Effects on Employee Voice in Kenya (By Gladys Muasya).- Part Two – Employee Voice in Asia.- Chapter Five : The Patterns of Employee Voice in China (By Chao Ma, Zhongqiu Li and Xe Zhang).- Chapter Six: A Contingency Approach to Employee Voice in Indian (By Nivedita Jha and Vidu Badigannavar).- Chapter Seven : Gender and Employee Voice: An Insight from Pakistani Organisation (By Muhammad Mehmood Aslam and Muhammad Naseer Akhtar).- Chapter Eight :The nature of Employee Voice in Malaysia: The Mediating Role of Cultural and Institutional Factors (By Au Wee Chan).- Part Three – Employee Voice in the Middle East.- Chapter Nine :The Mediating Role of Culture on Employee Voice: Insights from Saudi Arabia (By Tamara Fahid and Robert Karaszewski).- Chapter Ten :Employee Voice in Jordan: Benefits and Consequences (By Muntaser Melhem and Tamer Darwish).- Chapter Eleven :The Myth and Reality of Employee Voice and Silence in the United Arab Emirate (By Osama Khassawneh and Abdelfatah Arman).- Chapter Twelve: Employee Voice in Bahrain: Managing for Today and Tomorrow (By Chima Mordi, Hakeem Ajonbadi, Olatunji David Adekoya and Adeoti).- Part Five – Employee Voice in South & North America.- Chapter Eighteen : The Role of Employee Voice in Promoting Social and Organisational Justice: Insights from Argentina (By Gisela Delfino and José Delfino). <div>
</div>
Taking readers through the nature and realities of employee voice across the Global South, this book identifies the significance and effects of contexts, cultures, web and social media, and dissimilarity of institutional factors in enhancing employee voice or promoting silence. It addresses general issues affecting employee voice across the Global South to give readers an understanding of employee relations that is country-specific. Readers will also have an understanding of the unique nature of employee voice in thirteen countries – thus broadening the readers’ understanding of the subject. Covering employee voice in different countries of Africa, Asia and South America, each chapter draws out the unique and diverse nature of employee voice in each country. The chapters discuss issues ranging from culture, activities of trade union, institutional factors, web and social media, social and organisational justice and their effects of employee voice.

This book provides an invaluable resource for students and researchers of human resources and international business. It will also be of great interest to HRM practitioners, policymakers and business managers across the globe.
<p>Develops our understanding of employee voice in a progressively globalised work context</p><p>Combines original research, systemic literature review, case studies, and interviews</p><p>Highlights unheard voices and employee silence across the Global South</p>
Toyin Adisa is a Senior Lecturer in Human Resources Management and Organisational Behaviour at the University of East London, UK. His research and teaching focus is in comparative human resource management, employment relations and reforms in emerging and developing economies. He is a senior fellow of Higher Education Academy, a fellow of Chartered Management Institute, and a member of Chartered Institute of Personnel Development.

Chima Mordi is a Reader/Associate Professor in the College of Business, Arts and Social Sciences at Brunel University London, UK. His research examines international business in emerging and developing markets, with a focus on the state of labour relations, comparative HRM in Africa, Asia and Middle Eastern countries, employer’s flexibility, the regulation of workloads in large firms, and work-life balance of white collar-workers.

Emeka Oruh is a Senior Lecturer in Human Resource Management and Organisational Behaviour at Brunel University London, UK. He previously lectured at the University of Portsmouth School of Business and Law, UK. Emeka is a Fellow of Higher Education Academy, and an Academic Associate Member of Chartered Institute of Personnel Development.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031311260
Human Resource ManagementInternational BusinessDiversity Management and Women in Business0000
47
978-3-031-29487-7
Alphonse
Pascal Alphonse; Karima Bouaiss; Pascal Grandin; Constantin Zopounidis
Pascal Alphonse, University of Lille, Lille, France; Karima Bouaiss, University of Lille, Lille, France; Pascal Grandin, University of Lille, Lille, France; Constantin Zopounidis, Technical University of Crete, Chania
Essays on Financial Analytics
Applications and Methods
X, 290 p. 68 illus., 66 illus. in color.
12023final159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Lecture Notes in Operations ResearchBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English290KJTKFFSpringerSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-06-262023-06-261
Foreign exchange risk hedging policy: Evidence from France.- Use of Financial Instruments among the Chilean households.- IFRS 9 -Financial Assets: Debt Instrument Classification and Management under the new Accounting Standard. A case study of Greek Government Bonds, in Banks’ Investment Portfolios.-Investor Attention and Bitcoin Trading Behaviors.- An answer to Roll’s critique (1977) forty five years later.- Detecting Equity Style Information within Institutional Media.- An Advanced Approach to Algorithmic Portfolio Management.- Financial analytics and decision-making strategies: future prospects from Bibliometrix based on R package.- MONETARY UTILITY FUNCTIONS AND RISK FUNCTIONALS.- Cryptocurrency Portfolios Using Heuristics.- Geographic Dispersion and IPO Underpricing.- The Rise of Fintech & Healthcare SPACs.-KOOPMAN OPERATORS AND EXTENDED DYNAMIC MODE DECOMPOSITION FOR ECONOMIC GROWTH MODELS IN TERMS OF FRACTIONAL DERIVATIVES.- Efficiency, taxation & solvency issues for SMEs: The case of Greece, Italy and Spain.
This book covers recent research advances, methods and techniques, applications and projects in financial analytics, with a focus on the effects of the health crisis on banking activities and financial engineering. It explores the latest developments in banking regulation, banking and financial systems, financial engineering, and corporate finance in order to provide financial analytics that assess financial stability and sustainability.

Written for researchers and practitioners alike, the book is intended to promote stimulating scientific exchanges, ideas and experiences in the field of financial analytics for economics and management.
This book covers recent research advances, methods and techniques, applications and projects in financial analytics, with a focus on the effects of the health crisis on banking activities and financial engineering. It explores the latest developments in banking regulation, banking and financial systems, financial engineering, and corporate finance in order to provide financial analytics that assess financial stability and sustainability. Written for researchers and practitioners alike, the book is intended to promote stimulating scientific exchanges, ideas and experiences in the field of financial analytics for economics and management.
<p>Includes scientific chapters on financial stability and sustainability</p><p>Focuses on the effects of health crisis on banking activities and financial engineering</p><p>Contains lessons learned from the CEOs roundtable discussion</p>
<div>Dr. Pascal Alphonse is a Professor of Accounting and Finance at the University of Lille (France) and at SKEMA Business School (France). Having specialized in international accounting and company valuation, Professor Alphonse has published articles in leading scientific journals and books.

Dr. Karima Bouaiss is an Associate Professor at the University of Lille (France). Having specialized in banking regulation, corporate governance and innovation financing, Dr. Bouaiss has published articles in leading scientific journals.

Dr. Pascal Grandin is a Full Professor of Management Sciences at the University of Lille (France) and Dean of the IAE Lille University School of Management. Having specialized in portfolio management, corporate finance and behavioral finance, Professor Grandin has published articles in leading scientific journals and books.

Dr. Constantin Zopounidis is a Professor at the Technical University of Crete (Greece) and Audencia Business School (France). Having specialized in MCDM methods, financial decisions and operations research techniques, he has published several articles in leading scientific journals and books.
</div>
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031294877
Operations Research and Decision TheoryFinancial EngineeringBusiness AnalyticsRisk ManagementFinancial ServicesOperations Research, Management Science0000
48
978-3-658-36058-0
Alt
Rainer Alt; Stefan Huch
Rainer Alt, Leipzig University, Leipzig, Germany; Stefan Huch, RheinMain University of Applied Sciences, Wiesbaden, Germany
Fintech Dictionary
Terminology for the Digitalized Financial World
XXI, 234 p. 71 illus., 44 illus. in color.
12022final49.9953.4954.9944.9959.0054.99Soft cover1Contributions to Finance and AccountingBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English234KFFKJSpringer GablerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0Available2023-03-302022-03-262023-03-292023-03-290A–D.- E–H.- I–M.- N–R.- S–V.- W–Z.- Numerical Terms.
Fintech Dictionary - What is a blockchain framework? What is crowdlending or an ICO? The Fintech Dictionary helps readers in clarifying key terms that have emerged in the vivid field of financial technology (fintech). It links keywords from banking and insurance, from information technology as well as from innovation management – similar to the „melting pot“ of terms in reality. The collection of over 830 keywords presents the reader concise and up-to-date definitions of terms in an alphabetical order. It should serve students and interested parties from academia and practice alike.
Fintech Dictionary - What is a blockchain framework? What is crowdlending or an ICO? The Fintech Dictionary helps readers in clarifying key terms that have emerged in the vivid field of financial technology (fintech). It links keywords from banking and insurance, from information technology as well as from innovation management – similar to the „melting pot“ of terms in reality. The collection of over 830 keywords presents the reader concise and up-to-date definitions of terms in an alphabetical order. It should serve students and interested parties from academia and practice alike.
<p>Offers a quick overview of all important terms from the fintech world</p><p>Provides clear, concise and easy to understand explanations</p><p>Helps to understand the interconnections between terms</p>
Dr. Rainer Alt is a Full Professor for Application Systems at the Information Systems Institute of Leipzig University, Germany. His research focuses on interorganizational information systems, digital platforms, and methods for digital transformation. Since 2005 he has authored several publications in the fintech field.

Dr. Stefan Huch holds the Digital Processes and Systems professorship at RheinMain University of Applied Sciences (Germany) and is Senior Director at Capgemini Invent.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783658360580
Financial Technology and InnovationInnovation and Technology ManagementCorporate FinanceIT in Business397000
49
978-3-031-31792-7
Amato
Stefano Amato; Alessia Patuelli
Stefano Amato, University of Trento, Trento, Italy; Alessia Patuelli, Northumbria University, Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Family Firms and Local Roots
Implications on Economic Performance and Corporate Social Responsibility
Approx. 160 p. 22 illus., 7 illus. in color.
12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50129.99Hard cover0CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & GovernanceBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English137KJVSKJVSSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2023-07-042023-07-041
Introduction.- Defining and Understanding the Family Firm.- The Spatial Dimension of Firm’s Economic Activity.- Firms in Territories: the Local Roots of Family Firms.- Family Firms, Corporate Social Responsibility and Place-Based Enterprises.- Unveiling the Origins of Local Roots: A Case Study in the Chianti Classico Wine Cluster.- The Role of Local Roots on the Economic Performance and Corporate Social Responsibility of Family Firms: a Quantitative Analysis.- Conclusions
This book pursues an interdisciplinary approach to studying family firms as a particular type of business strongly embedded in the territories in which they are located. Featuring an in-depth analysis of original research, the book employs both theoretical and empirical approaches to explore family firms and their relationships with their home territories. The book shows that family firms have unique bonds with their local areas, and these bonds profoundly shape their decision-making and outcomes.The book addresses two research questions, namely, how the connections between family firms and their home territories originate and develop, and how they influence firms’ economic performance and their corporate social responsibility initiatives. Uniquely, it seeks to develop an integrated framework that brings together family firms, local contexts, and places while also presenting new empirical evidence of relevance to scholars, managers, and policymakers alike. In addition, the book responds to the need for a greater understanding of what anchors entrepreneurial families to their home territories and the conditioning effect of local roots on such firms’ behavior.<div>
</div>
This book pursues an interdisciplinary approach to studying family firms as a particular type of business strongly embedded in the territories in which they are located. Featuring an in-depth analysis of original research, the book employs both theoretical and empirical approaches to explore family firms and their relationships with their home territories. The book shows that family firms have unique bonds with their local areas, and these bonds profoundly shape their decision-making and outcomes.The book addresses two research questions, namely, how the connections between family firms and their home territories originate and develop, and how they influence firms’ economic performance and their corporate social responsibility initiatives. Uniquely, it seeks to develop an integrated framework that brings together family firms, local contexts, and places while also presenting new empirical evidence of relevance to scholars, managers, and policymakers alike. In addition, the book responds to the need for a greater understanding of what anchors entrepreneurial families to their home territories and the conditioning effect of local roots on such firms’ behavior.<div>
</div>
Explores the interrelationship between families, firms, and territoriesOffers an interdisciplinary approach to explore the family business phenomenonProvides quantitative and qualitative empirical evidence
Stefano Amato is researcher at the University of Trento, Italy. He received his Ph.D. from the University of Pisa (Italy), and has been a visiting Ph.D. candidate at Sheikh Saoud bin Khalid Al-Qassimi Chair in Family Business at the American University of Sharjah (UAE), and at the Centre for Family Entrepreneurship and Ownership (CeFEO) of Jönköping International Business School (Sweden). He has been postdoc at IMT School for Advanced Studies in Lucca, Italy. His main research interest is the performance and growth patterns of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and family businesses, focusing on the firm’s interplay with territories and places.Alessia Patuelli is a Lecturer at Northumbria University’s Amsterdam Campus. Previously, she was an Assistant Professor of Management at IMT School for Advanced Studies Lucca, Italy and an Adjunct Professor at the University of Ferrara and the University of Florence, Italy. She received her PhD in Business Administration and Management from the University of Pisa, Italy. Her current research interests are mainly in family businesses, corporate social responsibility, sustainable development goals, using qualitative and interdisciplinary approaches at the intersection of management and complex networks, big data, and machine learning.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031317927
Family BusinessSmall BusinessBusiness EthicsEntrepreneurshipManagement0000
50
978-3-030-88518-2
Anand
Smriti Anand; Yasin Rofcanin
Smriti Anand, Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago, IL; Yasin Rofcanin, University of Bath, Bath
Idiosyncratic Deals at Work
Exploring Individual, Organizational, and Societal Perspectives
XXI, 338 p. 5 illus.
12022final149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Soft cover1Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English338KJMV2KJUPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-04-172023-04-171
Chapter 1. Requesting and Obtaining Development I-deals: A Career-based Perspective (Sylvie Guerrero, Kathleen Bentein).- Chapter 2. Does What Happen at Work, Stay at Work? Flexibility I-deals and Employee Lives Outside of the Workplace (Mine Afacan Findikli, Mireia Las Heras, Yasin Rofcanin, Can Ererdi).- Chapter 3. I-deal or No I-deal? Lessons for Managers from Economic Theory (Priyanka Sharma, Smriti Anand, Liad Wagman, Pouya Haddadian Nekah).- Chapter 4. Servant or Sinister? A Process Model of Follower Appraisal of Leader-Initiated I-deals (Jeremy D. Meuser, Xiaoyun (Aarn) Cao).- Chapter 5. Idiosyncratic Deals in Workgroups: Social Comparisons and Organizational Justice Perspectives in a Lifecycle Framework (Prajya Vidyarthi, Franziska M. Renz, Sarah J. Villanueva, Smriti Anand).- Chapter 6. Idiosyncratic Deals and Individualization of Human Resource Management Practices: The Growth of HR differentiation (Yasin Rofcanin, Mine Afacan Findikli, Mireia Las Heras, Can Ererdi).- Chapter 7. I-deals as a Human Resource Initiative: Exciting Innovation or Passing Fad? (Arup Varma, Chun-Hsiao Wang, Hyun Mi Park, Parth Patel).- Chapter 8. A Workplace Dignity Perspective on Idiosyncratic Deals at Work (P. Matthijs Bal).- Chapter 9. The Dark Side of Individualization at Work: Idiosyncratic Deal Exploitation and the Creation of Elite Workers (Farooq Mughal, Siqi Wang, Aneesa Zafar).- Chapter 10. I-deals: Not Ideal for Employee Diversity? (Sanjeewa Perera, Yiqiong Li).- Chapter 11. I-deals and Employee Well-being: Examining I-deals from JD-R Perspective (Arnold Bakker, Can Ererdi).- Chapter 12. I-Deals in Context: A Summary and Critical Review of I-Deals Literature around the Globe (S. Arzu Wasti, Nevra Cem Ersoy, Berrin Erdogan).- Chapter 13. I-deals and the Future of Work: A Research Agenda for the Post-Pandemic Age (Smriti Anand, Yasin Rofcanin).
“This cutting edge review of latest research on i-deals includes contributions from a wide range of noted scholars across the globe. A must read for anyone interested in research and evidence-based practice on individualized work arrangements.”

– Dr. Eva Demerouti, Professor of Human Resource Management, Eindhoven University of Technology, Netherlands

Idiosyncratic deals (I-deals) are individualized work agreements negotiated between employee and employer. Examples include working from home, shortened work days and/or weeks, and taking on responsibilities not enumerated in the job description. I-deals fulfil unique employee needs that lay outside the employer’s standard offerings, and engender a wide range of positive outcomes for both parties, such as employee well-being, work-life balance, career development, and enhanced job performance and citizenship behaviors. I-deals have the potential to be a strategic HR device for addressing the changing needs and preferences of employees, employers, and the wider society in the post-pandemic era.

This new collection provides a holistic, integrated and interdisciplinary overview of i-deals from leading scholars in the area. In addressing topics such as the sociological impact of i-deals, issues of power, privilege and fairness, and HR differentiation, this volume examines i-deals at the individual, team, organizational, and societal levels. The book will be useful to scholars and practitioners alike by offering a nuanced understanding of i-deals in workgroup settings, extending research on this relevant topic, and offering managerial prescriptions for institutionalizing i-deals as a global strategic human resource management device.

Smriti Anand is Associate Professor of Management at Illinois Institute of Technology’s Stuart School of Business in Chicago, USA.

Yasin Rofcanin is Professor of Organizational Psychology and Human Resources Management at University of Bath School of Management, UK.
Idiosyncratic deals (I-deals) are individualized work agreements negotiated between employee and employer. Examples include working from home, shortened work days and/or weeks, and taking on responsibilities not enumerated in the job description. I-deals fulfil unique employee needs that lay outside the employer’s standard offerings, and engender a wide range of positive outcomes for both parties, such as employee well-being, work-life balance, career development, and enhanced job performance and citizenship behaviors. I-deals have the potential to be a strategic HR device for addressing the changing needs and preferences of employees, employers, and the wider society in the post-pandemic era.This new collection provides a holistic, integrated and interdisciplinary overview of i-deals from leading scholars in the area. In addressing topics such as the sociological impact of i-deals, issues of power, privilege and fairness, and HR differentiation, this volume examines i-deals at the individual, team, organizational, and societal levels. The book will be useful to scholars and practitioners alike by offering a nuanced understanding of i-deals in workgroup settings, extending research on this relevant topic, and offering managerial prescriptions for institutionalizing i-deals as a global strategic human resource management device.
Offers a holistic, integrated, and interdisciplinary overview of i-dealsAddresses previously unexplored topics such as diversity, societal culture, and individual dignityProvides a nuanced understanding of i-deals in workgroup settings and extends previous work
Smriti Anand is Associate Professor of Management at Illinois Institute of Technology’s Stuart School of Business in Chicago. Her research interests include leadership, diversity, and non-traditional work arrangements (i-deals) with particular focus on multi-level and cross-cultural frameworks. Her research has been published in leading journals of management, such as Academy of Management Journal, Human Relations, Human Resource Management, Journal of Applied Psychology, Leadership Quarterly, and Journal of Management Studies. Smriti is currently serving as Co-Editor for Human Relations journal.Yasin Rofcanin is a Professor of Organizational Psychology and Human Resources Management at University of Bath School of Management. He is also the Director of the Future of Work Research Centre in the School. His research falls in the domains of work-family management, flexible work practices, individualisation of HRM practices, with focus on driving work engagement, proactivity and well-being among employees. His research has appeared in leading journals including Human Relations, Journal of Organizational Behavior, Journal of Vocational Behavior, Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, and Human Resource Management Journal.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030885182
Human Resource ManagementBusiness and ManagementManagement470000
51
978-3-031-29462-4
Audretsch
David B. Audretsch; Alice Civera; Erik E. Lehmann; Konstantin P. Leidinger; Jonah M. Otto; Laurenz Weiße; Katharine Wirsching
David B. Audretsch, Indiana University, Bloomington, IN, USA; Alice Civera, University of Bergamo, Dalmine (BG), Italy; Erik E. Lehmann, University of Augsburg, Augsburg, Germany; Konstantin P. Leidinger, University of Augsburg, Augsburg, Germany; Jonah M. Otto, University of Augsburg, Augsburg, Germany; Laurenz Weiße, University of Augsburg, Augsburg, Germany; Katharine Wirsching, University of Augsburg, Augsburg, Germany
The Strategic Management of Place at Work
Why, What, How and Where
X, 424 p. 15 illus., 14 illus. in color.
12023final84.9990.9493.4974.99100.5099.99Hard cover0Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English424KJCKJHSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0WorldwideIn production2023-05-232023-05-231
Introduction.- Chapter 1 The Strategic Management of Places: Applying a Framework to Analyze Local Economies.- Part 1: Strategic Management of Places and Economic Development.- Chapter 2 Economic Development in an Autonomous Region within a State.- Chapter 3 An Analysis for Strategic Locational Management: The Case of Lombardy.- Chapter 4 The Economic Performance of Las Vegas - Shaping Culture and Identity through Economic Policy.- Chapter 5 Strategic Management of Places: The Case of Singapore.- Part 2: Employment, Labor Force and Equality.- Chapter 6 Regional Differences in Unemployment - the German Case.- Chapter 7 Analyzing Youth Unemployment and Brain Drain in Southern Italy.- Chapter 8 Skilled Labor Shortages - the Bavarian Case.- Chapter 9 The Gender Pay Gap in France.-Chapter 10 Population Decline - Detroit's Exodus.- Chapter 11 The Impact of Hosting the World Cup on the Economic Performance and Labor Conditions of Qatar.- Part 3: Environmental Challenges, Economic Development and the Region.- Chapter 12 The Norwegian Paradox – Analyzing Overdependence on Oil Exports.- Chapter 13 Fracking in Texas - Effects on Economic Development and Future Outlook.- Chapter 14 The Economic Impact of Air Pollution in Beijing.- Chapter 15 The Intersection of Environmental Policy, Public Health & Economic Performance in Shanghai.- Part 4: Strategic Challenges and Outlook for Places.- Chapter 16 The Past, the Present, and the Future in Vorarlberg and Tyrol.- Chapter 17 Taranto - Revitalizing the Energy of a Mediterranean Port City.- Chapter 18 Overdependence of Silicon Valley on the Technology Industry.- Chapter 19 New York City - The Challenges of the American Dream.- Chapter 20 Dubai - A City of Contradictions.- Chapter 21 Cape Town – Making Progress Possible. Together?
<div>Global economic forces underpin political and social issues and have real impacts on the quality of life in local communities, cities, states and regions. In the face of potential volatility, leaders in every ‘place’ concern themselves with how they can ensure local economic resiliency for present and future generations. This book argues for the strategic management of places through intentional public policy that brings together stakeholders from the public, private and nonprofit sectors to create an inclusive and sustainable economic path forward. While many economists and political scientists have proposed one-size-fits-all approaches, this book puts forward a more holistic approach, giving local leaders and policymakers the tools to take inventory of their local contexts and providing case study examples of how to craft public policies that create prosperous and sustainable economic conditions.
</div>
Global economic forces underpin political and social issues and have real impacts on the quality of life in local communities, cities, states and regions. In the face of potential volatility, leaders in every ‘place’ concern themselves with how they can ensure local economic resiliency for present and future generations. This book argues for the strategic management of places through intentional public policy that brings together stakeholders from the public, private and nonprofit sectors to create an inclusive and sustainable economic path forward. While many economists and political scientists have proposed one-size-fits-all approaches, this book puts forward a more holistic approach, giving local leaders and policymakers the tools to take inventory of their local contexts and providing case study examples of how to craft public policies that create prosperous and sustainable economic conditions.
<p>Includes in-depth analysis of cities and regions from New York City to Capetown to Shanghai </p><p>Offers latest research insights for practice and policy of strategic management of places</p><p>Assists policymakers and place strategists with tools and best-practices</p>
David B. Audretsch is a professor and Ameritech Chair of Economic Development and director of the Institute for Development Strategies at Indiana University (USA). He is editor-in-chief of the Small Business Economics Journal and advises private/nonprofit organizations and institutes, including the World Bank, OECD, EU, UN, and the American Center for Entrepreneurship.Alice Civera is an assistant professor at the Department of Management Information and Production Engineering at the University of Bergamo (Italy) and visiting researcher at the Chair of Management & Organization at the University of Augsburg (Germany). Her main research interests include the comparison of higher education systems, public policy, and academic entrepreneurship.Erik E. Lehmann is a professor at the University of Augsburg (Germany) and leads the Chair of Management and Organization. He also holds visiting posts at Indiana University (USA) and the University of Bergamo (Italy). He is the associate editor of the Small Business Economics Journal. He researches linkages between entrepreneurship, higher education, and corporate governance.Konstantin P. Leidinger is a research and teaching fellow with the Chair of Management and Organization at the University of Augsburg (Germany), where he also works on an entrepreneurial project targeting students and scientific staff. His research interests include entrepreneurial narratives, impact entrepreneurship, and startup foundation.Jonah M. Otto is a research and teaching fellow with the Chair of Management & Organization at the University of Augsburg (Germany), where he also manages international programs and partnerships. His research interests include the internationalization of higher education, international relations, public policy, and economic development.
Laurenz Weiße is a research and teaching fellow with the Chair of Management and Organization at the University of Augsburg (Germany) and Coordinator of the Global Business Management master degree program. His research interests include entrepreneurship and organizational studies, particularly in the field of corporate governance in religious organizations.Katharine Wirsching is an assistant professor at the Chair of Management and Organization at the University of Augsburg (Germany) and a senior research fellow at the Institute for Development Strategies at Indiana University (USA). She researches entrepreneurial ecosystems, governance and innovation in family firms, female/immigrant entrepreneurship, and public policy.

ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031294624
Business Strategy and LeadershipEntrepreneurshipRegional and Spatial Economics0000
52
978-3-658-40410-9
Backhaus
Klaus Backhaus; Bernd Erichson; Sonja Gensler; Rolf Weiber; Thomas Weiber
Klaus Backhaus, University of Münster, Münster, Germany; Bernd Erichson, Otto-von-Guericke-University Magdeburg, Magdeburg, Germany; Sonja Gensler, University of Münster, Münster, Germany; Rolf Weiber, University of Trier, Trier, Germany; Thomas Weiber, Munich, Germany
Multivariate Analysis
An Application-Oriented Introduction
XII, 600 p. 328 illus., 308 illus. in color. Textbook for German language market.
English Translation of the 17th original German edition published by Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, Wiesbaden, 2023
22023final44.9948.6849.9439.9953.5049.99Soft cover0Business and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook + Digital Flashcards0English600KJSPBTSpringer GablerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0In production2023-08-072023-08-07
Non-automated Translation
02021,978-3-658-32588-6,978-3-658-32589-3,978-3-658-32590-9
Introduction to empirical data analysis.- Regression analysis.- Analysis of variance.- Discriminant analysis.- Logistic regression.- Contingency analysis.- Factor analysis.- Cluster analysis.- Conjoint analysis.
Data can be extremely valuable if we are able to extract information from them. This is why multivariate data analysis is essential for business and science. This book offers an easy-to-understand introduction to the most relevant methods of multivariate data analysis. It is strictly application-oriented, requires little knowledge of mathematics and statistics, demonstrates the procedures with numerical examples and illustrates each method via a case study solved with IBM’s statistical software package SPSS. Extensions of the methods and links to other procedures are discussed and recommendations for application are given. An introductory chapter presents the basic ideas of the multivariate methods covered in the book and refreshes statistical basics which are relevant to all methods.For the 2nd edition, all chapters were checked and calculated using the current version of IBM SPSS.
Contents
Introduction to empirical data analysisRegression analysisAnalysis of varianceDiscriminant analysisLogistic regression Contingency analysisFactor analysisCluster analysisConjoint analysisThe original German version is now available in its 17th edition. In 2015, this book was honored by the Federal Association of German Market and Social Researchers as “the textbook that has shaped market research and practice in German-speaking countries”. A Chinese version is available in its 3rd edition.
On the website www.multivariate-methods.info, the authors provide examples in Excel and R as well as additional material to facilitate the understanding of the different multivariate methods. In addition, interactive flashcards are available to the reader for reviewing selected focal points. Download the Springer Nature Flashcards App and use exclusive content to test your knowledge.The authors((Please insert here the fotographs of authors in order of appearance))www.multivariate-methods.info

Data can be extremely valuable if we are able to extract information from them. This is why multivariate data analysis is essential for business and science. This book offers an easy-to-understand introduction to the most relevant methods of multivariate data analysis. It is strictly application-oriented, requires little knowledge of mathematics and statistics, demonstrates the procedures with numerical examples and illustrates each method via a case study solved with IBM’s statistical software package SPSS. Extensions of the methods and links to other procedures are discussed and recommendations for application are given. An introductory chapter presents the basic ideas of the multivariate methods covered in the book and refreshes statistical basics which are relevant to all methods.For the 2nd edition, all chapters were checked and calculated using the current version of IBM SPSS.Contents
Introduction to empirical data analysisRegression analysisAnalysis of varianceDiscriminant analysisLogistic regression Contingency analysisFactor analysisCluster analysisConjoint analysisThe original German version is now available in its 17th edition. In 2015, this book was honored by the Federal Association of German Market and Social Researchers as “the textbook that has shaped market research and practice in German-speaking countries”. A Chinese version is available in its 3rd edition.
On the website www.multivariate-methods.info, the authors further analyze the data with Excel and R and provide additional material to facilitate the understanding of the different multivariate methods. In addition, interactive flashcards are available to the reader for reviewing selected focal points. Download the Springer Nature Flashcards App and use exclusive content to test your knowledge.

<p>Offers an easy-to-understand introduction to the most relevant methods of multivariate data analysis</p><p>Illustrates each method via a case study solved with SPSS</p><p>Interactive flashcards are available to the reader for reviewing selected focal points</p>
Professor Dr. Dr. h.c. Klaus Backhaus is Director at the Institute of Business-to-Business Marketing, Marketing Center Münster, School of Business and Economics at the University of Münster, Germany. He is an honorary professor at the Technical University of Berlin, Germany. Professor Dr. Bernd Erichson worked in market research and held the Chair of Marketing at the Otto-von-Guericke-University Magdeburg, Germany.Professor Dr. Sonja Gensler is extraordinary Professor at the University of Münster, Germany, where she is a member of the Marketing Center Münster.Professor Dr. Rolf Weiber is Head of the Chair of Marketing and Innovation and Managing Director of the Competence Center E-Business at the University of Trier, Germany.Dr. Thomas Weiber holds a Ph.D. from WHU, Otto Beisheim School of Management, Koblenz and has been working in different companies on corporate strategy, pricing, sales and marketing topics.<div>
</div>
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP11775Business and Economics (German Language)00
9783658404109
MarketingStatistics in Business, Management, Economics, Finance, InsurancePsychological Methods0101
53
978-3-030-86086-8
Banks-Grasedyck
Denise Banks-Grasedyck; Eckhard Lippke; Hans Oelfin; Reinhold Schwaiger; Volker Seemann
Denise Banks-Grasedyck, Berlin, Germany; Eckhard Lippke, Leimen, Germany; Hans Oelfin, Waldenbuch, Germany; Reinhold Schwaiger, Sehnde, Germany; Volker Seemann, Werder (Havel), Germany
Successfully Managing S/4HANA Projects
The Definitive Guide to the Next Digital Transformation
XXV, 346 p. 69 illus.
12022final59.9964.1965.9954.9971.0064.99Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English346KJQKJMPSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-03-302022-03-262023-03-292023-03-291
Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. What makes an SAP-Project so different?.- Chapter 3. The SAP S/4HANA project: How it should be.- Chapter 4. The SAP S/4HANA Project: How it is.- Chapter 5. The underestimated success factor: people.- Chapter 6. Project Planning, Control and Quality Assurance.- Chapter 7. Examples of real-live SAP-S/4HANA Projects.- Chapter 8. Consultants: Boon or Bane? Benefit or Burden?.- Chapter 9. Tools for project support.- Chapter 10. 12 Commandments for a successful SAP project.
The book describes the complete project process in individual steps for SAP S/4HANA project management based on the SAP ACTIVATE implementation methodology. By imparting knowledge based on experience with real SAP projects, the book supports project managers in developing skills and qualifications that will lead them to the successful management of SAP projects. In this context it emphasizes the crucial role of human interaction from the start to the successful completion of projects and provides useful tips on how to recognize and avoid pitfalls.Enriched with a wide range of material such as templates, checklists and practical examples, the book provides concrete guidance for project managers and participants on how to successfully manage ongoing projects. The book is valuable for both beginners and experienced project managers and also gives decision makers and stakeholders an excellent insight into the planning and management of large projects.
The book describes the complete project process in individual steps for SAP S/4HANA project management based on the SAP ACTIVATE implementation methodology. By imparting knowledge based on experience with real SAP projects, the book supports project managers in developing skills and qualifications that will lead them to the successful management of SAP projects. In this context it emphasizes the crucial role of human interaction from the start to the successful completion of projects and provides useful tips on how to recognize and avoid pitfalls.Enriched with a wide range of material such as templates, checklists and practical examples, the book provides concrete guidance for project managers and participants on how to successfully manage ongoing projects. The book is valuable for both beginners and experienced project managers and also gives decision makers and stakeholders an excellent insight into the planning and management of large projects.
<p>Provides an overview of best practices for successful project implementation</p><p>Includes examples from real life projects</p><p>Demonstrates how to improve project management performance</p>
Denise Banks-Grasedyck is a certified coach, consultant, and speaker specializing in the further development of professionals and executives. She earned her MBA in international dual studies at the Berlin School of Law and Economics (Germany) and Anglia Ruskin University in Cambridge and Chelmsford (UK). She graduated from the University of Maryland (USA) with a BA in management and technology.

Denise has earned multiple certifications, including: Certified Global Leadership Coach and Certified Global Team Coach through the Global Coach Group, as well as Certified Executive Coach and Certified Team Coach through Marshall Goldsmith Stakeholder Centered Coaching. She completed her initial training and certification as a personal and professional development coach at the Institute for Professional Excellence in Coaching (iPEC) in Boston (USA).




Eckhard Lippke joined SAP in 2000, after obtaining a master’s degree from the University of Siegen (Germany). During the first 9 years at SAP, he worked as a technology consultant and PMP certified project manager on many large projects in Europe, Asia, and the USA. He then took on a management position in SAP Technology Consulting and in 2015 joined SAP’s largest cloud business “Enterprise Cloud Services” as customer engagement manager. In his current role, he accompanies many SAP customers on their journey to the Digital Enterprise in the Cloud.



Hans Oelfin studied business administration at the University of Applied Sciences (FH) Ludwigshafen/Rhein (Germany) and graduated as Diplom-Betriebswirt FH. He has been a lecturer at the Nürtingen-Geislingen University of Applied Sciences (HfWU) for several years. Hans Oelfin has been managing director of SOP Schwaiger & Oelfin Project Consulting in Waldenbuch (Germany) since 2014. SOP
specializes in IT project management, project quality assurance, and corporate training in project management. Previously, he managed local and global IT projects for more than 20 years in an international IT company. Of these, he spent 15 years as a development and deployment manager in the SAP environment.



Reinhold Schwaiger studied social sciences and economics at the University of Graz/Austria and graduated with a diploma. He worked for more than 30 years in the management of a global IT corporations. Of these, he spent more than 15 years leading global SAP implementations and worldwide rollouts. Since 2014, he has been working as managing director of SOP Schwaiger & Oelfin Project Consulting in Waldenbuch, near Stuttgart (Germany). SOP specializes in SAP implementations, IT project management, project quality assurance, and corporate training in project management.



Dr. Volker Seemann studied at the Humboldt University in Berlin (Germany), where he received his doctorate in electrical engineering. He was a guest lecturer at the Brandenburg University of Technology for several years. Volker Seemann is managing director of REBASE3 GmbH in Potsdam (Germany) since 2014. Rebase3 offers consulting, interim management, and software development for companies from various industries. Previously, he worked for various global consulting companies as a project and program manager and as an IT architect. Dr. Seemann has been working in the SAP environment since 1994.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030860868
IT in BusinessProject ManagementSoftware ManagementBusiness IT InfrastructureBusiness Process Management569100
54
978-3-030-95529-8
Batas
Spiros Batas; Olli Kuivalainen; Rudolf R. Sinkovics
Spiros Batas, University of Northampton, Northampton, UK; Olli Kuivalainen, LUT University, Lappeenranta, UK; Rudolf R. Sinkovics, University of Glasgow, Glasgow, UK
Megatrends in International Business
Examining the Influence of Trends on Doing Business Internationally
XXIV, 275 p. 26 illus.
12022final149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Soft cover1The Academy of International BusinessBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English275KJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1Available2023-04-042022-04-012023-04-022023-04-021
Part I Introduction to Megatrends.- Megatrends in International Business: An Introduction to the Theme.- Megatrends and International Business.- Part II Entrepreneurship Trends.- Trends in International Entrepreneurship.- IGOs and Entrepreneurship: Understanding the Impact of Policy Compliance on Formal and Informal Entrepreneurial Activity.- Part III Selected Trends in Technology, Innovation and Emerging Markets.- The Role of Equity Resources in Early Internationalizing Firms: A Literature Review.- Artificial Intelligence of Things as an Accelerator of Circular Economy in International Business.- A Big Data Analysis of Perceived Image of the Belt and Road Initiative.- Firm Internationalisation and Corporate Governance: A Longitudinal Study on the Russian Federation.- Part IV Cultural, Strategic and Performance Considerations.- What Happens when Subsidiaries Go through a Change? Impact of Gaining an R&D Mandate on Subsidiary Managers’ Activities and Subsidiary Innovation.- Incorporating Home and Host Country Economic Growth Rates in Predicting the Impact of MNEs’ Strategic Flexibility on Local Economies.- The Clash of Cultures and Its Effect on Firm Performance Volatility.- To Exist or to Exit? Dynamic Managerial Capabilities and Global Connectedness in Foreign Divestment.
The Academy of International Business (UK and Ireland Chapter) Published in association with the UK and Ireland Chapter of the Academy of International Business.This book presents the main trends in International Business, with special emphasis on how these trends can shape and help propel the field forward. Covering a variety of timely topics, from AI to the belt and road initiative, the book enhances our understanding of how and why technology, funding, policies, managerial decisions, cultural differences, and changes in subsidiaries can affect businesses that operate in foreign markets. A valuable resource for scholars and students in international business, this book provides fresh perspectives into the changing global business environment.Spiros Batas (PhD, University of Edinburgh, UK) is Senior Lecturer in International Business at University of Northampton and visiting Lecturer at Lancaster University Management School. His expertise covers International Entrepreneurship, the role of social capital in internationalization of high technology firms and family firm internationalization. His academic work has been published in peer reviewed books. He was the chair of the 47th AIB-UKI conference and he is member of the AIB-UKI executive board. Olli Kuivalainen (D.Sc., Lappeenranta University of Technology, Finland) is Professor of International Marketing and Entrepreneurship at LUT University School of Business and Management. His expertise covers broad areas of international business, marketing and entrepreneurship and their interplay, also with advancement of technologies. His academic work has been published in journals such as Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of World Business, International Business Review, International Marketing Review, Journal of International Marketing, Industrial Marketing Management, Technovation, and International Small Business Journal. Rudolf R. Sinkovics (Dr. rer.soc.oec., WU-Vienna, Austria) is Professor of International Business at University of Glasgow, Adam Smith Business School and Visiting Professor at LUT University, Finland. His research writing covers issues of inter-organizational governance, and the role of ICT, with a current focus on responsible business. His work has been published in journals such as Journal of International Business Studies, Management International Review, Journal of World Business, International Business Review, Journal of International Management, Journal of Business Research, Journal of International Marketing and International Marketing Review. He is co-editor-in-chief for critical perspectives on international business, Consulting editor for Journal of World Business and Associate editor for Transnational Corporations and serves on a number of editorial boards.
The Academy of International Business (UK and Ireland Chapter)

Published in association with the UK and Ireland Chapter of the Academy of International Business.



This book presents the main trends in International Business, with special emphasis on how these trends can shape and help propel the field forward. Covering a variety of timely topics, from AI to the belt and road initiative, the book enhances our understanding of how and why technology, funding, policies, managerial decisions, cultural differences, and changes in subsidiaries can affect businesses that operate in foreign markets. A valuable resource for scholars and students in international business, this book provides fresh perspectives into the changing global business environment.

<p>Presents the latest trends in International Business since the pandemic </p><p>Reveals and examines the emerging and hot topics in IB</p><p>Consists of the best papers presented at the 47th AIB UK & Ireland conference</p>
Spiros Batas (PhD, University of Edinburgh, UK) is Senior Lecturer in International Business at University of Northampton and visiting Lecturer at Lancaster University Management School. His expertise covers International Entrepreneurship, the role of social capital in internationalization of high technology firms and family firm internationalization. His academic work has been published in peer reviewed books. He was the chair of the 47th AIB-UKI conference and he is member of the AIB-UKI executive board. E-mail: spiros.batas@northampton.ac.uk, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0528-3655 Olli Kuivalainen (D.Sc., Lappeenranta University of Technology, Finland) is Professor of International Marketing and Entrepreneurship at LUT University School of Business and Management. His expertise covers broad areas of international business, marketing and entrepreneurship and their interplay, also with advancement of technologies. His academic work has been published in journals such as Journal of International Business Studies, Journal of World Business, International Business Review, International Marketing Review, Journal of International Marketing, Industrial Marketing Management, Technovation, and International Small Business Journal. E-mail: olli.kuivalainen@lut.fi, https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5291-2592 Rudolf R. Sinkovics (PhD, WU-Vienna, Austria) is Professor of International Business at University of Glasgow, Adam Smith Business School and Visiting Professor at LUT University, Finland. His research writing covers issues of inter-organizational governance, and the role of ICT, with a current focus on responsible business. His work has been published in journals such as Journal of International Business Studies, Management International Review, Journal of World Business, International Business Review, Journal of International Management, Journal of Business Research, Journal of International Marketing and International Marketing Review. He is co-editor-in-chief for critical perspectives on international business, Consulting editor for Journal of World Business and Associate editor for Transnational Corporations and serves on a number of editorial boards. E-mail: rudolf.sinkovics@glasgow.ac.uk, https://www.sinkovics.com/rudolf
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030955298
International Business462000
55
978-3-658-41238-8
Becker
Roman Becker; Gregor Daschmann
Roman Becker, 2HMforum. GmbH, Mainz, Germany; Gregor Daschmann, Johannes Gutenberg-Universität Main, Mainz, Germany
FANOMICS®
Turn Customers into Fans and Profit from it
XIII, 312 p. 143 illus., 141 illus. in color.
12023final74.9980.2482.4964.9988.5084.99Hard cover0Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English312KJSKJSSpringerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0WorldwideIn production2023-05-242023-05-24
Non-automated Translation
0
Chapter 1 The Fan Principle: Fans and Fan Customers.- 1.1 What it is about.- 1.2 What is a fan?.- 1.3 From Fan Principle to FANOMICS: What is a Fan Customer?.- 1.4 The FANOMICS Basis: The Fan Indicator.- 1.5 The Fan Rate as a KPI.- 1.6 The Fan Portfolio.- 1.7 Bibliography.- Chapter 2 The value of fan customers.- 2.1 The fan as a growth driver.- 2.2 Fans and Market Penetration: Growth with existing customers in existing business.- 2.3 Fans and Market development: Growth through the acquisition of new customers in existing business.- 2.4 Fans and product development: Growth with existing customers through expansion of the product range.- 2.5 Fans and product diversification: Growth by attracting new customers for new products.- 2.6 Summary: The Fan Rate as the central growth factor.- 2.7 Increasing customer value through FANOMICS.- 2.8 Bibliography.- Chapter 3 FANOMICS - The Economics of the Fan Principle.- 3.1 Focus generates identification.- 3.2 Orchestration creates perceived uniqueness.- 3.3 Definition of FANOMICS.- 3.4 Example VI: ALDI South - the simple principle.- 3.5 Examples VII: Miele - Orchestration of performance and communication.- 3.6 FANOMICS: From development to implementation.- 3.7 Bibliography.- Chapter 4 How do I really turn customers into fans?.- 4.1 Positioning.- 4.2 Orchestration.- 4.3 Employees as Fan Makers.- 4.4 Customer value-based control.- 4.5 Bibliography.- Chapter 5 FANOMICS: More than controlling relationship quality.- 5.1 Customer value-based segmentation with the Fan Portfolio.- 5.2 FANOMICS as an instrument for efficient new customer acquisition.- 5.3 Dovetailing of NPS and FANOMICS to form 'NPSplus Insights”.- 5.4 Bibliography.- Chapter 6 Success Factors of FANOMICS.- 6.1 Building awareness and acceptance.- 6.2 Validation of success effectiveness by measuring the customer value of Fans.- 6.3 Continuous measurement and goal systems for managing success.- 6.4 Bibliography.
Every company wants to turn its customers into true and lifelong fans. In this book, Roman Becker and Gregor Daschmann, the discoverers of the Fan Principle and FANOMICS, demonstrate how this can be actually accomplished. They transfer the mechanisms of fan relationships from sports, music, and art to those between companies and customers. What turns a customer into a “fan” customer? How are these identified? And how can the Fan Rate be managed and even increased? This book provides answers to all these questions. Based on surveys and interviews with more than 100,000 respondents, it becomes clear that fans have the highest customer value and therefore contribute significantly to the economic success of a company. However, in order to win fan customers and increase these numbers, a complete rethinking of customer relationship management and a departure from the customary key performance indicators is necessary. Taking this path is extremely worthwhile. Fan customers have an emotional connection to their provider and form a new, reliable “currency” - both as direct buyers and as active ambassadors.
This a must-read for all business decision-makers who want to improve the quality of their customer relationships, while saving money and achieving more than just short-term success.
From the contents: - Definition of fan customers and what “emotional customer loyalty” means- Distinct value of the fan customer as a value-added partner and ambassador
- FANOMICS as a management program in customer relationship management
- Concrete suggestions for implementing the FANOMICS
- Best practices and illustrative examples of tops and flops from the business world

Visit the website www.fanomics.de for more information.
Every company wants to turn its customers into true and lifelong fans. In this book, Roman Becker and Gregor Daschmann, the discoverers of the Fan Principle and FANOMICS, demonstrate how this can be actually accomplished. They transfer the mechanisms of fan relationships from sports, music, and art to those between companies and customers. What turns a customer into a “fan” customer? How are these identified? And how can the Fan Rate be managed and even increased? This book provides answers to all these questions. Based on surveys and interviews with more than 100,000 respondents, it becomes clear that fans have the highest customer value and therefore contribute significantly to the economic success of a company. However, in order to win fan customers and increase these numbers, a complete rethinking of customer relationship management and a departure from the customary key performance indicators is necessary. Taking this path is extremely worthwhile. Fan customers have an emotional connection to their provider and form a new, reliable “currency” - both as direct buyers and as active ambassadors.This a must-read for all business decision-makers who want to improve the quality of their customer relationships, while saving money and achieving more than just short-term success.From the contents:- Definition of fan customers and what “emotional customer loyalty” means- Distinct value of the fan customer as a value-added partner and ambassador- FANOMICS as a management program in customer relationship management- Concrete suggestions for implementing the FANOMICS - Best practices and illustrative examples of tops and flops from the business world<div>
</div>
<p>Guides businesses to turn customers into true fans</p><p>Provides tools to increase quality of customer relationships and value</p><p>Contains useful tips for decision makers for long-term success</p>
Roman Becker is the founder and managing partner of the market research and consulting company '2HMforum. For best relationships.' in Mainz (Germany). He is a pioneer in the analysis and optimization of emotional customer loyalty and employee loyalty. Over the past 25 years, he has helped decision-makers at national and international companies to optimize customer and employee relationships with the help of FANOMICS and thus become more successful. Roman Becker is also the initiator of the benchmark studies 'Fanfocus Germany' and 'Employee Focus Germany' as well as the renowned company competition 'Germany's Customer Champions.' He studied journalism and economics at Johannes Gutenberg University in Mainz, where he also worked for many years as a lecturer for statistics. He is a fan of the football club Mainz 05 and is passionate about winter sports.Gregor Daschmann is a Full Professor of Media Effects at the Department of Communication Studies and Dean of the Faculty of Social Sciences, Media, and Sports at Johannes Gutenberg University Mainz (Germany). He is also an academic advisor to '2HMforum. For Best Relationships.' His work focuses, among other things, on media psychology, media effects, and empirical methods. After studying Communication, Politics, and Psychology, Prof. Daschmann worked as a journalist in various broadcasting stations. Gregor Daschmann is a fan of the football club Mainz 05 and plays bass guitar in the Rockin' Blues Band.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783658412388
MarketingSales and DistributionManagement0000
56
978-1-0716-3210-9
BergAdam Berg
Adam Berg, Wayne, NJ, USA
Sales on the Go
The Salesperson’s Desk Reference and Formulary for Sales Success
XXVI, 160 p. 2 illus.
12023final34.9937.4438.4929.9941.5037.99Hard cover0Business Guides on the GoBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English160KJSKJSSpringerSpringer US0WorldwideIn production2023-05-292023-05-291
​Part I : The Sales Section.- Cold Calling – Situations.- Following Up – Situations .- Getting the Meeting – Situations.- Negotiating - Situations.- Closing – Situations.- Part II : The Marketing Section.- Research – Situations.- Strategy – Situations.- Planning – Situations.- Tactics - Situations.- <div>Return on Investment – Situations.- Part III : The Management Section.- Explain – Situations.- Persuade - Situations.- Direct - Situations.- Review - Situations.- Reward (or Not) - Situations.</div>
This book helps salespeople decode jargon and doublespeak commonly heard during the selling process and offers tips on how to move beyond ambiguous terminology and close the deal. Sorted into sales, marketing and management sections, Sales on the Go breaks each area down into five easy Q & A segments that highlight the most common and easily misunderstood phrases, comments, statements, and questions that salespeople hear every day. What to do when you encounter these phrases is spelled out in a simple to find, and easy to follow format which makes this book appealing to everyone with a sales job, whether you’re just starting out or have years of experience.
This book helps salespeople decode jargon and doublespeak commonly heard during the selling process and offers tips on how to move beyond ambiguous terminology and close the deal.



Sorted into sales, marketing and management sections, Sales on the Go breaks each area down into five easy Q & A segments that highlight the most common and easily misunderstood phrases, comments, statements, and questions that salespeople hear every day.



What to do when you encounter these phrases is spelled out in a simple to find, and easy to follow format which makes this book appealing to everyone with a sales job, whether you’re just starting out or have years of experience.
Explores the most common situations in dealing with buyers, marketers and managersWritten in a unique conversational, question and answer (Q&A) formatExplains the minute-by-minute selling process in real time
Adam Berg was born and raised in New York City. When he was twelve years old he made his first sale, loved it, and never looked back. A career in sales since then has been as fascinating as it has been rewarding in all aspects of business and of life.



He experience has centered on being a sales agent for performers, writers, radio personalities, major corporate brands, television programs, store infrastructure, display and design services. Mr. Berg sums up his experience thusly: “I have sold just about everything to just about everyone just about everywhere.” He holds a B.A. in History from McGill University and an MBA in Marketing from Fordham University.
TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9781071632109
Sales and DistributionMarketingBusiness Strategy and Leadership0000
57
978-3-031-30741-6
Bianchi
Enrique Carlos Bianchi; Jose Luis Vazquez Burguete; M. Mercedes Galan-Ladero; Ana Lanero Carrizo
Enrique Carlos Bianchi, National University of Córdoba, Córdoba, Argentina; Jose Luis Vazquez Burguete, University of León, León, Spain; M. Mercedes Galan-Ladero, University of Extremadura, Badajoz, Spain; Ana Lanero Carrizo, University of León, León, Spain
Responsible Consumption and Sustainability
Case Studies from Corporate Social Responsibility, Social Marketing, and Behavioral Economics
X, 299 p. 57 illus., 53 illus. in color.
12023final74.9980.2482.4964.9988.5084.99Hard cover0Springer Business CasesBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English299KJJRNUSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-272023-06-271
0. INTRODUCTION CHAPTER.- PART I: SUSTAINABLE TOURISM & FASHION.- CASE 1. Corporate Social Marketing, Drunken Tourism, and Sustainability: The Case of Meliá Hotels International in Magaluf, Spain.- CASE 2. Green is in Fashion: Eco-Design and Circular Economy Strategies in the Fashion Industry.- CASE 3. Sustainable Business Models in Fashion Industry: An Argentine Social Enterprise Fostering an Inclusive and Regenerative Value Chain.- PART II: ENVIRONMENT.- CASE 4. Want to Be Rewarded for Recycling? With Reciclos You Can!.- CASE 5. Lesspack: A Project Helping Planet Sustainability.- CASE 6. Corporate Social Responsibility of 'Ant Forest': Ant Group's 'Internet + Tree Planting' Public Welfare Project.- PART III: SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS.- CASE 7. Greenbox: Ethics, Sustainable Management, and Social Commitment.- CASE 8. Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainable Production in the Wine Industry: 'Familia Torres”.- CASE 9. Providing Sustainable Solutions in Chile: Neptuno Pumps – Innovation that Flows.- PART IV: SUSTAINABLE MULTINATIONAL ENTERPRISES.- CASE 10. YPF Sustainability: Renovation of Service Stations and YPF Full Stores.- CASE 11. When Responsible Production and Consumption Matter: The Case of Danone.- CASE 12. Socially Responsible Actions For A Sustainable Life Model. The Case of the BBVA Financial Group in Mexico.- CASE 13. Sustainable Cosmetics and Perceived Brand Image on Social Networks: Comparison Between Millennial and Centennial Women.- PART V: SUSTAINABILITY IN / FROM OTHER ORGANIZATIONS.- CASE 14. Responsible Consumption and Global University Sustainability Through the UI Greenmetric World University Rankings.- CASE 15. Understanding the Evolution of Organizations Towards a Sustainable Business Model Within the Framework of the SDGs. The Case of Laboratorio de Hemoderivados- UNC.- CASE 16. Fair Trade: A Path Towards Responsible Consumption and Sustainability. The Case of Medicus Mundi.
<div>This book presents high-quality cases on the actions carried out by companies to minimize the social and environmental impact of the products (goods and services) they launch on the market. It also highlights the education campaigns that promote behavioral changes and new sustainable lifestyles that have been developed by all kinds of organizations (Public Administration, NGOs, and businesses), mainly from Corporate Social Responsibility, Social Marketing, and Behavioral Economics perspectives. International cases help students learn how management and corporate strategy, and the appropriate marketing strategies, can be designed with an aim to achieve responsible consumption and create sustainable lifestyles.
</div>
This book presents high-quality cases on the actions carried out by companies to minimize the social and environmental impact of the products (goods and services) they launch on the market. It also highlights the education campaigns that promote behavioral changes and new sustainable lifestyles that have been developed by all kinds of organizations (Public Administration, NGOs, and businesses), mainly from Corporate Social Responsibility, Social Marketing, and Behavioral Economics perspectives. International cases help students learn how management and corporate strategy, and the appropriate marketing strategies, can be designed with an aim to achieve responsible consumption and create sustainable lifestyles.
<p>Presents latest global case studies which can be used in the classroom</p><p>Highlights actions carried out by companies to minimize the social and environmental damages</p><p>Constructs a unified perspective by combining management and economics approach to sustainability </p>
<div>Enrique Carlos Bianchi is Professor of Marketing in the Department of Administration and Information Technology (DATI) at the University of Córdoba (Argentina). He is a PhD professor in Fundamentals of Marketing and Consumer Behavior. Postgraduate professor in Market Research, Agribusiness and Global Marketing at different universities in Argentina and Latin America. He is a researcher on issues such as environmental behavior, responsible and sustainable consumption, Corporate Social Responsibility and social marketing.
</div><div>
</div><div><div>José Luis Vázquez-Burguete is a Titular Professor in Marketing at the University of León (Spain), heading the Research Group on Marketing, Territorial Planning, and Sustainable Development. He is also President of the International Association on Public and Nonprofit Marketing. His current research areas deal with sustainable production and consumption, CSR, and sustainable development, among others.</div><div>
</div><div>M. Mercedes Galán-Ladero is an Associate Professor (Prof. Contratado Doctor) in the Department of Business Management & Sociology, at the University of Extremadura (Spain), where she teaches marketing courses. She is currently engaged in innovative research in the areas of social marketing, cause-related marketing, CSR, and Fair Trade, as well as ethnocentrism, local food products and their internationalization.
</div><div> </div><div>Ana Lanero Carrizo is a Titular Professor in Marketing at the University of León (Spain), where she is also currently Director of the Communication and Image Area, as well as a member of the Research Group on Marketing, Territorial Planning, and Sustainable Development. Her current research areas deal with sustainable consumption, education for sustainability, and environmental certification.</div></div><div>
</div><div>
</div>
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031307416
Corporate Environmental ManagementSustainabilityMarketingBehavioral Economics0000
58
978-3-031-30346-3
BiçerIşık Biçer
Işık Biçer, York University, Toronto
Supply Chain Analytics
An Uncertainty Modeling Approach
X, 341 p. 101 illus., 85 illus. in color.
12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50129.99Hard cover0Springer Texts in Business and EconomicsBusiness and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English341KJMV8KJMVSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2023-06-272023-06-271
1. Introduction and Risk Analysis in Supply Chains.- 2. Theoretical Foundations: Predictive and Prescriptive Modeling.- 3. Inventory Management under Demand Uncertainty.- 4. Uncertainty Modeling.- 5. Supply Chain Responsiveness.- 6. Managing Product Variety.- 7. Managing the Supply Risk.- 8. Supply Chain Finance.- 9. Future Trends: AI and beyond.- Appendix: Introduction to Python Programming for Supply Chain Analytics.- Bibliography.
This textbook offers a detailed account of analytical models used to solve complex supply chain problems. It introduces a unique risk analysis framework that helps the reader understand the sources of uncertainties and use appropriate models to improve decisions in supply chains. This framework illustrates the complete supply chain for a product and demonstrates the supply chain's exposure to demand, supply, inventory, and financial risks. Step by step, this book provides a detailed examination of analytical methods that optimize operational decisions under different types of uncertainty. It discusses stochastic inventory models, introduces uncertainty modeling methods, and explains methods for managing uncertainty. To help readers deepen their understanding, it includes access to various supplementary material including an online interactive tool in Python.This book is intended for undergraduate and graduate students of supply chain management with a focus on supply chain analytics. It also prepares practitioners to make better decisions in this field.
This textbook offers a detailed account of analytical models used to solve complex supply chain problems. It introduces a unique risk analysis framework that helps the reader understand the sources of uncertainties and use appropriate models to improve decisions in supply chains. This framework illustrates the complete supply chain for a product and demonstrates the supply chain's exposure to demand, supply, inventory, and financial risks. Step by step, this book provides a detailed examination of analytical methods that optimize operational decisions under different types of uncertainty. It discusses stochastic inventory models, introduces uncertainty modeling methods, and explains methods for managing uncertainty. To help readers deepen their understanding, it includes access to various supplementary material including an online interactive tool in Python. This book is intended for undergraduate and graduate students of supply chain management with a focus on supply chain analytics. It also prepares practitioners to make better decisions in this field.
<p>Introduces a unique risk analysis framework and analytical models to manage supply chain risks</p><p>Includes access to various supplementary material including an online interactive tool in Python</p><p>Presents the use of analytics from an uncertainty modeling approach</p>
Isik Bicer is an Assistant Professor of Operations Management and Information Systems at the Schulich School of Business, York University, Canada. His research focuses on supply chain analytics and supply chain finance. He uses methods from quantitative finance, optimization theory, statistics, and stochastic modeling to develop supply chain models that aim to reduce the mismatches between supply and demand. His research appeared in the top operations management journals, such as Production and Operations Management and Journal of Operations Management, and some practitioner outlets such as Harvard Business Review, California Management Review, and Forbes. The analytical tools developed as the outcome of his research have been implemented in companies in the pharmaceutical, automotive, and agriculture industries.

StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031303463
Supply Chain ManagementOperations ManagementIT in BusinessBusiness AnalyticsRisk Management0000
59
978-3-030-90930-7
Bisdorff
Raymond Bisdorff
Raymond Bisdorff, Luxembourg City, Luxembourg
Algorithmic Decision Making with Python Resources
From Multicriteria Performance Records to Decision Algorithms via Bipolar-Valued Outranking Digraphs
XXXVII, 346 p. 108 illus., 77 illus. in color.
12022final69.9974.8976.9959.9982.5079.99Soft cover1International Series in Operations Research & Management Science324Business and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English346KJTPBVSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideAvailable2023-03-312022-03-302023-03-302023-03-301
Part I: Introduction to the DIGRAPH3 Python Resources.- 1. Working with the DIGRAPH3 Python Resources.- 2. Working with Bipolar-Valued Digraphs.- 3. Working with Outranking Digraphs.- Part II: Evaluation Models and Decision Algorithms.- 4. Building a Best Choice Recommendation.- 5. How to Create a New Multiple-Criteria Performance Tableau.- 6. Generating Random Performance Tableaux.- 7. Who Wins the Election?.- 8. Ranking with Multiple Incommensurable Criteria.- 9. Rating by Sorting into Relative Performance Quantiles.- 10. Rating-by-Ranking with Learned Performance Quantile Norms.- 11. HPC Ranking of Big Performance Tableaux.- Part III: Evaluation and Decision Case Studies.- 12. Alice’s Best Choice: A Selection Case Study.- 13. The Best Academic Computer Science Depts: A Ranking Case Study.- 14. The Best Students, Where Do They Study? A Rating Case Study.- 15. Exercises.- Part IV: Advanced Topics.- 16. On Measuring the Fitness of a Multiple-Criteria Ranking.- 17. On Computing Digraph Kernels.- 18. On Confident Outrankings with Uncertain Criteria Significance Weights.- 19. Robustness Analysis of Outranking Digraphs.- 20. Tempering Plurality Tyranny Effects in Social Choice.- Part V: Working with Undirected Graphs.- 21. Bipolar-Valued Undirected Graphs.- 22. On Tree Graphs and Graph Forests.- 23. About Split, Comparability, Interval, and Permutation Graphs.
This book describes Python3 programming resources for implementing decision aiding algorithms in the context of a bipolar-valued outranking approach. These computing resources, made available under the name Digraph3, are useful in the field of Algorithmic Decision Theory and more specifically in outranking-based Multiple-Criteria Decision Aiding (MCDA).<div>
</div><div>The first part of the book presents a set of tutorials introducing the Digraph3 collection of Python3 modules and its main objects, such as bipolar-valued digraphs and outranking digraphs. In eight methodological chapters, the second part illustrates multiple-criteria evaluation models and decision algorithms. These chapters are largely problem-oriented and demonstrate how to edit a new multiple-criteria performance tableau, how to build a best choice recommendation, how to compute the winner of an election and how to make rankings or ratings using incommensurable criteria.The book’s third part presents three real-world decision case studies, while the fourth part addresses more advanced topics, such as computing ordinal correlations between bipolar-valued outranking digraphs, computing kernels in bipolar-valued digraphs, testing for confidence or stability of outranking statements when facing uncertain or solely ordinal criteria significance weights, and tempering plurality tyranny effects in social choice problems. The fifth and last part is more specifically focused on working with undirected graphs, tree graphs and forests. The closing chapter explores comparability, split, interval and permutation graphs.

The book is primarily intended for graduate students in management sciences, computational statistics and operations research. The chapters presenting algorithms for ranking multicriteria performance records will be of computational interest for designers of web recommender systems. Similarly, the relative and absolute quantile-rating algorithms, discussed and illustrated in several chapters, will be of practical interest to public and private performance auditors.</div>
This book describes Python3 programming resources for implementing decision aiding algorithms in the context of a bipolar-valued outranking approach. These computing resources, made available under the name Digraph3, are useful in the field of Algorithmic Decision Theory and more specifically in outranking-based Multiple-Criteria Decision Aiding (MCDA).

The first part of the book presents a set of tutorials introducing the Digraph3 collection of Python3 modules and its main objects, such as bipolar-valued digraphs and outranking digraphs. In eight methodological chapters, the second part illustrates multiple-criteria evaluation models and decision algorithms. These chapters are largely problem-oriented and demonstrate how to edit a new multiple-criteria performance tableau, how to build a best choice recommendation, how to compute the winner of an election and how to make rankings or ratings using incommensurable criteria.

The book’s third part presents three real-world decision case studies, while the fourth part addresses more advanced topics, such as computing ordinal correlations between bipolar-valued outranking digraphs, computing kernels in bipolar-valued digraphs, testing for confidence or stability of outranking statements when facing uncertain or solely ordinal criteria significance weights, and tempering plurality tyranny effects in social choice problems. The fifth and last part is more specifically focused on working with undirected graphs, tree graphs and forests. The closing chapter explores comparability, split, interval and permutation graphs.

The book is primarily intended for graduate students in management sciences, computational statistics and operations research. The chapters presenting algorithms for ranking multicriteria performance records will be of computational interest for designers of web recommender systems. Similarly, the relative and absolute quantile-rating algorithms, discussed and illustrated in several chapters, will be of practical interest to public and private performance auditors.

<p>Provides first hand step-by-step tutorials for solving didactical and practical decision problems with multiple criteria</p><p>Introduces main objects available in the Digraph3 collection of Python3 modules for graduate students</p><p>Designed for complementing a graduate course on algorithmic decision theory</p>
Raymond Bisdorff holds a degree in Business Administration from the University of Liège, Belgium, a Ph.D. in Operations Research (OR) from the University Paris Dauphine and a Ph.D. in Management Sciences from the University of Liège, Belgium. He has been a Full Professor of Applied Mathematics and Computer Science at the University of Luxembourg, where he taught courses on algorithmic decision theory, computational statistics and discrete mathematics. He has served the international OR community as President of the Belgian OR Society (ORBEL), Vice-President of the Association of European OR Societies (EURO) and Vice-President of the International Federation of OR Societies (IFORS). His main interest is in outranking-based decision aiding algorithms for selecting, ranking and rating with multiple incommensurable performance criteria. His major articles have appeared in the European Journal of Operational Research (EJOR), Computer & Operations Research, and the Journal of Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis (JMCDA).
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030909307
Operations Research and Decision TheoryGraph TheoryMathematical Applications in Computer ScienceStatistics and Computing587000
60
978-3-031-21666-4
BörnfeltP-O Börnfelt
P-O Börnfelt, Göteborg, Sweden
Work Organisation in Practice
A Critical Introduction to Work Organisation Models
XIII, 181 p. 1 illus.
12023final69.9974.8976.9959.9982.5079.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English181KJUKJPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Switzerland0WorldwideIn production2023-05-302023-05-301
1. Organisation and work organisation.- 2. Taylorism and Fordism.- 3. The bureaucratic organisation.- 4.The socio-technical school.- 5. Total quality management (TQM) and process organisation.- 6. Organising for change, learning and knowledge.- 7. Professional organisation and new public management – conflicting organisation perspectives in the public sector.- 8. Network organising.- 9. A changing working life – both up-skilling and down-skilling, higher pressure and more control.- 10. Sustainable work organisations.
This textbook provides an overview of organisation models used in practice from over a century ago to the present day. It outlines the effects these models have on efficiency, learning, innovation and workers’ health and offers critical reflections for students. Some of the models covered are Taylorism, bureaucracy, the socio-technical school, process organisation such as lean production, learning organisations, knowledge management, project organising including agile, platform economy, professional organisations, new public management and sustainable organisations.Featuring learning objectives and reflective questions for students of organisation studies and design, this textbook has a pedagogical structure based on the division of work and the coordination of work. Conclusions are presented on contemporary work organisation models’ impact on working life, ultimately encouraging students to ask the question, how can we create more sustainable work organisations.
P-O Börnfelt is a lecturer at the Department of Sociology and Work Science, University of Gothenburg in Sweden. His Work Organisation in Practice textbook was first published in Swedish, and it is used as a textbook at several universities in Sweden. His research focus is on whistleblowing, voice and silence at work.
This textbook provides an overview of organisation models used in practice from over a century ago to the present day. It outlines the effects these models have on efficiency, learning, innovation and workers’ health and offers critical reflections for students. Some of the models covered are Taylorism, bureaucracy, the socio-technical school, process organisation such as lean production, learning organisations, knowledge management, project organising including agile, platform economy, professional organisations, new public management and sustainable organisations. Featuring learning objectives and reflective questions for students of organisation studies and design, this textbook has a pedagogical structure based on the division of work and the coordination of work. Conclusions are presented on contemporary work organisation models’ impact on working life, ultimately encouraging students to ask the question, how can we create more sustainable work organisations.
Provides a comprehensive overview of the development and diffusion of work organisation modelsCritically analyses the effects of these models on worker's health, learning, innovation and efficiencyIncludes case studies, reflective questions, learning objectives and exercises to improve learning
P-O Börnfelt is a lecturer at the Department of Sociology and Work Science, University of Gothenburg in Sweden. His Work Organisation in Practice textbook was first published in Swedish, and it is used as a textbook at several universities in Sweden. His research focus is on whistleblowing, voice and silence at work.
StudentsPalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031216664
OrganizationInnovation and Technology ManagementHuman Resource Management0000
61
978-3-030-90194-3
Bounfour
Ahmed Bounfour
Ahmed Bounfour, Université Paris-Saclay, Saclay, France
Platforms and Artificial Intelligence
The Next Generation of Competences
XVI, 308 p. 57 illus.
12022final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50129.99Soft cover1Progress in ISBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English308KJQKJMV2SpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-03-302022-03-292023-03-292023-03-291
Part I: Platforms, Platformisation and the Foundations of Their Business Models.- Digital Platform Modelling: Delineating the Foundations of Their Business Models.- Growth of Internet Digital Platforms in China: Stages, Trends, and Research Opportunities.- Platforms, AI and the Spillover Effect.- Part II: Artificial Intelligence, Technological Tendencies and the Policy Agenda.- Artificial Intelligence: A Review of the Economic Context and Policy Agenda.- Patents and the Fourth Industrial Revolution: The Global Technology Trends Enabling the Data Economy.- Comparing the Methodology for the Development and Project Management of Artificial Intelligence Systems.- Part III Artificial Intelligence, Productivity and the Next Generation of Competences.- Artificial Intelligence: Productivity Growth and the Transformation of Capitalism.- What Artificial Intelligence Can Do and What It Cannot Do.- AI, Platformization and the Next Generation of Competences.- Part IV: Artificial Intelligence, Productivity and the Digital Divide.- Are We Pretender of Digitalization?—Towards a New Management Using Telework and Digital Transformation.- Real-Time Management: When AI Goes Fast and Flow.- Artificial Intelligence and the Digital Divide: From an Innovation Perspective.- Part V: AI, Ethics and the Post-Truth Society.- Post-Truth: Organisational Social Responsibility in an AI-Driven Society.- Co-constructing Shared Values and Ethical Practice for the Next Generation: Lessons Learned from a Curriculum on Information Ethics.-
Artificial intelligence (AI) and platforms are closely related. Most investments in AI, especially in critical technologies, are provided by large platforms. This book describes how platforms invest in AI and how AI will impact the next generation of competences, following a twofold approach to do so: on the one hand, the book seeks to understand how platforms for investment in intangibles and AI are organized, but on the other hand, it provides a framework to describe how AI will change jobs and competences in the future.Moreover, the book addresses five main themes: 1. platforms, platformization, and the foundations of their business models; 2. artificial intelligence, technological tendencies, and the policy agenda; 3. artificial intelligence, productivity, and the next generation of competences; 4. artificial intelligence, productivity, and the digital divide; 5. artificial intelligence, ethics, and the post-truth society.The book’s content is mostly based on papers presented at the last two installments of the World Conference on Intellectual Capital for Communities. It brings together the views of leading scholars and experts on how artificial intelligence and platformization will impact competences in the near future.

Artificial intelligence (AI) and platforms are closely related. Most investments in AI, especially in critical technologies, are provided by large platforms. This book describes how platforms invest in AI and how AI will impact the next generation of competences, following a twofold approach to do so: on the one hand, the book seeks to understand how platforms for investment in intangibles and AI are organized, but on the other hand, it provides a framework to describe how AI will change jobs and competences in the future.Moreover, the book addresses five main themes: 1. platforms, platformization, and the foundations of their business models; 2. artificial intelligence, technological tendencies, and the policy agenda; 3. artificial intelligence, productivity, and the next generation of competences; 4. artificial intelligence, productivity, and the digital divide; 5. artificial intelligence, ethics, and the post-truth society.The book’s content is mostly based on papers presented at the last two installments of the World Conference on Intellectual Capital for Communities. It brings together the views of leading scholars and experts on how artificial intelligence and platformization will impact competences in the near future.
<p>Helps to understand how platforms invest in intangibles and Artificial Intelligence (AI)</p><p>Outlines how AI will transform jobs</p><p>Suggests how firms and organizations should prepare for the next generation of competences</p>
Professor Ahmed Bounfour is holder and coordinator of the European Chair on Intangibles at Université Paris-Saclay and Research Director with RITM research group. He is a leading researcher in digital transformation and intangibles. Professor Bounfour is the scientific director of the World Conference on Intellectual Capital, co-organized by the UNESCO and the European Chair on Intangibles. He is series editor of Springer Briefs in Digital Spaces and author of several books and papers on intangible assets valuation and innovation policy and strategies.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030901943
IT in BusinessHuman Resource ManagementIndustrial OrganizationBusiness Informatics498000
62
978-3-030-97234-9
BowdenBradley Bowden
Bradley Bowden, Griffith University and Institute for Public Affairs, Hamilton, VIC, Australia
Slavery, Freedom and Business Endeavor
The Reforging of Western Civilization and the Transformation of Everyday Life
XXXVII, 369 p. 62 illus., 61 illus. in color.
12022final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Soft cover1Palgrave Debates in Business HistoryBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English369KJSMKJMPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-042023-05-041
Chapter 1: Introduction Civilization and Lived Experience.- Part 1: The Quests that Created a New Western Civilization (and Destroyed Others): Crops, Climate, Calories.- Chapter 2: The 3-Cs: Crops, Climate, Calories.- Chapter 3: Crops and the Shaping of Civilizations.- Chapter 4: Climate: The Destroyer of Civilizations, and How Early Modern Europe Rose from Catastrophe.- Chapter 5: The Eternal Challenge: Calorific Expenditure and the Emergence of an Industrialized Civilization.- Part 2: Freedom, Slavery and The Rise of an Industrialized Western Civilization.- Chapter 6: Time, Scale and Understandings of Western Civilization.- chapter 7: What is Freedom? What is Slavery?.- Chapter 8: Freedom, Democracy and Individualism: Cause of Business Success or Mere Correlation?.- Chapter 9: Slavery and its Legacies.- Part 3: Global Transformation: The Embrace and Rejection of an Industrialized Western Civilization.- chapter 10: Global Transformation.- chapter 11: A Globalized Civilization: Ascendancy, Contradictions and Interdependence.- Chapter 12: Choices and the Milletization of Western Society.
‘Bowden’s book provides a provocative prism through which to view western civilization and capitalism. It reveals Bowden’s understanding of the freedom and courage required to defend and sustain the values upon which the survival of modern society depends: individualism, democracy, economic and political liberalism. With the growing ascendency of social movements that prioritize group-based identities over individual achievement, his powerful warning about the “milletization” of society is more urgent than ever.’

--Art Bedeian. Louisiana State University and founding member of Management History Division, Academy of Management

This book argues that the modern iteration of western civilization is profoundly different to earlier versions. Assuming definitive shape around 1850, the new civilization differed from every culture that came before it. Whereas earlier civilizations were caught within a “Malthusian” trap that subjected most to a life of misery, the new version of western civilization was associated with material plenty. Whereas slavery was previously endemic in both the Old and New Worlds, after 1850 the new civilization drove it to near extinction. Freedom and individualism were its hallmarks.The author postulates that it is lived experience that primarily defines a civilization. It is thus apparent that western civilization is now a global civilization. Every society has been shaped by it in terms of business, work and home life. Constantly, however, the individualist values at its core have come under threat. Increasingly, we witness what the book calls the “milletization” of society, whereby individuals obtain their identity from this or that “identity” group in ways akin to Ottoman Turkey’s “millet” system, in which each person was assigned to a particular “millet”. Across its pages, the book offers fundamentally new understandings of western civilization and how it was reforged by business endeavor. Bradley Bowden is Professor at Griffith University and Fellow at the Institute for Public Affairs. He is a Past Chair, Management History Division of the Academy of Management and Co-editor of the Journal of Management History. Past works include Work, Wealth, and Postmodernism and the edited, Palgrave Handbook of Management History.
This book argues that modern Western civilization is synonymous with business, and you cannot have one without the other—or, at least, not for very long. Without Western civilization, with its emphasis on inquiry, questioning, experimentation, reasoning, freedom of expression, a free press, equality of opportunity before the law—then the innovation and vitality that lies at the heart of Western business success, evaporates. Without business endeavor, all the ideas and inquiry are materially meaningless.
<div>
</div><div>The author postulates that only through business opportunity is the wealth created that allows a continuation of our society’s intellectual endeavors. Further, the world of modern business—a unique creation of Western civilization, even if it has witnessed many regional and national adaptations—is also the actual place where inequalities are overcome and opportunities created. It is through the world of business and work that women have, for example, achieved something approaching equality with men, to a degree unprecedented in human history. This book will offer scholars a research-based argument that Western civilization owes its existence to business rather than Greco-Roman antiquity.</div><div><div><div>
</div><div>
</div></div></div>
<p>Distinguishes “Western civilization,” based on industrialization, free-market capitalism, political democracy</p><p>Explores the relationship between civilization, business and climate</p><p>Engages current debates about modernity</p>
Bradley Bowden is Professor of Employment Relations at Griffith University, Australia. He is currently Executive Member and Past Chair of the Management History Division of the Academy of Management. He is also Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Management History. His past works include Work, Wealth, and Postmodernism: The Intellectual Conflict at the Heart of Business Endeavour and the edited collection, Management History: Its Global Past and Present.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Monograph (P6)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030972349
International BusinessManagement0000
63
978-3-658-41358-3
BrandlTim Brandl
Tim Brandl, St.Gallen, Switzerland
Managing Contract Manufacturing Relationships
A Design Science Approach to Client-Applied Management Practices
XX, 219 p. 39 illus. Textbook for German language market.
12023final84.9990.9493.4974.99100.5099.99Soft cover0Supply Chain ManagementBusiness and ManagementPh.D. ThesisBook0English219KJMVKJMV8Springer GablerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0In production2023-05-242023-05-241
Introduction to contract manufacturing relationships.- Fundamentals of managing contract manufacturing relationships.- Research access to management of contract manufacturing relationships.- Empirical findings on the management of contract manufacturing relationships 92.- Findings on the management of contract manufacturing relationships.- Conclusion.
Contract manufacturing has become a cornerstone of global supply chains since the first wave of production outsourcing. Since then, brand-leading companies have focused their supply chains on the end consumer, while contract manufacturers have overtaken brand-leaders in various key areas. As a result, contract manufacturers are becoming strategic partners in the implementation of product designs, which requires dedicated relationship management to enable manufacturing coordination across company boundaries. This book addresses the relationship management of contract manufacturing relationships through the client's use of management practices. It adopts an eclectic transaction cost economics and relationship velocity perspective. To this end, applied management practices, relationship dynamics, and the targeted selection and adjustment of management practices are examined. The findings indicate the need for systematic alignment of client companies and contract manufacturers at commercial and social relationship levels. Furthermore, relationship dynamics require a regular assessment of the commercial and social fit. The findings contribute to the understanding of contract manufacturing relationships in literature and include recommendations for practical application.<div>
</div><div>About the author

Tim Brandl is a former research assistant and doctoral student at the Institute of Supply Chain Management at the University of St.Gallen (ISCM-HSG).

<div> <div><div>


</div> </div> </div></div>
Contract manufacturing has become a cornerstone of global supply chains since the first wave of production outsourcing. Since then, brand-leading companies have focused their supply chains on the end consumer, while contract manufacturers have overtaken brand-leaders in various key areas. As a result, contract manufacturers are becoming strategic partners in the implementation of product designs, which requires dedicated relationship management to enable manufacturing coordination across company boundaries. This book addresses the relationship management of contract manufacturing relationships through the client's use of management practices. It adopts an eclectic transaction cost economics and relationship velocity perspective. To this end, applied management practices, relationship dynamics, and the targeted selection and adjustment of management practices are examined. The findings indicate the need for systematic alignment of client companies and contract manufacturers at commercial and social relationship levels. Furthermore, relationship dynamics require a regular assessment of the commercial and social fit. The findings contribute to the understanding of contract manufacturing relationships in literature and include recommendations for practical application.
Tim Brandl is a former research assistant and doctoral student at the Institute of Supply Chain Management at the University of St.Gallen (ISCM-HSG).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP11775Business and Economics (German Language)00
9783658413583
Operations ManagementSupply Chain Management0000
64
978-3-030-93895-6
Brusov
Peter Brusov; Tatiana Filatova; Natali Orekhova
Peter Brusov, Financial University under the Government of Russian Federation, Moscow, Russia; Tatiana Filatova, Financial University under the Government of Russian Federation, Moscow, Russia; Natali Orekhova, Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia
Generalized Modigliani–Miller Theory
Applications in Corporate Finance, Investments, Taxation and Ratings
XX, 362 p. 144 illus.
12022final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50129.99Soft cover1Contributions to Finance and AccountingBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English362KFFHKCBSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-03-302022-03-292023-03-292023-03-291
Chapter 1. Introduction.- Part I. Modigliani–Miller Theory in Corporate Finance.- Chapter 2. Capital Structure: Modigliani–Miller Theory.- Chapter 3. Modern Theory of Capital Cost and Capital Structure: Brusov–Filatova–Orekhova Theory (BFO Theory).- Chapter 4. Optimal Capital Structure of the Company: Its Absence in Modigliani–Miller Theory with Risky Debt Capital.- Chapter 5. The Equity Cost in the Modigliani –Miller Theory.- Chapter 6. The Role of Taxing and Leverage in Evaluation of Capital Cost and Capitalization of the Company.- Chapter 7. Inflation in Modigliani – Miller Theory.- Chapter 8. Modification of the Modigliani–Miller Theory for the Case of Advance Tax on Profit Payments.- Chapter 9. The Modigliani–Miller Theory with Arbitrary Frequency of Payment of Tax on Profit.- Chapter 10. How Frequently Should Companies Pay Tax on Profit.- Chapter 11. Generalization of the Modigliani–Miller Theory for the Case of Variable Profit.- Part II. Applications of the Modigliani–Miller Theory in Investments.- Chapter 12. Investment Models with Debt Repayment at the End of the Project and Their Application.- Chapter 13. Investment Models with Uniform Debt Repayment and Their Application.- Chapter 14. Innovative Investment Models with Debt Repayment at the End of the Project.- Chapter 15. Investment Models with Advance Frequent Payments of Tax on Profit and of Interest on Debt.- Part III. Applications of the Modigliani–Miller Theory Ratings and Rating Methodologies.- Chapter 16. Application of the Modigliani–Miller Theory in Rating Methodology.- Chapter 17. Application of the Modigliani–Miller Theory, Modified for the Case of Advance Payments of Tax on Profit, in Rating Methodologies.- Chapter 18. A New Approach to Project Ratings.- Chapter 19. Conclusions.
The original theory of capital cost and capital structure put forward by Nobel Prize Winners Modigliani and Miller has since been modified by many authors, and this book discusses some of them. The book’s authors have created general theory of capital cost and capital structure – the Brusov–Filatova–Orekhova (BFO) theory, which generalizes the Modigliani–Miller theory to encompass companies of an arbitrary age (and arbitrary lifetime). Despite the availability of this more general theory, the classical Modigliani–Miller theory is still widely used in practice. In this book, the authors for the first time generalize it for cases of practical relevance: for the case of variable profit; for the case of advance tax-on-profit payments and interest on debt payments; for the case of several tax-on-profit and interest on debt payments per period; and for the combination of all three effects. These generalizations lead to valuable theoretical results as well as significantly widen of practical application this theory in practice and increase of the quality of finance management of the company. As well, the book investigates the applications of said results in corporate finance, investments, taxation and ratings, where employing a generalized Modigliani–Miller theory can be very fruitful.
The original theory of capital cost and capital structure put forward by Nobel Prize Winners Modigliani and Miller has since been modified by many authors, and this book discusses some of them. The book’s authors have created general theory of capital cost and capital structure – the Brusov–Filatova–Orekhova (BFO) theory, which generalizes the Modigliani–Miller theory to encompass companies of an arbitrary age (and arbitrary lifetime). Despite the availability of this more general theory, the classical Modigliani–Miller theory is still widely used in practice. In this book, the authors for the first time generalize it for cases of practical relevance: for the case of variable profit; for the case of advance tax-on-profit payments and interest on debt payments; for the case of several tax-on-profit and interest on debt payments per period; and for the combination of all three effects. These generalizations lead to valuable theoretical results as well as significantly widen of practical application this theory in practice and increase of the quality of finance management of the company. As well, the book investigates the applications of said results in corporate finance, investments, taxation and ratings, where employing a generalized Modigliani–Miller theory can be very fruitful.
<p>Discusses the generalization of the Modigliani–Miller theory</p><p>Introduces new versions of the Modigliani–Miller theory that are suitable for use in financial practice</p><p>Includes case studies on business valuation to illustrate the application of the theory</p>
Peter Brusov is professor at the Financial University under the Government of the Russian Federation (Moscow). He has been a visiting Professor of Northwestern University (USA), Cornell University (USA), Osaka City University (Japan) and National Chung Cheng University (Taiwan) among other places. He is the author of over 500 research publications including six monographs, numerous textbooks and articles.

Tatiana Filatova is professor at the Financial University under the Government of the Russian Federation (Moscow). In the past 20 years, she has been Dean of the faculties of financial management, management, state and municipal government at the Financial University. Tatiana Filatova is the author of over 250 research publications including five monographs, numerous textbooks and articles.

Natali Orekhova is professor at the Southern Federal University in Rostov-on-Don (Russia). She been a leading scientist of the Financial University under the Government of the Russian Federation. She is the author of over 120 research publications including five monographs, numerous textbooks and articles.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030938956
Corporate FinanceFinancial EconomicsAuditingBusiness Taxation and Tax Law587000
65
978-981-19-9078-6
Caliyurt
Kiymet Tunca Caliyurt
Kiymet Tunca Caliyurt, Trakya University, Edirne, Turkey
Corporate Sustainability in Times of Virus Crises
XIX, 273 p. 49 illus., 38 illus. in color.
12023final159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0
Accounting, Finance, Sustainability, Governance & Fraud: Theory and Application
Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English273KJRKJJSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore1In production2023-05-182023-05-181
Effects of virus risk on corporate sustainability: Literature Review.- Covid-19 CSR activation by Malaysian Companies: Evidence from Online News.- The Impact of COVID-19 and the October 17th Revolution on Employees’ Performances: Case of Lebanese Banks.- Executive Compensation and Corporate Governance Post COVID-19: The Nordic Perspective.- Governance Practices and Regulations for Derivative Products in Emerging Markets in the Wake of the Covid-19 Pandemic and the Subprime Global Financial Meltdown.- The Impact Of Covid-19 On The Sustainability of the Accounting Profession: Turkey Case.- Sustainability accounting in times of the COVID-19 pandemic.- The Causal Relationship Between Coronavirus (COVID-19) and Stock Indices: A Case Study For G20 Countries.- The Perception of Epidemic Situation amongst Coaching and Mentoring Professionals: An Emotional Analysis Approach.- Changes in working conditions in the light of a primary research during the pandemic in Hungary.- AI Applications In Health Sector: Use of Artificial Intelligence in Covid-19 Crisis and Impacts Of Medical Robots on Global Economy.- Evaluation of Vaccine Supply Chain Performance Activities of Health Systems in the COVID 19 Pandemic Period with DEA: European Countries.- Sustainable Teaching: Teacher readiness for online teaching working from home.
<div>This book analyses the effect of biological risk on business and management by considering case studies from Malaysia, Lebanon, and G20 countries during the COVID-19 pandemic. Covering a wide range of topics, such as effects of virus risk on corporate sustainability, COVID-19 and CSR activities, governance practices and regulations for derivative products in emerging markets, risk management during a pandemic, and AI applications in the health sector, this book assists top management in redesigning business models and organisational management in a post-pandemic world and in becoming better equipped to tackle future biological risks or pandemic events.
</div>
<div><div>This book analyses the effect of biological risk on business and management by considering case studies from Malaysia, Lebanon, and G20 countries during the COVID-19 pandemic. Covering a wide range of topics, such as effects of virus risk on corporate sustainability, COVID-19 and CSR activities, governance practices and regulations for derivative products in emerging markets, risk management during a pandemic, and AI applications in the health sector, this book assists top management in redesigning business models and organisational management in a post-pandemic world and in becoming better equipped to tackle future biological risks or pandemic events.
</div></div>
Analyzes the effect of biological risk in business and management Considers how to successfully plan for and address biological risksAssists top management in redesigning business models and organizational management in a post-pandemic world
<div>Kıymet Tunca Çalıyurt, CPA, CFE, graduated from the Faculty of Business Administration at Marmara University, Istanbul, Turkey. Her Master and Ph.D. degrees are from Accounting and Finance Programme from the Social Graduate School, Marmara University. She has worked as an auditor in Horwath Auditing Company, a manager in McDonalds and a finance staff in Singapore Airlines. After vast experience in the private sector, she has started to work in academia. She is holding CFE and CPE titles. Her research interests are in accounting, auditing, fraud, social responsibility, corporate governance, finance, and business ethics, environmental sustainability with a particular interest in aviation management, NGOs, women rights in business. She was a visiting researcher in John Molson School of Business in 2001 summer (International Centre for Aviation Management), Massachusetts University Amherst Business School in 2014 summer, 2018 summer (Accounting and Information System), University of National World and Economy in 2019 summer (Faculty of Accounting). She is the founder of the International Group on Governance, Fraud, Ethics and Social Responsibility (IGonGFE&SR) and International Women and Business Group (IWBG) in 2009, both groups organize international annual conferences and published international book series. She is a book series editor in Springer which is indexed in Scopus, with the title Accounting, Finance, Sustainability, Governance & Fraud: Theory and Application, and book series editor in Routledge with the title Women and Sustainable Business. She is founding chief-in-editor for the Accounting Finance Auditing: An International Journal. She is a regular speaker in Cambridge Economic Crime Symposium and workshop organiser on the role of external auditor in fraud prevention. Some published books by Prof Caliyurt are: Emerging Fraud (with Sam Idowu), Corporate Governance: An International Perspective (with Sam Idowu), Women and Sustainability in Business: A Global Perspective, Sustainability and Management: An International Perspective (with Ulku Yuksel), Regulations and Applications of Ethics in Business Practice(with Dr Jiang Bian), Ethics and Sustainability in Accounting and Finance, Volume I. She is acting as member in editorial board Journal of Financial Crime in ESCI, International Journal of Law and Management in (ESCI), Journal of Money Laundering Control in ESCI, International Journal of Climate Change Strategies and Management in SSCI. She consults as a partner in Herme Consulting located in Trakya University Technopark on sustainability, auditing, accountability, and academic quality.
</div>
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9789811990786
Corporate GovernanceCorporate Environmental ManagementRisk Management0000
66
978-3-030-94839-9
Castelli
Gianluigi Castelli; Severino Meregalli; Ferdinando Pennarola
Gianluigi Castelli, Bocconi University, Milan, Italy; Severino Meregalli, Bocconi University, Milan, Italy; Ferdinando Pennarola, Bocconi University, Milan, Italy
The Post-Digital Enterprise
Going Beyond the Hype
XI, 161 p. 2 illus.12022final49.9953.4954.9944.9959.0054.99Soft cover1Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English161KJCKJQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-04-042022-04-012023-04-022023-04-021
1. Companies and Digital Transformations.- 2. Disruptive as Usual: A Manifesto for the Digital Age.- 3. Redescovering the Fundamentals of Value Creation.- 4. Competences and Capabilities for Digital Value Creation.- 5. Enterprise Renewal and Change Management.- 6. A Tool for the Boardroom: The Devo Lab Hit Radar.- The Hit Radar in Action.- 8. The Legal Side of Digital Technologies: Challenges and New Paradigms.- 9. Enabling the Post-Digital Enterprise.
A new wave of digital technologies has impacted the business world like a tsunami. But after a first phase characterized by hype and unrealistic expectations, there is now a shared need for a better understanding of how to create real and sustainable value by adopting these technologies. This book suggests a pragmatic approach to value creation by embracing the post-digital mindset: a more mature attitude toward digital innovation focused on putting these technologies at work rather than marveling at them. After the illustration of a post-digital manifesto, the book explores all the key topics and tools that are relevant for the decision makers in this context.
A new wave of digital technologies has impacted the business world like a tsunami. But after a first phase characterized by hype and unrealistic expectations, there is now a shared need for a better understanding of how to create real and sustainable value by adopting these technologies. This book suggests a pragmatic approach to value creation by embracing the post-digital mindset: a more mature attitude toward digital innovation focused on putting these technologies at work rather than marveling at them. After the illustration of a post-digital manifesto, the book explores all the key topics and tools that are relevant for the decision makers in this context.
<p>Proposes a new perspective of the 'post-digital enterprise'</p><p>Introduces a new practitioner tool called the 'High Impact Technology Radar'</p><p>Offers a multidimensional business perspective on digital transformation</p>
Gianluigi Castelli is associate professor of information systems at SDA Bocconi School of Management, Bocconi University (Milan, Italy), where he is also the director of the DEVO Lab (Digital Enterprise Value and Organisation Laboratory). He has led large technology research projects (software) in the framework of the EC funded programs, and workgroups drafting strategic ICT guidelines for important European institutions. His research activities focus on information systems, ICT transformation, digital transformation, and information technology.

Severino Meregalli is associate professor of information systems at SDA Bocconi School of Management, Bocconi University (Milan, Italy). He is the scientific director of the DEVO Lab and director of the MDA academy. His research activities focus on governance, ERP, monetary measures of information systems (cost and value), digital transformation, and digital impact. Currently, he is working on issues surrounding information systems, the distribution, and pathways of adoption of governance tools in companies, and the impact of digital technologies on companies within the DEVO Lab.

Ferdinando Pennarola is associate professor in the Department of Management and Technology at Bocconi University (Milan, Italy). He is the current director of SDA Bocconi global executive MBA program. He is a faculty member of the full-time MBA, executive MBA, and specialized master’s programs. He is also a faculty member of SDA Bocconi Asia Centre, India, and is the program director for key initiatives for top executives and senior leaders operating globally. His research activities focus on change management, organizational design, ICT – mediated innovation processes, management of professional organizations, responsible leadership, and management consulting.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030948399
Business Strategy and LeadershipIT in BusinessOrganizationKnowledge Management279000
67
978-3-031-30774-4
Chernov
Dmitry Chernov; Ali Ayoub; Giovanni Sansavini; Didier Sornette
Dmitry Chernov, ETH Zurich, Zürich, Switzerland; Ali Ayoub, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA, USA; Giovanni Sansavini, Reliability and Risk Engineering, Zurich, Switzerland; Didier Sornette, Southern University of Science and Techn, Shenzhen
Averting Disaster Before It Strikes
How to Make Sure Your Subordinates Warn You While There is Still Time to Act
XVI, 242 p. 36 illus., 5 illus. in color.
12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1449.99Soft cover1Business and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English242KJMJMJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-082023-06-081
Introduction.- The reason of the concealment.- Top 10 recommendations.- Results of the pilot project.- Discussion.
Some of the major industrial disasters could have been prevented. When the facts of what happened are established, their stories share a common thread: before things spiralled out of control, there were workers at the affected sites who knew that the situation was dangerous, and could become catastrophic unless immediate action was taken. But tragically, nobody dared to tell the decision-makers who could have authorized that action. With no idea of the risks they were taking, the people in charge continued as normal… and disaster struck. Because vital information about risks could not flow freely from the shop floor to the director’s office, the crucial decisions were not made in time. This observation has been documented in the following major technological accidents: Challenger space shuttle explosion (USA, 1986); Chernobyl nuclear plant disaster (USSR, 1986); Deepwater Horizon oil spill (USA, 2010); Fukushima-1 nuclear power plant disaster (Japan, 2011); and numerous other industrial disasters. After accidents like these, losses and costs for dealing with the consequences are often hundreds — or even thousands — of times greater than the finances that would have been required to deal with the risks when they were first recognized.This handbook is about how to transform the way large critical infrastructure companies communicate about safety and technological risks. It aims to support senior managers to get the information they need from their subordinates concerning the risks they are facing, in order to prevent accidents before it is too late.
The recommendations in this handbook are based on interviews with 100 executives at various levels, working in 65 critical infrastructure companies around the world, in power, oil and gas, metals, chemicals and petrochemicals, mining and other industries.
The recommendations of these leaders were also tested in the pilot project, in an industrial company which is the world leader in its sector. More than 400 managers at various levels of the corporate hierarchy, and employees at several of the company’s industrial plants, took part in the project.
This open access handbook is written for the owners, senior managers, and industrial safety directors of critical infrastructure companies.
<div>Some of the major industrial disasters could have been prevented. When the facts of what happened are established, their stories share a common thread: before things spiralled out of control, there were workers at the affected sites who knew that the situation was dangerous, and could become catastrophic unless immediate action was taken. But tragically, nobody dared to tell the decision-makers who could have authorized that action. With no idea of the risks they were taking, the people in charge continued as normal… and disaster struck. Because vital information about risks could not flow freely from the shop floor to the director’s office, the crucial decisions were not made in time. This observation has been documented in the following major technological accidents: Challenger space shuttle explosion (USA, 1986); Chernobyl nuclear plant disaster (USSR, 1986); Deepwater Horizon oil spill (USA, 2010); Fukushima-1 nuclear power plant disaster (Japan, 2011); and numerous other industrial disasters. After accidents like these, losses and costs for dealing with the consequences are often hundreds — or even thousands — of times greater than the finances that would have been required to deal with the risks when they were first recognized.This handbook is about how to transform the way large critical infrastructure companies communicate about safety and technological risks. It aims to support senior managers to get the information they need from their subordinates concerning the risks they are facing, in order to prevent accidents before it is too late.
The recommendations in this handbook are based on interviews with 100 executives at various levels, working in 65 critical infrastructure companies around the world, in power, oil and gas, metals, chemicals and petrochemicals, mining and other industries.
The recommendations of these leaders were also tested in the pilot project, in an industrial company which is the world leader in its sector. More than 400 managers at various levels of the corporate hierarchy, and employees at several of the company’s industrial plants, took part in the project.
This open access handbook is written for the owners, senior managers, and industrial safety directors of critical infrastructure companies. </div>
<p>Presents the advices of about 100 managers and risk experts</p><p>Provides practical operational recommendations on how to avert disasters</p><p>Shows how to improve the quality of risk information transmission within critical infrastructure organizations</p><p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access</p>
Dr. Dmitry Chernov is a senior researcher at the Chair of Reliability and Risk Engineering at the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich (ETH Zurich). He has more than 15 years of experience as a crisis communication and disaster management consultant for large corporate clients working in oil and gas, electric power, metals and mining, chemical, telecommunication, transport, utilities, retail manufacturing, etc. He first recognized the importance of intra-organizational risk concealment in 2007 during one of his seminars for a critical infrastructure company. Since then, he has focused on researching solutions to improve intra-organizational risk communication, in order to enable timely decision-making before and during industrial disasters. Additional information: www.riskcommunication.info/en Dr. Didier Sornette is Chair Professor and co-Dean of the Institute of Risk Analysis, Prediction and Management (Risks-X) at the Southern University of Science and Technology (SUSTech) Shenzhen, China. He is professor emeritus of ETH Zurich since 31st July 2022, where he was a founding member of the Risk Center at ETH Zurich. Since 1s August 2022, he has taken an active role in the private sector, applying his energy to develop socially important business products associated to earthquake forecasts and financial crises, as well as in medical applications. He is a Fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, a member of the Swiss Academy of Engineering Sciences and of the Academia Europaea. He uses rigorous data-driven mathematical statistical analyses combined with nonlinear multi-variable dynamical models with positive and negative feedbacks to study the predictability and control of crises and extreme events in complex systems, with applications to all domains of science and practice.Dr. Giovanni Sansavini is an associate professor of Reliability and Risk Engineering at the Institute of Energy and Process Engineering, ETH Zurich. Currently, he is the chairperson of the ETH Risk Center and of the Technical Committee on Critical Infrastructures of the European Safety and Reliability Association (ESRA). His research focuses on the development of hybrid analytical and computational tools suitable for analyzing and simulating failure behaviors of engineered complex systems, with focus on physically networked critical infrastructures and sustainable energy systems. He aims to quantitatively define reliability, vulnerability, resilience and risk within these systems using a computational approach based on physical system modeling, advanced Monte Carlo simulation, soft computing techniques and optimization.
Dr. Ali Ayoub is a postdoctoral researcher at the Department of Nuclear Science and Engineering at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He received his Ph.D. and M.Sc. in nuclear engineering from the ETH Zurich after finishing his undergraduate training at the American University of Beirut. Dr. Ayoub is a member of the European Commission ESReDA “Risk, knowledge, and management” project group. Besides his interests in tackling the problems of risk communication and risk information transmission in critical industries, his research interests include: risk analysis and nuclear safety, uncertainty quantification and model-data integration, atmospheric dispersion, resilience engineering and timely decision-making.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management01
9783031307744
Risk ManagementWork and Organizational PsychologyManagementSecurity Science and TechnologyAutomation0000
68
978-3-031-30771-3
Chernov
Dmitry Chernov; Ali Ayoub; Giovanni Sansavini; Didier Sornette
Dmitry Chernov, ETH Zurich, Zürich, Switzerland; Ali Ayoub, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA, USA; Giovanni Sansavini, Reliability and Risk Engineering, Zurich, Switzerland; Didier Sornette, Southern University of Science and Techn, Shenzhen
Averting Disaster Before It Strikes
How to Make Sure Your Subordinates Warn You While There is Still Time to Act
XVI, 242 p. 36 illus., 5 illus. in color.
12023final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6159.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English242KJMJMJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-082023-06-081
Introduction.- The reason of the concealment.- Top 10 recommendations.- Results of the pilot project.- Discussion.
Some of the major industrial disasters could have been prevented. When the facts of what happened are established, their stories share a common thread: before things spiralled out of control, there were workers at the affected sites who knew that the situation was dangerous, and could become catastrophic unless immediate action was taken. But tragically, nobody dared to tell the decision-makers who could have authorized that action. With no idea of the risks they were taking, the people in charge continued as normal… and disaster struck. Because vital information about risks could not flow freely from the shop floor to the director’s office, the crucial decisions were not made in time. This observation has been documented in the following major technological accidents: Challenger space shuttle explosion (USA, 1986); Chernobyl nuclear plant disaster (USSR, 1986); Deepwater Horizon oil spill (USA, 2010); Fukushima-1 nuclear power plant disaster (Japan, 2011); and numerous other industrial disasters. After accidents like these, losses and costs for dealing with the consequences are often hundreds — or even thousands — of times greater than the finances that would have been required to deal with the risks when they were first recognized.This handbook is about how to transform the way large critical infrastructure companies communicate about safety and technological risks. It aims to support senior managers to get the information they need from their subordinates concerning the risks they are facing, in order to prevent accidents before it is too late.
The recommendations in this handbook are based on interviews with 100 executives at various levels, working in 65 critical infrastructure companies around the world, in power, oil and gas, metals, chemicals and petrochemicals, mining and other industries.
The recommendations of these leaders were also tested in the pilot project, in an industrial company which is the world leader in its sector. More than 400 managers at various levels of the corporate hierarchy, and employees at several of the company’s industrial plants, took part in the project.
This open access handbook is written for the owners, senior managers, and industrial safety directors of critical infrastructure companies.
<div>Some of the major industrial disasters could have been prevented. When the facts of what happened are established, their stories share a common thread: before things spiralled out of control, there were workers at the affected sites who knew that the situation was dangerous, and could become catastrophic unless immediate action was taken. But tragically, nobody dared to tell the decision-makers who could have authorized that action. With no idea of the risks they were taking, the people in charge continued as normal… and disaster struck. Because vital information about risks could not flow freely from the shop floor to the director’s office, the crucial decisions were not made in time. This observation has been documented in the following major technological accidents: Challenger space shuttle explosion (USA, 1986); Chernobyl nuclear plant disaster (USSR, 1986); Deepwater Horizon oil spill (USA, 2010); Fukushima-1 nuclear power plant disaster (Japan, 2011); and numerous other industrial disasters. After accidents like these, losses and costs for dealing with the consequences are often hundreds — or even thousands — of times greater than the finances that would have been required to deal with the risks when they were first recognized.This handbook is about how to transform the way large critical infrastructure companies communicate about safety and technological risks. It aims to support senior managers to get the information they need from their subordinates concerning the risks they are facing, in order to prevent accidents before it is too late.
The recommendations in this handbook are based on interviews with 100 executives at various levels, working in 65 critical infrastructure companies around the world, in power, oil and gas, metals, chemicals and petrochemicals, mining and other industries.
The recommendations of these leaders were also tested in the pilot project, in an industrial company which is the world leader in its sector. More than 400 managers at various levels of the corporate hierarchy, and employees at several of the company’s industrial plants, took part in the project.
This open access handbook is written for the owners, senior managers, and industrial safety directors of critical infrastructure companies. </div>
<p>Presents the advices of about 100 managers and risk experts</p><p>Provides practical operational recommendations on how to avert disasters</p><p>Shows how to improve the quality of risk information transmission within critical infrastructure organizations</p><p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access</p>
Dr. Dmitry Chernov is a senior researcher at the Chair of Reliability and Risk Engineering at the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich (ETH Zurich). He has more than 15 years of experience as a crisis communication and disaster management consultant for large corporate clients working in oil and gas, electric power, metals and mining, chemical, telecommunication, transport, utilities, retail manufacturing, etc. He first recognized the importance of intra-organizational risk concealment in 2007 during one of his seminars for a critical infrastructure company. Since then, he has focused on researching solutions to improve intra-organizational risk communication, in order to enable timely decision-making before and during industrial disasters. Additional information: www.riskcommunication.info/en Dr. Didier Sornette is Chair Professor and co-Dean of the Institute of Risk Analysis, Prediction and Management (Risks-X) at the Southern University of Science and Technology (SUSTech) Shenzhen, China. He is professor emeritus of ETH Zurich since 31st July 2022, where he was a founding member of the Risk Center at ETH Zurich. Since 1s August 2022, he has taken an active role in the private sector, applying his energy to develop socially important business products associated to earthquake forecasts and financial crises, as well as in medical applications. He is a Fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, a member of the Swiss Academy of Engineering Sciences and of the Academia Europaea. He uses rigorous data-driven mathematical statistical analyses combined with nonlinear multi-variable dynamical models with positive and negative feedbacks to study the predictability and control of crises and extreme events in complex systems, with applications to all domains of science and practice.Dr. Giovanni Sansavini is an associate professor of Reliability and Risk Engineering at the Institute of Energy and Process Engineering, ETH Zurich. Currently, he is the chairperson of the ETH Risk Center and of the Technical Committee on Critical Infrastructures of the European Safety and Reliability Association (ESRA). His research focuses on the development of hybrid analytical and computational tools suitable for analyzing and simulating failure behaviors of engineered complex systems, with focus on physically networked critical infrastructures and sustainable energy systems. He aims to quantitatively define reliability, vulnerability, resilience and risk within these systems using a computational approach based on physical system modeling, advanced Monte Carlo simulation, soft computing techniques and optimization.
Dr. Ali Ayoub is a postdoctoral researcher at the Department of Nuclear Science and Engineering at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He received his Ph.D. and M.Sc. in nuclear engineering from the ETH Zurich after finishing his undergraduate training at the American University of Beirut. Dr. Ayoub is a member of the European Commission ESReDA “Risk, knowledge, and management” project group. Besides his interests in tackling the problems of risk communication and risk information transmission in critical industries, his research interests include: risk analysis and nuclear safety, uncertainty quantification and model-data integration, atmospheric dispersion, resilience engineering and timely decision-making.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management01
9783031307713
Risk ManagementWork and Organizational PsychologyManagementSecurity Science and TechnologyAutomation0000
69
978-3-031-32012-5
Cox Jr.
Louis Anthony Cox Jr.
Louis Anthony Cox Jr., Cox Associates and University of Colorado, Denver, CO, USA
AI-ML for Decision and Risk Analysis
Challenges and Opportunities for Normative Decision Theory
VII, 504 p. 19 illus., 16 illus. in color.
12023final169.99181.89186.99149.99200.50199.99Hard cover0International Series in Operations Research & Management Science345Business and ManagementMonographBook0English504KJTKJMSpringerSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-06-302023-06-301
Part I. Received Wisdom.- 1.Rational Decision and Risk Analysis and Irrational Human Behavior.- 2.Data Analytics and Modeling for Improving Decisions .- 3. Natural, Artificial, and Social Intelligence for Decision-Making.- Part 2: Fundamental Challenges for Practical Decision Theory.- 4.Answerable and Unanswerable Questions in Decision and Risk Analysis.- 5.Decision Theory.- 6.Learning Aversion in Benefit-Cost Analysis with Uncertainty.- Part 3: Ways forward 7.Addressing Wicked Problems and Deep Uncertainties in Risk Analysis.- 8.Muddling Through and Deep Learning for Bureaucratic Decision-Making.- 9.Causally Explainable Decision Recommendations using Causal Artificial Intelligence.- Part 4: Public Health Applications.- 10. Re-Assessing Human Mortality Risks Attributed to Agricultural Air Pollution: Insights from Causal Artificial Intelligence.- 11.Toward more Practical Causal Epidemiology and Health Risk Assessment Using Causal Artificial Intelligence.- 12. Clarifying the Meaning of Exposure-Response Curves with Causal AI.- 13. Pushing Back on AI: A Dialogue with ChatGPT.- Index.
This book explains and illustrates recent developments and advances in decision-making and risk analysis. It demonstrates how artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) have not only benefitted from classical decision analysis concepts such as expected utility maximization but have also contributed to making normative decision theory more useful by forcing it to confront realistic complexities. These include skill acquisition, uncertain and time-consuming implementation of intended actions, open-world uncertainties about what might happen next and what consequences actions can have, and learning to cope effectively with uncertain and changing environments. The result is a more robust and implementable technology for AI/ML-assisted decision-making.The book is intended to inform a wide audience in related applied areas and to provide a fun and stimulating resource for students, researchers, and academics in data science and AI-ML, decision analysis, and other closely linked academic fields. It will also appeal to managers, analysts, decision-makers, and policymakers in financial, health and safety, environmental, business, engineering, and security risk management.
This book explains and illustrates recent developments and advances in decision-making and risk analysis. It demonstrates how artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) have not only benefitted from classical decision analysis concepts such as expected utility maximization but have also contributed to making normative decision theory more useful by forcing it to confront realistic complexities. These include skill acquisition, uncertain and time-consuming implementation of intended actions, open-world uncertainties about what might happen next and what consequences actions can have, and learning to cope effectively with uncertain and changing environments. The result is a more robust and implementable technology for AI/ML-assisted decision-making.The book is intended to inform a wide audience in related applied areas and to provide a fun and stimulating resource for students, researchers, and academics in data science and AI-ML, decision analysis, and other closely linked academic fields. It will also appeal to managers, analysts, decision-makers, and policymakers in financial, health and safety, environmental, business, engineering, and security risk management.
Highlights recent advances in decision-making and risk analysisElaborates the benefit of modern computational techniques for dealing with realistic complexitiesExplains challenges and opportunities of normative decision theory under current decision-making environments
Louis Anthony Cox Jr. is a Professor of Business Analytics at the University of Colorado, USA and President of Cox Associates, a Denver-based applied research company specializing in artificial intelligence and machine learning; health, safety, and environmental risk analysis; epidemiology; policy analytics; data science; and operations research. Dr. Cox is Editor-in-Chief of Risk Analysis: An International Journal. He is a member of the National Academy of Engineering, a Fellow of the Institute for Operations Research and Management Science (INFORMS), and a Fellow of the Society for Risk Analysis (SRA). He has authored and co-authored over 200 journal articles and numerous books and chapters in these fields. He holds over a dozen US patents on applications of artificial intelligence, signal processing, statistics, and operations research in telecommunications. His current research interests include computational statistical methods for causal inference in public health risk analysis, data mining, and advanced analytics for risk management, business, and public policy applications.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031320125
Operations Research and Decision TheoryRisk ManagementMachine LearningArtificial IntelligenceMarkov Process0000
70
978-3-031-30840-6
Cui
Shiliang Cui; Zhongbin Wang; Luyi Yang
Shiliang Cui, Georgetown University, Washington, WA, USA; Zhongbin Wang, Tianjin University, Tianjin, China; Luyi Yang, University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA
Innovative Priority Mechanisms in Service Operations
Theory and Applications
Approx. 125 p. 21 illus., 5 illus. in color.
12023final29.9932.0932.9924.9935.3537.99Soft cover0SpringerBriefs in Service ScienceBusiness and ManagementBrief/PivotBook0English0KNSKJMVSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-212023-06-211
This book introduces the most advanced and recent theoretical research on innovative priority mechanisms in service settings. It covers cutting-edge topics on service innovations such as line-sitting, service-position-trading, referral priority programs, queue-scalping, distance-based priority, and dynamic priority policy. It also contains a variety of practical examples and applications which help managers to make better decisions and to develop a coherent business strategy.This book appeals to a wide readership, from academics and Ph.D. students who are interested in priority mechanisms, to service managers and researchers in the service industry.This is an open access book.<div>
</div>
<p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access</p><p>Written by rising stars in service operations who have won multiple national and international research awards</p><p>Presents the latest research advances in service industry that help service managers make decisions</p><p>Provides practice-based research that inspires future research directions</p>
<div>Shiliang Cui is a Provost's Distinguished Associate Professor of operations and analytics at the McDonough School of Business, Georgetown University, USA. His research focuses on studying customer behavior under service settings, product development, and supply chain strategies for companies.</div><div> </div><div>Zhongbin Wang is an Associate Professor at the College of Management and Economics, Tianjin University, China. His research interests include stochastic modeling, consumer-driven service operations, and queueing theory, with applications to service systems.</div><div> </div><div>Luyi Yang is an Assistant Professor of operations and information technology management at the University of California, Berkeley’s Haas School of Business, USA. His research interests include service operations, digital marketplaces, and sustainability. Prior to joining Berkeley Haas, he was an assistant professor of operations management and business analytics at Johns Hopkins University’s Carey Business School, USA.</div><div>
</div>
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management01
9783031308406
ServicesOperations ManagementOperations Research and Decision TheoryIndustries0000
71
978-3-031-31932-7
Dathe
Tracy Dathe; Volker Müller; Marc Helmold
Tracy Dathe, Macromedia University, Berlin, Germany; Volker Müller, European Chamber of Commerce, Beijing, China; Marc Helmold, IU International University of Applied Sciences, Berlin, Germany
Business Opportunities and Risks in China
Strategies and Recommendations from a European Perspective
X, 237 p. 80 illus., 79 illus. in color.
12023final89.9996.2998.9979.99106.5099.99Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English237KJSMKJCSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-292023-06-291
1 Introduction.- 2 General information.- 3 The Enormous Pace of Infrastructural Development.- 4 Internationalisation of China.- 5 Energy Supply.- 6 Market Opportunities.- 7 Economic Hubs.- 8 Labour Market and Education.- 9 Understanding the Chinese Culture.- 10 General Business Environment.- 11 Positioning in a Complex Market.- 12 Marketing Strategy in China.- 13 Managing Global Supply Chain.- 14 Service Industry in China.- 15 Sustainability Management.- 16 Risks Management.- 17 Institutional Supports for Commercial Activities.- 18 Outlook
The rise of China poses a significant challenge to the existing, Western-dominated world economic order. The effectiveness of the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP) is contingent on a smooth transition of the world’s economic center toward the Asia-Pacific Region. For Western investors, the vast market opportunities can be tempting. However, the lack of experience and knowledge of international management in China – a country with radically different business rules and cultural background – poses a substantial risk.

This book provides comprehensive insights into the fast-changing business world in China. Based on the authors’ theoretical knowledge and invaluable years of practical experience, it discusses the various options for doing business in China, with current examples that demonstrate how European SMEs can successfully position themselves between multinational companies and local competitors. It also highlights new opportunities arising from China’s international involvement (New Silk Road, RCEP) and addresses risk management for European SMEs operating in China. Moreover, it sheds light on how to form relationships of mutual trust between Chinese policymakers and their advisors/cooperation partners from abroad.

Readers with an interest in doing business in China will find this book particularly valuable.
The rise of China poses a significant challenge to the existing, Western-dominated world economic order. The effectiveness of the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP) is contingent on a smooth transition of the world’s economic center toward the Asia-Pacific Region. For Western investors, the vast market opportunities can be tempting. However, the lack of experience and knowledge of international management in China – a country with radically different business rules and cultural background – poses a substantial risk.

This book provides comprehensive insights into the fast-changing business world in China. Based on the authors’ theoretical knowledge and invaluable years of practical experience, it discusses the various options for doing business in China, with current examples that demonstrate how European SMEs can successfully position themselves between multinational companies and local competitors. It also highlights new opportunities arising from China’s international involvement (New Silk Road, RCEP) and addresses risk management for European SMEs operating in China. Moreover, it sheds light on how to form relationships of mutual trust between Chinese policymakers and their advisors/cooperation partners from abroad.

Readers with an interest in doing business in China will find this book particularly valuable.
<p>Explains new opportunities and risks with recent practical examples</p><p>Provides insights into building up a mutual-trust relationship with the Chinese policymakers</p><p>Introduces the cultural and economic diversity and its implications for business</p>
Tracy Dathe is a full-time Professor at Macromedia University in Berlin, Germany, where she teaches entrepreneurship, innovation, financial management and international communication. She owes her expertise in international cooperation not least to her practical experience in the industry. Her professional focus is on financial management and intercultural communication at multinational SMEs.

Dipl.-Ing. Volker Mueller is a senior manager at the European Chamber of Commerce in Beijing, China. He has more than 30 years of professional experience as a business executive and entrepreneur in China.

Marc Helmold is a full-time Professor at the IU International University of Applied Sciences (IU) in Berlin, Germany. He also owns the consultancy MaHeLeanCon (Germany) and supports international transactions and market entry strategies.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031319327
Emerging Markets and GlobalizationBusiness Strategy and LeadershipAsian BusinessOrganizationMarketingSmall Business0000
72
978-3-662-63797-5
DervalDiana Derval
Diana Derval, DervalResearch, Shanghai, China
The Right Sensory Mix
Decoding Customers’ Behavior and Preferences
XXVII, 322 p. 86 illus., 80 illus. in color.
22022final49.9953.4954.9944.9959.0054.99Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English322KJKJSSpringerSpringer Berlin Heidelberg0Available2023-04-112022-04-112023-04-102023-04-101
,978-3-642-12092-3,978-3-642-42389-5,978-3-642-12094-7,978-3-642-12093-0
1. Magnetic Sense, AI, and the Future of Mobility.- 2. Taste, Product Preferences, and the Future of Shopping.- 3. Polarized Light, Space Exploration, and the Future of Luxury.- 4. Colors, the Microbiome, and the Future of Beauty.- 5. Space and Time Perception, XR, and the Future of Communication.- 6. Sense of Motion, eSports, and the Future of Entertainment.- 7. Sense of Smell, Biomarkers, and the Future of Health.- 8. Sense of Status, Serious Gaming, and the Future of Work.- 9. Sense of Touch, Vibration, and the Future of Human Experience (HX).- 10. Sound and Voice Perception, IoT, and the Future of Living.
Why do some people drink black coffee and others stick to tea? Why do some people prefer competitors’ products? Why do we sell less in this country? Many companies fail to acknowledge and analyze disparities observed among customers and simply put them down to culture or emotion. New neuroendocrinological research proves that people are rational: They just have a different biological perception of the same stimulus! Their preferences, behavior, and decisions are strongly influenced by the hundreds of millions of sensors monitoring their body and brain. People with more taste buds are for example sensitive to bitterness and are more likely to drink their coffee with sugar or milk, or to drink tea.After reading the book, executives will be able to:· Decode people’s behavior and preferences scientifically· Design the right sensory mix (in terms of color, shape, depth, taste, smell, texture, sound, and more)· Shape attractive products and services for every local market· Devise immersive experiences for each persona· Combine smart sensors and human senses in a powerful and ethical way· Systematically increase the innovation adoption rate· Invent planet and people-friendly futuresBerry-AMA Book Prize Finalist!“Diana Derval has written the best book that I have seen on the critical role of the five senses in determining our brand preferences. Her writing is lively, full of relevant case studies, and rich in insights. No marketing department or new product department must proceed without first reading this book.”- Philip Kotler, S.C. Johnson & Son Professor of International Marketing, Kellogg School of Management Prof. Diana Derval, PhD, EMBA, Chair of DervalResearch, contributor for Harvard Business Review, social entrepreneur, and patented inventor, is a pioneer at decoding human preferences and behavior with biosciences.

Many companies fail to acknowledge and analyze disparities observed among customers and simply put them down to culture or emotion. New neuroendocrinological research proves that people are rational: They just have a different biological perception of the same stimulus. Their preferences, behavior, and decisions are strongly influenced by the hundreds of millions of sensors monitoring their body and brain. People with more taste buds are, for example, sensitive to bitterness and are more likely to drink their coffee with sugar or milk, or to drink tea.

This book helps product managers, marketers, and corporate decision-makers understand and predict customers’ behavior and preferences. It provides the tools to design the right sensory mix (color, shape, depth, taste, smell, texture, and sound) for each product, and fine-tune their positioning and range for every local market. Using cases from different sectors, the author shows that this approach delivers planet and people-friendly innovations which have a higher chance of success in the market.
<p>Includes latest findings and a new perspective on sensory marketing and behavioral science in this new edition</p><p>Reveals groundbreaking predictive techniques for product developers and marketing managers</p><p>Includes hands-on business cases and future insights from prominent brands and companies to watch</p>
Prof. Diana Derval, PhD, EMBA, is the chair of DervalResearch and a pioneer at decoding human behavior and preferences with biosciences. Harvard Business Review contributor, award-winning author, patented inventor, and social entrepreneur, Diana turns fascinating neuroscientific breakthroughs into powerful predictive tools and helped Fortune 500 firms including L'Oréal and Philips accelerate their development with a focus on planet and people-friendly products and experiences.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783662637975
Innovation and Technology ManagementConsumer BehaviorBehavioral Sciences and PsychologyMarketing539000
73
978-3-031-28884-5
Dhiman
Satinder Dhiman
Satinder Dhiman, Woodbury University, Burbank, CA, USA
Sustainable Development and Environmental Stewardship
Global Initiatives Towards Engaged Sustainability
X, 170 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color.
12023final129.99139.09142.99109.99153.50139.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English170KJJRNUSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-252023-05-251
Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Impact of global warming in Mexican firms.- Chapter 3. Finding a Moral Compass: Grounded Theory Research on Ethical Leadership Training for Education for Sustainable Development (ESD).- Chapter 4. Analysis of the implications between declining cities, urban vacant land uses, green infrastructure, and their impact on climate change hazards.- Chapter 5. Strategic Organizational Sustainability.- Chapter 6. The Prerogative Aspects of Primordial Indian Culture in Enlightening the Notions of Environmental Stewardship and Sustainable Living-Mechanism.- Chapter 7. Organizational citizenship behaviors toward the individual, organizational, environmental, and contextual dimensions.- Chapter 8. Urban Green Innovation.- Chapter 9. Urban Green Spaces as a Component of an Ecosystem.- Chapter 10. Mushroom Packages: An Evocative Approach in the Packing Industry.- Chapter 11. Urban shrinkage and depopulation dynamics for sustainable urban governance.- Chapter 12. Leadership and achieving sustainable solutions.
This book builds on recent advances in the theory of sustainable development and links it with environmental stewardship in a dialectical manner, as envisioned by global scholars in this emerging field. Environmental stewardship deals with practical issues of ecosystem management and governance to address changes in socio-ecological systems to sustain the supply and availability of ecosystem services by society. It means reducing our total footprint on the planet, not just carbon footprint. Truly global in scope, this volume is a humble offering of more than 12 scholars and practitioners from around the world to the exciting adventure of sustainable development and eco-stewardship. Featuring topics such as climate change, organizational sustainability, green innovation, and urban governance, this book is useful for policy makers, managers of NGOs, and sustainability researchers in developing engaging strategies for a more sustainable planet.
This book builds on recent advances in the theory of sustainable development and links it with environmental stewardship in a dialectical manner, as envisioned by global scholars in this emerging field. Environmental stewardship deals with practical issues of ecosystem management and governance to address changes in socio-ecological systems to sustain the supply and availability of ecosystem services by society. It means reducing our total footprint on the planet, not just carbon footprint. Truly global in scope, this volume is a humble offering of more than 12 scholars and practitioners from around the world to the exciting adventure of sustainable development and eco-stewardship. Featuring topics such as climate change, organizational sustainability, green innovation, and urban governance, this book is useful for policy makers, managers of NGOs, and sustainability researchers in developing engaging strategies for a more sustainable planet.
Links sustainable development theories with environmental stewardship Encourages engagement in sustainability managementDiscusses climate change, green innovation, organizational sustainability and urban governance
Satinder Dhiman is Professor of Management and Associate Dean, Chair, and Director of the MBA Program at the Woodbury University School of Business, Burbank, CA, USA. His research focuses on organization behavior, workplace spirituality, workplace well-being and fulfillment, sustainability, servant leadership, mindfulness, social entrepreneurship, education, organization development, and Eastern and Western philosophy in leadership. He has published over 70 peer-reviewed journal articles and book chapters and served as author, translator, editor, co-author, co-editor of over 40 management, leadership, spirituality, sustainability and accounting-related books and research monographs. He is also co-series editor of the Management, Change, Strategy and Positive Leadership series (Springer) and Editor-in-Chief of seven multi-author Major Reference Works including Handbook of Engaged Sustainability (Springer 2018), Palgrave Handbook of Workplace Wellbeing (Palgrave Macmillan 2021), The Palgrave Handbook of Servant Leadership (Palgrave Macmillan, forthcoming) and the Handbook of Global Leadership and Followership (Springer, forthcoming).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031288845
Corporate Environmental ManagementSustainabilityBusiness Ethics0000
74
978-3-031-29343-6
DindarianKhalil Dindarian
Khalil Dindarian, Siemens, Germany, Berlin, Germany
Embracing the Black Swan
How Resilient Organizations Survive and Thrive in the face of Geopolitical and Macroeconomic Risks
X, 252 p. 8 illus., 7 illus. in color.
12023final84.9990.9493.4974.99100.5099.99Hard cover0Future of Business and FinanceBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English252KJUKJMSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-102023-06-101
Part I Embedding Complexity Thinking in the Decision-making Process.- Introduction.- Chapter 1 Strategy.- Chapter 2 Resilience.- Chapter 3 Complexity.- Chapter 4 Enterprise Risk Management.- Chapter 5 Building the Conceptual Enterprise Resilience Framework.- Part II Case Studies and the Enterprise Resilience Framework.- Chapter 6 Case Study I: Delivery of a Complex Railway Program.- Chapter 7 Case-study Analysis.- Chapter 8 Case Study II: Enterprise Risk Management.- Chapter 9 Development of Enterprise Resilience Framework (ERF).- Chapter 10 Conclusions.- Chapter 11 How recognizable is the Black Swan?.- Part III Geopolitical and Macroeconomic Systems.- Chapter 12 Demographics, Education, and Employment Dynamics.- Chapter 13 Earth’s Resources: the challenges.- Chapter 14 The Changing Nature of Politics, Globalization and Business.- Chapter 15 So, in a nutshell, what is Enterprise Resilience?.
Our world is becoming ever more complex. Among the geopolitical and macroeconomic issues currently facing mankind, with serious ramifications for our future, are digitalization and technology, climate change, and globalization. Political upheaval, wars, natural disasters, economic recessions, and pandemics, have all had massive negative impacts on our society. In this new world, various governmental and organizational decisionmakers – including managers, international agencies, NGOs, political leaders, economists, science & technology innovators, and medical professionals – must all learn to anticipate and deal with these emergent risks, the integration of which, along with the management of ‘black swan’ events, has assumed paramount importance. This is the huge challenge now facing us. This book, aimed at both academics and practitioners, shows how a framework for resilience can be created to help modern organizations to not only survive but to thrive. The author considers some of the organizations and bodies that can be said to be highly resilient and examines how ‘Resilience Thinking’ affects different disciplines and environments. He addresses the question of how resilience works and how it is applied in practice. The relationship between resilience and other knowledge areas such as complexity theory, strategy, and risk management – from both top-down and bottom-up perspectives – is examined. Situations are identified where there is a particular need for resilience, and an overview of the best ways of implementing a resilience process is offered.
Our world is becoming ever more complex. Among the geopolitical and macroeconomic issues currently facing mankind, with serious ramifications for our future, are digitalization and technology, climate change, and globalization. Political upheaval, wars, natural disasters, economic recessions, and pandemics, have all had massive negative impacts on our society. In this new world, various governmental and organizational decisionmakers – including managers, international agencies, NGOs, political leaders, economists, science & technology innovators, and medical professionals – must all learn to anticipate and deal with these emergent risks, the integration of which, along with the management of ‘black swan’ events, has assumed paramount importance. This is the huge challenge now facing us. This book, aimed at both academics and practitioners, shows how a framework for resilience can be created to help modern organizations to not only survive but to thrive. The author considers some of the organizations and bodies that can be said to be highly resilient and examines how ‘Resilience Thinking’ affects different disciplines and environments. He addresses the question of how resilience works and how it is applied in practice. The relationship between resilience and other knowledge areas such as complexity theory, strategy, and risk management – from both top-down and bottom-up perspectives – is examined. Situations are identified where there is a particular need for resilience, and an overview of the best ways of implementing a resilience process is offered.
<p>Develops a framework to create enterprise resilience which can face, and thrive on, global risks</p><p>Presents an overview of the best ways of implementing a resilience process</p><p>Offers practical guidance and advice to managers at all levels</p>
Khalil Dindarian has been an engineering professional and leader at Siemens since 1995. With three decades of experience, leading and executing complex portfolios covering business development & strategy, sales, and project execution, he is an expert in both the theory and practice of a range of critical areas: strategy, organizational resilience, business agility, complexity, project management, and risk-&-uncertainty management. He combined his extensive experience and his deep knowledge of geopolitics and macroeconomics to earn a Ph.D. (University of Manchester, UK) in developing resilience against emerging risks and adverse events.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031293436
OrganizationRisk ManagementBusiness Process ManagementEnterprise Architecture0000
75
978-3-031-28751-0
DionMichel Dion
Michel Dion, Université de Sherbrooke, Sherbrooke, QC, Canada
Sustainable Finance and Financial Crime
X, 401 p. 43 illus., 36 illus. in color.
12023final159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Sustainable FinanceBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English401KJMKJJSpringerSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-07-072023-07-071
Part 1: Sustainable Finance and the Challenge of Developing Ethical Leadership.- Chapter 1. The Role of Impact Finance in Targeting Social Justice.- Chapter 2. The Impact of Financial Institutions on Sustainable Value Creation in Companies’ Business Models.- Chapter 3. Sustainable Finance, Banks, Sustainability, and Corporate Financial Performance.- Chapter 4. International Informal Capital Flows and Sustainable Finance: China’s Regulatory Approach.- Chapter 5. Sustainable Finance and Bitcoin: the Nature of Distributed Ledger Technology and Related ‘coins’ and Assets.- Chapter 6. Ethical Leadership as a Prerequisite for Sustainable Development, Sustainable Finance, and Esg Reporting.- Chapter 7. Ethical Leadership and Ethical Organizational Culture: Two Pillars for Fighting Against Corruption in the Organizations.- Chapter 8. The Development of Sustainable Finance and the Axiological Strategies Against Corruption in Organizations: Enhancing Virtues or Emphasizing Moral Duties?.- Part 2: Sustainable Finance and the Challenge of Preventing Financial Crime.- Chapter 9. Corruption and Transactional Crime: Building Up Effective Accountable Inclusive and Transparent Institutions as Ground for Sustainable Finance.- Chapter 10. Discursive Justification of Corruption: a Complex and Multifaceted Process.- Chapter 11. Financial Crime in OTC Markets.- Chapter 12. Does Fiscal Pressure Influence Shadow Economy? A Panel Data Analysis for the OECD Countries.- Chapter 13. A Bidirectional Causality Between Shadow Economy and Economic and Sustainable Development.- Chapter 14. Sustainable Finance and the Role of Corporate Governance in Preventing Economic Crimes.- Part 3: Sustainable Finance and the Challenge of Combating Financial Crime.- Chapter 15. The Financial Fraud of the German Fintech Company Wirecard: Structural Causes and Failures of the Supervisory Authorities.- Chapter 16. Reducing Financial Crime Convenience for Sustainable Finance. A Case Study of Danske Bank in Estonia.- Chapter 17. How the Battle Against Cybercrime Strengthens Sustainable Finance.- Chapter 18. Terrorism Financing, the United Kingdom, and the Financial Action Task Force: A Series of Omissions or Missed Opportunities?.
Sustainable finance is a holistic approach to the sustainability development goals (SDG), so that the interdependence between environmental, social, and governance issues is unveiled. Sustainable finance takes into account the various challenges following from social change and sustainability, the evolution of capital markets, and the development of efficient risk management practices. Governance issues are an integral part of sustainable finance. However, academic literature has generally neglected to consider strategies to prevent and fight financial crimes as a crucial component of sustainable finance. The aim of this book is to focus on the interconnectedness between sustainable finance and preventing/fighting financial crime, not only as a crucial governance issue, but also as a deep challenge for social and even environmental issues. There is no really sustainable finance without developing strong and efficient means to fight financial crimes.
Sustainable finance is a holistic approach to the sustainability development goals (SDG), so that the interdependence between environmental, social, and governance issues is unveiled. Sustainable finance takes into account the various challenges following from social change and sustainability, the evolution of capital markets, and the development of efficient risk management practices. Governance issues are an integral part of sustainable finance. However, academic literature has generally neglected to consider strategies to prevent and fight financial crimes as a crucial component of sustainable finance. The aim of this book is to focus on the interconnectedness between sustainable finance and preventing/fighting financial crime, not only as a crucial governance issue, but also as a deep challenge for social and even environmental issues. There is no really sustainable finance without developing strong and efficient means to fight financial crimes.
<p>Presents the interconnectedness between sustainable finance, social justice, and capital markets</p><p>Describes how prevention strategies against financial crime could enhance good governance</p><p>Discusses how fighting financial crimes through regulatory mechanisms could strengthen sustainable finance</p>
Michel Dion is retired professor from the École de gestion, Université de Sherbrooke (Québec, Canada), since January 2023. He has been Chairholder of the CIBC Research Chair on Financial Integrity (from 2010 to 2022) and Chair of the Department of Management and Human Resources Management (from 2017 to 2022), at the École de gestion, Université de Sherbrooke (Québec, Canada). His main fields of research include business ethics, ethical leadership, financial crime, corruption.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031287510
Risk ManagementCorporate Environmental ManagementBusiness LawCapital MarketsBusiness EthicsFinancial Services0000
76
978-3-030-99844-8
Dreher
Maximilian Dreher; Dietmar Ernst
Maximilian Dreher, MBG Mid-Market Investment Company Baden-Württemberg, Stuttgart, Germany; Dietmar Ernst, University of Nürtingen-Geislingen (HfWU), Nürtingen, Germany
Mergers & Acquisitions
Understanding M&A Processes for Large- and Medium-Sized Companies
XIII, 136 p. 9 illus.
12022final56.9960.9862.6949.9967.5064.99Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English136KCDKFFHSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-082023-05-081
Chapter 1. The foundation of the consideration.- Chapter 2. David and Goliath: Mid-cap and large-cap companies.- Chapter 3. M&A sales process.
Mergers & acquisitions are an essential instrument of strategic corporate management for companies of all sizes. The success of an M&A project highly depends on an optimal transaction preparation, fast execution and the experience of all parties involved. Due to numerous endogenous and exogenous influences, no two M&A transactions are alike at the detailed level.This book is designed as a practical M&A guide for students and professionals alike. In addition to dealing with important basics of mergers & acquisitions, the focus is on a structured and in-depth examination of the individual process steps of a typical company sale. At various points in this book, specific differences between a company sale of medium-sized companies (mid-caps) and large companies (large-caps) are discussed in detail.
Mergers & acquisitions are an essential instrument of strategic corporate management for companies of all sizes. The success of an M&A project highly depends on an optimal transaction preparation, fast execution and the experience of all parties involved. Due to numerous endogenous and exogenous influences, no two M&A transactions are alike at the detailed level.

This book is designed as a practical M&A guide for students and professionals alike. In addition to dealing with important basics of mergers & acquisitions, the focus is on a structured and in-depth examination of the individual process steps of a typical company sale. At various points in this book, specific differences between a company sale of medium-sized companies (mid-caps) and large companies (large-caps) are discussed in detail.
<p>Discusses specific differences between mid-cap and large-cap M&A sales processes </p><p>Includes a special chapter on acquisition financing </p><p>Offers practical checklists throughout the book</p>
Maximilian Dreher is an investment banking and corporate finance professional. He has worked on multiple cross-border M&A transactions and structured close to 500 acquisition financing projects during his banking career. He is currently working as an investment manager for a leading German venture capital company.Dr. Dr. Dietmar Ernst is Professor of Corporate Finance at the International School of Finance at the University of Applied Sciences in Nürtingen (Germany). He is also the director of the European Institute of Quantitative Finance (EIQF). Dietmar Ernst worked for many years as an M&A consultant, private equity manager and company valuation specialist in various banks.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030998448
Mergers and AcquisitionsCorporate FinanceIndustriesFinancial Engineering0000
77
978-3-031-28339-0
Dube
Kaitano Dube; Olga L. Kupika; David Chikodzi
Kaitano Dube, Vaal University of Technology, Vanderbijlpark, South Africa; Olga L. Kupika, Chinhoyi University of Technology, Chinhoyi, Zimbabwe; David Chikodzi, University of South Africa, Pretoria, South Africa
COVID-19, Tourist Destinations and Prospects for Recovery
Volume Three: A South African and Zimbabwean Perspective
VIII, 392 p. 38 illus., 35 illus. in color.
12023final159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English392KNSRGSpringerSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-05-272023-05-271
Part1. Background and Introduction.- Chapter1. Tourism and COVID-19 in Zimbabwe and South Africa: Contextual perspectives.- Part2. Impacts of COVID-19 on tourist destinations in Zimbabwe and South Africa.- Chapter2. Impacts of COVID-19 on Hotels and Lodges Tourism Destination Areas in Bulawayo Province, Zimbabwe.- Chapter3. The impacts of covid-19 on the traditional African food and beverage expo at the Amagugu International Heritage Centre, Zimbabwe.- Chapter4. The impact of COVID-19 on the tourism sector in Harare and Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe.- Chapter5. Impact of COVID-19 on Nature-Based Tourism electric energy emissions in South African National Parks.- Chapter6. The impact of COVID-19 on rural tourism enterprises in Zimbabwe and its future prospects.- Part3. Management of COVID-19 in Tourist destinations in Zimbabwe and South Africa.- Chapter7. Women’s participation in community-based tourism during the COVID-19 pandemic: A case of Sengwe community in Zimbabwe.- Chapter8. Towards a management intervention framework for Mahenye ecotourism biophysical resources to cope and recover from COVID-19 pandemic shocks.- Chapter9. Locking in lessons from the COVID-19 pandemic for tourism destinations: A case study of wildlife destinations.- Chapter10. Training - an adaptive strategy to revive tourism in South Africa post COVID-19.- Chapter11. Domestic leisure tourism: Lessons learnt from township business operators during the COVID-19 pandemic era.- Chapter12. Redefining the idea of equal distribution of the benefits of tourism in the era of the COVID-19 pandemic.- Part4. Tourism recovery and resilience in Zimbabwe and South Africa.- Chapter13. Examining the recovery and resilience of Cape Town as a tourist destination post COVID-19.- Chapter14. Inclusive, participatory approaches to tourism rebuilding and recovery of coastal tourism destinations from the impacts of COVID-19.- Chapter15. Incentive Travel Recovery: A systematic literature review.- Chapter16. Exploring COVID-19 recovery mechanisms of the accommodation sector in South Africa.- Chapter17. Conclusions and recommendations: A Resilient Tourism Future for Zimbabwe, South Africa and the SADC region.
There has been a segmented approach to documenting the impact of COVID-19 and recovery prospects for global tourism destinations. Until this volume, though, there has not been comprehensive, concentrated efforts to take a deep-dive look into two countries’ tourism destinations in order to provide a comparative perspective. This book fills this gap by analyzing tourism impacts and recovery prospects in both Zimbabwe and South Africa. The volume opens with an introductory chapter from the editors that provide context and background. Part I of the volume looks at the impacts of COVID-19 on Zimbabwe and South Africa, Part II focuses on tourism operations during the pandemic, and Part III focuses on tourism recovery initiatives and prospects. The concluding chapter from the editors provides practical and policy implementation. This book is the third and final component of a three-volume set on the impact of COVID-19 on destination tourism around the world.
There has been a segmented approach to documenting the impact of COVID-19 and recovery prospects for global tourism destinations. Until this volume, though, there has not been comprehensive, concentrated efforts to take a deep-dive look into two countries’ tourism destinations in order to provide a comparative perspective. This book fills this gap by analyzing tourism impacts and recovery prospects in both Zimbabwe and South Africa. The volume opens with an introductory chapter from the editors that provide context and background. Part I of the volume looks at the impacts of COVID-19 on Zimbabwe and South Africa, Part II focuses on tourism operations during the pandemic, and Part III focuses on tourism recovery initiatives and prospects. The concluding chapter from the editors provides practical and policy implementation. This book is the third and final component of a three-volume set on the impact of COVID-19 on destination tourism around the world.
<p>Assesses the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on tourist destinations in Zimbabwe and South Africa</p><p>Presents case studies that point the way to possible means of recovery</p><p>Offers lessons that can be applied toward resilience in the face of future disasters</p>
Kaitano Dube (PhD University of South Africa) is an Associate Professor of Tourism Geography at the Vaal University of Technology in South Africa. He is currently Faculty of Human Science Research, Innovation and Commercialization Professor (acting) and Ecotourism Management lecturer. He is a South African National Research Foundation Y2 Rated Researcher who has supervised a number of Masters students and hosted 2 Post-Doctoral Fellows. He is an Associate Editor for Cogent Social Sciences (tourism section) and Frontiers in Sustainable Tourism. He is an Editor for Tourism Geographies. His research interests have been in tourism, climate change, aviation and COVID-19. He has co-authored one book and edited five published books and published several book chapters and more than 30 journal articles in high-impact peer-reviewed journals within a short period. He advises several governments and local government institutions on tourism and tourism development within Africa. He is an honorary visiting professor at Chandigarh University, India and a visiting Professor at Emirates Aviation University in Dubai, UAE. Prof Dube is also a tourism curriculum expert who has worked with regional Councils of Higher Education in program evaluation, audits and accreditation.Olga Laiza Kupika is a Natural Resources Conservationist and Climate Change expert, Associate Professor and currently Chairperson in the Department of Wildlife Ecology and Conservation at the Chinhoyi University of Technology, Zimbabwe. Olga is a task-oriented, result-focused conservationist with over a decade of experience in research, teaching and community service in the higher and tertiary education sectors. She has experience leading and working with multidisciplinary teams and can communicate with stakeholders and research partners at local, national, regional and international forums. Olga is a former EU-DREAM scholarship recipient, a Climate Impact Research Capacity and Leadership Enhancement (CIRCLE) Programme and a Climate Research for Development (CR4D) Postdoctoral fellow alumnus, both implemented by the Alliance for Accelerating Excellence in Science in Africa (AESA) through the African Academy of Sciences (AAS). Currently, she is leading the Natural Resources Governance and Institutions (NRGI) petal under the Production and Conservation in Partnerships platform. Olga’s research interests include climate change resilience (adaptation and mitigation), ecosystem resilience, conservation and governance, community-based natural resources management, ecosystem services, sustainable livelihoods, community resilience, and sustainable development goals.

Dr David Chikodzi is a Post-Doctoral research fellow under the Exxaro Chair in Climate and Sustainability Transitions hosted by the Institute for Corporate Citizenship at the University of South Africa. Dr Chikodzi’s main research interests are in water resources management, climate change and dryland livelihoods. He also has interests in GIS and remote sensing applications for societal development and disaster risk reduction.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031283390
Tourism ManagementGeographyAfrican Business0000
78
978-3-030-95332-4
EinavGali Einav
Gali Einav, Reichman University (Interdisciplinary Center Herziliya), Herzliya, Israel
Transitioning Media in a Post COVID World
Digital Transformation, Immersive Technologies, and Consumer Behavior
XIII, 132 p. 29 illus., 27 illus. in color.
12022final149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Soft cover1The Economics of Information, Communication, and EntertainmentBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English132KNJFDSpringerSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-04-232023-04-231
Chapter 1: The Covid-19 Pandemic and Consumer Media Behavior.- Chapter 2: Media reimagined: The Impact of Covid 19 on Digital Media Transformation.- Chapter 3: How Covid 19 Impacted the design of consumers' feelings.- Chapter 4: The Impact of Covid-19 on music innovation and the way we experience music.- Chapter 5: An Agile Model of TV Format Development for a Post Covid World.- Chapter 6: The Challenge of Being Lazy.- Chapter 7: The Impact of Covid 19 on the dispersion of immersive technologies and Human Behavior Research and Implementation.- Chapter 8: The Future of Museums: The Post-Pandemic Transformation of Experiences and Expectations.
This book provides a unique overview of the digital transformation media industries have experienced following the COVID-19 pandemic. Industries addressed include television, art, gaming, and music. The book investigates the impact of immersive technologies on various media. It examines in-depth changing consumer behavior in the digital space. This includes development of new content models based on creative thinking, digital collaboration models and personalized psychologically based analysis of digital consumer behavior.
This book provides a unique overview of the digital transformation media industries have experienced following the COVID-19 pandemic. Industries addressed include television, art, gaming, and music. The book investigates the impact of immersive technologies on various media. It examines in-depth changing consumer behavior in the digital space. This includes development of new content models based on creative thinking, digital collaboration models and personalized psychologically based analysis of digital consumer behavior.
<p>Provides a multi-dimensional look at post-COVID digital media landscape</p><p>Features insights from different forms of media and technology</p><p>Features new content models based on creative thinking and digital collaboration models</p>
Gali Einav is Head of the International Undergraduate Program in Entrepreneurship and the 'Upstart” Program at the Adelson School of Entrepreneurship at Reichman University (IDC Herzliya Israel). Gali also teaches digital media at the Katz School of Marketing at Yeshiva University (New York, USA). Her research interests include the impact of digital transformation on media industries and consumer behavior, innovative education models and innovation and the future workforce. She has co-authored and edited 3 books focused on innovation and digital transformation, including Transitioned Media: A Turning Point into the Digital Realm (Springer, 2010) and The New World of Transitioned Media (Springer, 2015).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030953324
Entertainment IndustryDigital and New MediaInnovation and Technology Management0000
79
978-3-031-30700-3
Emrouznejad
Ali Emrouznejad; Konstantinos Petridis; Vincent Charles
Ali Emrouznejad, University of Surrey, Guildford, UK; Konstantinos Petridis, University of Macedonia, Thessaloniki; Vincent Charles, University of Bradford, Bradford, UK
Data Envelopment Analysis with GAMS
A Handbook on Productivity Analysis and Performance Measurement
X, 138 p. 11 illus., 5 illus. in color.
12023final119.99128.39131.99109.99141.50129.99Hard cover0International Series in Operations Research & Management Science338Business and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English138KJTKJMV5SpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-122023-06-121
Introduction to GAMS.- Introduction to Data Envelopment Analysis.- Extensions of DEA models.- Non-radial DEA models.- Allocative, cost, technical, revenue, and profit efficiency.- Special cases in DEA.- Productivity change.- Concluding remarks.
This book provides a comprehensive and practical introduction to Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA). It explains how this non-parametric technique is used to measure performance and extract efficiency from homogeneous entities within a production procedure. It situates DEA within a growing field of productivity analysis and performance measurement, for which numerous models have been proposed. This book encapsulates all of the advances in DEA models proposed in the literature. These models are presented in the context of the GAMS software, which is a powerful tool for mathematical programming models. This book serves two educational purposes: it introduces readers to DEA models and provides examples using GAMS. In addition, the reader is introduced to GAMS programming, as well as innovative and practical applications. GAMS codes are available for free, allowing readers to test and expand the models to meet their specific needs.
This book provides a comprehensive and practical introduction to Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA). It explains how this non-parametric technique is used to measure performance and extract efficiency from homogeneous entities within a production procedure. It situates DEA within a growing field of productivity analysis and performance measurement, for which numerous models have been proposed. This book encapsulates all of the advances in DEA models proposed in the literature. These models are presented in the context of the GAMS software, which is a powerful tool for mathematical programming models. This book serves two educational purposes: it introduces readers to DEA models and provides examples using GAMS. In addition, the reader is introduced to GAMS programming, as well as innovative and practical applications. GAMS codes are available for free, allowing readers to test and expand the models to meet their specific needs.
<p>Presents a step-by-step guide to programming DEA with GAMS</p><p>Provides a DEA tutorial for novice users</p><p>Exemplifies Data Envelopment Analysis with a free software</p>
<div>Ali Emrouznejad (Professor and Chair in Business Analytics) is Director of the Centre for Business Analytics in Practice (CBAP) at Surrey Business School, UK. His areas of research interest include performance measurement and management, efficiency and productivity analysis as well as AI and big data. He holds an MSc in applied mathematics and received his PhD in operational research and systems from Warwick Business School, UK. Professor Emrouznejad is editor of Annals of Operations Research, associate editor of Socio-Economic Planning Sciences, department editor of OR-Spectrum and IMA journal of Management Mathematics, and member of editorial boards or guest editor in several other scientific journals including European Journal of Operational Research and Journal of Operational Research Society. He has published over 250 articles in top ranked journals. He is author of the book on “Applied Operational Research with SAS”, and editor of several other books including “Performance Measurement with Fuzzy DEA”, “Managing Service Productivity” and “Handbook of Research on Strategic Performance Management and Measurement Using DEA”. He is also founder of www.DEAzone.com and co-founder of Performance Improvement Management Software (PIM-DEA www.DEAsoftware.co.uk).<div>Konstantinos Petridis is Research Assistant in University of Macedonia. He holds a B.Sc. in Mathematics from the Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, a M.Sc. in Logistics Management from Department of Economic Sciences, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki while his Ph.D. thesis was focused on Operational Research with application to natural resources. His research interests include the study and modeling of production and distribution of biomass and natural resources systems, supply chain management design and sustainability through the use of operational research and performance measurement techniques in healthcare and waste to energy plants. Dr Petridis' current works are focused on forest supply chain and production and distribution of forest products, and energy forms produced from biomass and fossil fuel co-firing. Moreover, one of the fields he is currently working on is the integration of several operational research techniques in an algorithmic way for ranking, forecasting, and decision making with multiple criteria (multi-objective programming). His educational interests are concentrated in optimization and simulation software emphasized in industrial production and planning and his research has been published in international journals and book chapters.</div></div><div>Vincent Charles, PhD, PDRF, FRSS, FHEA, FPPBA, MIScT, CMBE, is an Associate Professor of AI for Business and Director of PGR Studies at the School of Management, University of Bradford. In addition, he holds multiple visiting professorship positions across the Globe. He is an experienced researcher in the fields of AI/ML, (big) data science, and OR/MS. He has more than 25 years of teaching, research, and consultancy experience, having been a full professor and director of research for more than a decade in triple-crown business schools. He is a former Elected Member of the Senate. He holds Executive Certificates from the MIT, HBS, and IE Business School. He has published over 150 research outputs and is a recipient of many international academic honours and awards. AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner, AWS Accredited Educator, Certified Six Sigma Black Belt, and Advance HE Certified External Examiner, UK. He is the Editor in Chief of the International Journal of Business and Emerging Markets, as well as an Associate Editor of the Journal of the Operational Research Society, Expert Systems with Applications, Machine Learning with Applications, Intelligent Systems with Applications, and Decision Analytics Journal. He also has industry experience
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031307003
Operations Research and Decision TheoryEconomicsOperations Research, Management Science0000
80
978-3-030-90659-7
Enke
Margit Enke; Anja Geigenmüller; Alexander Leischnig
Margit Enke, TU Bergakademie Freiberg, Freiberg, Germany; Anja Geigenmüller, TU Ilmenau, Ilmenau, Germany; Alexander Leischnig, TU Bergakademie Freiberg, Freiberg, Germany
Commodity Marketing
Strategies, Concepts, and Cases
VIII, 425 p. 69 illus.
Originally published in German as: Commodity Marketing, by Margit Enke/Anja Geigenmüller/Alexander Leischnig Copyright © Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. A (Eds.). All rights reserved.
12022final64.9969.5471.4954.9977.0069.99Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English425KJSKJSSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-04-232023-04-23
Non-automated Translation
02005, 2011, 2014
Part I: Fundamentals of Commodity Marketing.- Commodity Marketing: An Introduction into Key Concepts and Processes.- Commodity Differentiation: A Cross-Industry Approach.- Commodities in the Service Sector: Particularities and Implications for Marketing.- Part II: Commodity Marketing Strategies and Tools.- Commodity Pricing: Fast, Simple, Intelligent.- Price Negotiations in Commodity Markets.- A Behavioral Approach to Pricing in Commodity Markets: Dual Processing of Prices within and around Willingness-to-Pay Ranges.- Price Knowledge and Price Expectations: Their Role for Customer Relationship Marketing of Telecommunications Providers.- On Price Roles and Budget Branding.- Customer Participation and Commodity Marketing.- An Economic View on Group Buying as Marketing Approach for Commodities.- Commodities and Customer Loyalty: Squaring of the Circle?.- Updates on the Connection Between Customer Relationship Management and Commoditization.- Customer Engagement as an Approach to De-Commoditisation.- On Becoming Market Oriented in a Commodity Market: Aligning Internal Operational Capabilities with Customer Needs.- Differentiating the Indifferent: Dealing with Commoditization Paradox Through Innovation.- A Configurational Perspective on Brand Relevance in Commodity Markets.- Influencer Marketing as a Counterstrategy to the Commoditization of Marketing Communications: A Bibliometric Analysis.- Part III: Commodity Marketing in Specific Contexts.- An International Perspective on Commodity Marketing.- Non-price-Related De-commoditization: An Exploratory Study in the Refractories Industry.- CRM in the Energy Market: Customer Relationship Management in Commodity Industries Using the Example of an Energy Service Provider.- Illuminating Organizational Processes Behind the Rising Phenomenon of Industry Commoditization.- De-commoditization in B2B Markets: A Communication Perspective.
Commoditization is a major challenge for companies in a wide range of industries, and commodity marketing has become a priority for many top managers. This book tackles the key issues associated with the marketing of commodities and the processes of commoditization and de-commoditization. It summarizes the state of the art on commodity marketing, providing an overview of current debates. It also offers managerial insights, case studies, and guidance to help manage and market commodity goods and services.
Commoditization is a major challenge for companies in a wide range of industries, and commodity marketing has become a priority for many top managers. This book tackles the key issues associated with the marketing of commodities and the processes of commoditization and de-commoditization. It summarizes the state of the art on commodity marketing, providing an overview of current debates. It also offers managerial insights, case studies, and guidance to help manage and market commodity goods and services.

<p>Summarizes the state of the art on commodity marketing with practical advice</p><p>Provides strategies, frameworks, and approaches for commodity marketing</p><p>Shares best practices for different industries facing commoditization</p>
Margit Enke is a professor of marketing and international trade at Technische Universität Bergakademie Freiberg (Germany). Her primary research interests include commodity marketing, branding, communication, and services management. In addition, she is interested in understanding the impact of marketing and the role of marketing in organizations and society.

Anja Geigenmueller is a professor of marketing at Technische Universität Ilmenau (Germany). In her research, she focuses on services marketing, technology marketing, relationship management, and brand management. Furthermore, she is interested in science communication.

Alexander Leischnig is a professor of business-to-business marketing at Technische Universität Bergakademie Freiberg (Germany). His research interests are in the fields of alliance management, sales management, relationship management, and business digitization. In addition, he is interested in configurational thinking and approaches.

ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030906597
MarketingConsumer BehaviorInternational Business0000
81
978-3-030-87415-5
Ertelt
Bernd-Joachim Ertelt; William E. Schulz; Andreas Frey
Bernd-Joachim Ertelt, University of Applied Labour Studies, Mannheim, Germany; William E. Schulz, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, MB, Canada; Andreas Frey, University of Applied Labour Studies, Mannheim, Germany
Counsellor Competencies
Developing Counselling Skills for Education, Career and Occupation
XIII, 237 p. 19 illus.
12022final59.9964.1965.9954.9971.0064.99Soft cover1Business and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English237KJMMMJTSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-04-242023-04-241
Main Trends in Counselling.- The Mirocounselling Model by Ivey.- Egan’s Model of Problem-Management.- Solution-Focused Counselling.- The integrative Model of Ertelt and Schulz: Information structural Methodology (ISM).- Competence-Oriented Vocational and Career Counselling..
Career and student counselling is a complex task that requires a high level of professionalism. This book introduces basic counselling skills in vocational and educational guidance. It is based on important scientific models. The book presents internationally recognized counselling approaches which include among others micro counselling, solution focused brief counselling and competence oriented counselling. It also addresses possibilities for the use of artificial intelligence.The book offers direct guidance for the consulting practice and supports competence development through case studies, tasks and didactically designed exercises. It is suitable as a guide for the training of consulting professionals in the field of career guidance.
Career and student counselling is a complex task that requires a high level of professionalism. This book introduces basic counselling skills in vocational and educational guidance. It is based on important scientific models. The book presents internationally recognized counselling approaches which include among others micro counselling, solution focused brief counselling and competence oriented counselling. It also addresses possibilities for the use of artificial intelligence.

The book offers direct guidance for the consulting practice and supports competence development through case studies, tasks and didactically designed exercises. It is suitable as a guide for the training of consulting professionals in the field of career guidance.
<p>Offers proven methods for counselling practice in education and career</p><p>Provides didactically designed exercises for practitioners and students in the field of counselling competencies</p><p>Supports the development study programmes and training of educational, vocational and career counsellors </p>
Bernd-Joachim Ertelt, Ph. D. is Professor of Vocational and Business Education at the University of Applied Labour Studies of the Federal Employment Agency, Mannheim (Germany), at the University of Czestochowa, Poland (UJD), and (until 2020) at the Catholic University of Lublin, Poland (KUL). He works also as a lecturer at the University of Mannheim. Since 2018, he is visiting Professor at the National University of Mongolia (NUM). Furthermore Prof. Ertelt has since 1972 been involved in the development and implementation of academic qualifications programmes for professional counsellors in Germany and also internationally. He has published numerous articles on counselling and education and has participated in many international and European projects related to counselling and educational guidance.

William E. Schulz, Ph. D. is Professor Emeritus at the University of Manitoba (Canada). Since 1971, he has conducted many research projects on counselling and created a series of training programmes for counsellors at Human Resources Development, Canada. Professor Schulz has contributed significantly to the development of counselling ethics in Canada and other countries. He has been a co-editor of professional journals and is the author of numerous publications on counselling methodology and ethics at national and international levels. He has been an expert in training programmes for educational and vocational guidance in various countries. He recently received the Manitoba Career Development Award of Excellence for Lifetime Achievement in Career Development, renamed in his honour.

Dr. habil. Andreas Frey is Professor of Vocational and Business Education at the University of Applied Labour Studies of the Federal Employment Agency in Mannheim (Germany), Visiting Professor at the University of Czestochowa (Poland), and at the Swiss Federal University of Vocational Education at Zollikofen (Swizzerland) He is a co-editor of professional journals and is the author of numerous publications on diagnostic, education, and competence development at national and international levels. He has received various national awards for his research achievements.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030874155
ManagementCareer CounselingCounselingKnowledge ManagementHuman Resource DevelopmentComputer Application in Social and Behavioral Sciences0000
82
978-981-16-8076-2
Fan
Mingyue Fan; Limin Wang; Dragana Ostic
Mingyue Fan, Jiangsu University, Zhenjiang, China; Limin Wang, Jiangsu University, Zhenjiang, China; Dragana Ostic, Jiangsu University, Zhenjiang, China
Casebook of Chinese Business Management
X, 194 p. 56 illus., 40 illus. in color.
12022final49.9953.4954.9944.9959.0054.99Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English194KJMKJKSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2023-05-042023-05-04The print edition is not for sale in China (Mainland)1
Chapter 1. Plan: Strategic Management.- Chapter 2. Organization: Entrepreneurship.- Chapter 3. Leadership: Humanistic Management.- Chapter 4. Control: Information System.- Chapter 5. Innovation: Organizational Innovation Management.- Chapter 6. Learning Instructions for Management Case Samples.<div>
</div>
This book selects Chinese excellent enterprise management cases, integrating into the education system of business schools, sharing 'China's new story' to readers, and boosting the process of national economic construction and enterprise transformation.

Chinese enterprises face unprecedented opportunities and challenges under the circumstance of fast-changing technology, economy, and political environment. In the face of various uncertainties, they have risen to prominence and constantly summed up enterprise management concepts and practical experience suitable for their own development to reshape their competitive advantages and enhance their market value.

Based on the investigation, this book covers the major theoretical aspects of management principles such as planning, organizing, leading, controlling, and innovation. The 17 selected cases from manufacturing, retailing, technology/big data service, agriculture, and other industries cover strategic management, entrepreneurial management, human-oriented management, information management, and organizational innovation management. We hope that readers can get some valuable practical experience and enlightenment from the practices in these fields.

The book also includes two case study guides, which guide readers to form a case study's thinking. It also encourages readers to broaden their learning ideas on management.
This book selects Chinese excellent enterprise management cases, integrating into the education system of business schools, sharing 'China's new story' to readers, and boosting the process of national economic construction and enterprise transformation.

Chinese enterprises face unprecedented opportunities and challenges under the circumstance of fast-changing technology, economy, and political environment. In the face of various uncertainties, they have risen to prominence and constantly summed up enterprise management concepts and practical experience suitable for their own development to reshape their competitive advantages and enhance their market value.

Based on the investigation, this book covers the major theoretical aspects of management principles such as planning, organizing, leading, controlling, and innovation. The 17 selected cases from manufacturing, retailing, technology/big data service, agriculture, and other industries cover strategic management, entrepreneurial management, human-oriented management, information management, and organizational innovation management. We hope that readers can get some valuable practical experience and enlightenment from the practices in these fields.

The book also includes two case study guides, which guide readers to form a case study's thinking. It also encourages readers to broaden their learning ideas on management.
<p>The management cases for China’s enterprises</p><p>Provides old principles but new application experience in management under China’s context</p><p>Covers 17 selected cases from manufacturing, retailing, technology/big data service, agriculture, and so on</p>
<div>Dr. Mingyue Fan, Deputy Director of MBA Case Study Center,Associate Professor in Department of Information Management and Information System of Management School in Jiangsu University.</div><div>Limin Wang, Lecturer, Party secretary of Management School in Jiangsu University.</div><div>Dr. Dragana Ostic, Associate Professor in Department of International Economics and Trade of School of Finance and Economics in Jiangsu University.</div><div>
</div>
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9789811680762
ManagementAsian BusinessCorporate Governance0000
83
978-3-030-92210-8
Farmaki
Anna Farmaki; Levent Altinay; Xavier Font
Anna Farmaki, Cyprus University of Technology, Limassol, Cyprus; Levent Altinay, Oxford Brookes University, Oxford, UK; Xavier Font, University of Surrey, Guildford, UK
Planning and Managing Sustainability in Tourism
Empirical Studies, Best-practice Cases and Theoretical Insights
XX, 246 p. 28 illus.
12022final139.99149.79153.99119.99165.50159.99Soft cover1Tourism, Hospitality & Event ManagementBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English246KNKJJSpringerSpringer International Publishing0Available2023-04-092022-04-102023-04-082023-04-081
Circular Economy: a paradigm to critically rethink sustainability in tourism and hospitality.- From aspirations to applications: The SDGs and the role of indicators in the measurement of sustainable tourism.- Stories of sustainability in tourism.- The interface between sustainability and technology in tourism: A transformative learning perspective.- Social entrepreneurship in tourism, hospitality and events: a state-of-the-art.- Relational food festivals: building space for multidimensional collaboration among food producers.- Local Focus: farmers’ markets as an approach to sustainable tourism.- Social sustainability, peacefulness and inclusivity at music festivals: illustrative cases from the Basque Country (Spain).- Sustainable Tourism and Community Well-being: Situation Analysis Development Using Participative Action Research.- Local Sustainable Development and Cultural Tourist Routes.- The role of the local community in sustainable cultural tourism.- Sustainable Development and Gender Equality: Empowerment through Solo Female Travel Experiences.- Brand Bhutan and the Political Economy of Sustainable Tourism Development.- The sustainability of non-timber forest products (NTFPs) and sociobiodiversity in rural Brazil through community-based tourism.
This book provides a holistic approach to understand the challenges and opportunities related to the planning and management of sustainable development in tourism. The editors present a collection of empirical studies, best-practice cases, and theoretical discussions to draw insights on the economic, social, environmental, and political dimensions of sustainability. Specifically, using a range of case studies examining sustainability applications within various tourism industry sectors as well as different geographical regions, this book is of value to tourism policymakers, practitioners, academicians, and students, encouraging them to develop proactive behavior. This publication represents an up-to-date, innovative guide in helping readers understand the challenges facing sustainable tourism development and implementation as well as the potential opportunities for both developed and developing nations in pursuing sustainability goals in their tourism plans.
This book provides a holistic approach to understand the challenges and opportunities related to the planning and management of sustainable development in tourism. The editors present a collection of empirical studies, best-practice cases, and theoretical discussions to draw insights on the economic, social, environmental, and political dimensions of sustainability. Specifically, using a range of case studies examining sustainability applications within various tourism industry sectors as well as different geographical regions, this book is of value to tourism policymakers, practitioners, academicians, and students, encouraging them to develop proactive behavior. This publication represents an up-to-date, innovative guide in helping readers understand the challenges facing sustainable tourism development and implementation as well as the potential opportunities for both developed and developing nations in pursuing sustainability goals in their tourism plans.
<p>Helps to implement the United Nation’s 2030 Sustainable Development Goals</p><p>Includes research on tourism and development of gender equality, community, and the region</p><p>Offers empirical research and case studies on sustainability in tourism</p>
Anna Farmaki is Assistant Professor of Tourism Management at Cyprus University of Technology. She has published extensively in reputable peer-reviewed academic journals and has presented her work in various international conferences, seminars, and workshops. She is a fellow of the Higher Education Academy (UK) and a member of the Management Committee in several COST Actions.

Levent Altinay is Professor of Strategy and Entrepreneurship at Oxford Brookes University Business School (UK). He is also the editor-in-chief of the Service Industries Journal, associate editor of the International Journal of Contemporary Hospitality Management, and part of the editorial boards of more than 12 journals including the Journal of Business Research, Journal of Services Marketing, and Journal of Service Theory and Practice. Prof. Altinay has co-authored strategic management, entrepreneurship, and research methods textbooks.

Xavier Font is Professor of Sustainability Marketing at the University of Surrey (UK). He has conducted around 100 courses for more than 2000 businesses on how to market and communicate sustainability, commissioned by the UNWTO, European Commission, national tourist boards, national parks, industry associations, and businesses in over 15 countries, as well as numerous reports to promote pro-sustainable behavior in tourism businesses for UNEP, UNWTO, UNCTAD, UNDP, VisitEngland, VisitWales, Fáilte Ireland, Fair Trade Tourism South Africa, the Catalan Tourist Board, WWF, Travel Foundation, and others. He has also co-edited several books on sustainability issues in tourism include eco-labeling certification and environmental management.


ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030922108
IndustriesCorporate Environmental ManagementRegional and Spatial Economics415000
84
978-3-031-30979-3
Gabrielli
Alessandro Gabrielli
Alessandro Gabrielli, University of Pisa, Pisa, Italy
Tax Avoidance and Capital Structure
Empirical Evidence on Debt Covenants
X, 98 p.12023final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Hard cover0SIDREA Series in Accounting and Business AdministrationBusiness and ManagementMonographBook0English98KFKFFHSpringerSpringer Nature Switzerland0In production2023-05-212023-05-211TBD
This book provides a comprehensive overview of the implications of tax avoidance for a firm’s capital structure, highlighting the key role played by free cash flow and agency conflicts. First, the book provides an outline of the theories and empirical evidence concerning the role of taxes in the Theory of Capital Structure. It reviews the studies investigating the relationship between agency conflicts and capital structure. The book explores the role of free cash flow and agency conflicts in the relationship between tax avoidance and capital structure. In the final section, the results of an empirical investigation conducted on a sample of U.S. public firms are also presented. The empirical research examines whether and how tax avoidance is associated with debt covenant violation across the stages of the corporate life cycle. Specifically, the research uses the concept of the corporate life cycle stage to analyse whether and how the association between tax avoidance and debt covenant violation varies in different agency settings. Consistent with the hypotheses drawn on the Agency Theory, the findings of the empirical research suggest life cycle stages moderate the association between tax avoidance and debt covenant violation.Overall, this book sheds light on the potential implications of tax avoidance activities for a firm’s capital structure. The book will be of interest to both experienced and early-stage scholars interested in the topic. Moreover, the book will also be of interest to policymakers, investors, analysts, lenders, and other market participants.
This book provides a comprehensive overview of the implications of tax avoidance for a firm’s capital structure, highlighting the key role played by free cash flow and agency conflicts. First, the book provides an outline of the theories and empirical evidence concerning the role of taxes in the Theory of Capital Structure. It reviews the studies investigating the relationship between agency conflicts and capital structure. The book explores the role of free cash flow and agency conflicts in the relationship between tax avoidance and capital structure. In the final section, the results of an empirical investigation conducted on a sample of U.S. public firms are also presented. The empirical research examines whether and how tax avoidance is associated with debt covenant violation across the stages of the corporate life cycle. Specifically, the research uses the concept of the corporate life cycle stage to analyse whether and how the association between tax avoidance and debt covenant violation varies in different agency settings. Consistent with the hypotheses drawn on the Agency Theory, the findings of the empirical research suggest life cycle stages moderate the association between tax avoidance and debt covenant violation. Overall, this book sheds light on the potential implications of tax avoidance activities for a firm’s capital structure. The book will be of interest to both experienced and early-stage scholars interested in the topic. Moreover, the book will also be of interest to policymakers, investors, analysts, lenders, and other market participants.
<p>Includes empirical research conducted on US public firms</p><p>Discusses the results in the context of the Agency Theory</p><p>Provides a comprehensive overview of the implications of tax avoidance for a firm’s capital structure </p>
Alessandro Gabrielli is a postdoctoral researcher in the Department of Economics and Management at the University of Pisa, Italy. His main research interests concern the role of tax losses in businesses’ corporate reorganization decisions, the relationship between tax avoidance and capital structure and the assessment of tax information as bankruptcy predictors.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031309793
AccountingCorporate FinanceBusiness Taxation and Tax Law0000
85
978-981-19-0005-1
GaiSharon Gai
Sharon Gai, Hangzhou, China
Ecommerce Reimagined
Retail and Ecommerce in China
XVI, 172 p. 82 illus., 80 illus. in color.
12022final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.5044.99Soft cover1Business and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English172KJSKJHPalgrave MacmillanSpringer Nature Singapore0Available2023-03-302022-03-282023-03-292023-03-291
1. Setting the Scene.- 2. Frameworks and concepts.- 3. Emerging trends.- 4. Application.
This book offers a practical guide to Chinese ecommerce markets for businesspeople and scholars. China represents a $5.6 trillion retail market, with the highest ecommerce penetration rate in the world. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, brands are investing more in growing online sales. Written from the heart of the world’s largest e-commerce platform, Ecommerce Reimagined: Retail and Ecommerce in China is a book that aims to satisfy the growing need of entrepreneurs and businesses hoping to tap into China’s market and provide context to students and academics who post an interest in learning about how ecommerce has shaped the Chinese retail space.<div>
</div><div>Sharon Gai has been a director of Alibaba working in its core commerce pillar, and brings years of experience working in e-commerce in China and bridging the gap between the Chinese market and overseas markets.
</div>
This book offers a practical guide to Chinese ecommerce markets for businesspeople and scholars. China represents a $5.6 trillion retail market, with the highest ecommerce penetration rate in the world. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, brands are investing more in growing online sales. Written from the heart of the world’s largest e-commerce platform, Ecommerce Reimagined: Retail and Ecommerce in China is a book that aims to satisfy the growing need of entrepreneurs and businesses hoping to tap into China’s market and provide context to students and academics who post an interest in learning about how ecommerce has shaped the Chinese retail space.
<p>Offers insights into Chinese ecommerce</p><p>Provides a helpful set of business strategies</p><p>Gives a sense of the role ecommerce will play in Chinese consumer economics</p>
Sharon Gai has been a director of Alibaba working in its core commerce pillar, and brings years of experience working in e-commerce in China and bridging the gap between the Chinese market and overseas markets.<div></div>
ProfessionalsPalgrave Business US (P2)Palgrave Business ( P2)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9789811900051
Digital MarketingEntrepreneurshipAsian Economics253000
86
978-3-030-93171-1
Gallitto
Elena Gallitto; Marta Massi; Paul Harrison
Elena Gallitto, University of Ottawa, Ottawa, ON, Canada; Marta Massi, Trent University, Peterborough, Italy; Paul Harrison, Deakin University, Thornbury, VIC, Australia
Consumption, Production, and Entrepreneurship in the Time of Coronavirus
A Business Perspective of the Pandemic
XIX, 208 p. 3 illus.
12022final149.99160.49164.99129.99177.00169.99Soft cover1Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English208KJSKJSPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-04-232023-04-231
Chapter 1: Consumption, Production and Entrepreneurship in the Time of Coronavirus.- Part 1: Consumption in the Time of Coronavirus.- Chapter 2: Rationing during COVID-19: Is an ‘equal share’ always fair?.- Chapter 3: The new consumer: a typology of consumer reactions to the COVID-19 crisis.- Chapter 4: “Keep the Space”: influence of perceived space on wellbeing in restaurants during Coronavirus.- Part 2: Production in the Time of Coronavirus.- Chapter 5: COVID-19 pandemic business innovations in luxury marketing: building a theoretical toolbox.- Chapter 6: Breaking free or reviving the past when under pressure? Italian galleries reacting to the COVID-19.- Chapter 7: Intangible capital and reorientation of manufacturing during a pandemic.- Part 3: Entrepreneurship in Emergencies.- Chapter 8: The effect of the covid-19 pandemic on entrepreneurship: is the local entrepreneur the “new normal” workforce?.- Chapter 9: The complexity of healthcare communication during a health crisis.- Index.
This book examines the impact of the continuing COVID-19 crisis on consumers and businesses. With stay-at-home orders and social distancing measures mandated by governments worldwide, businesses have made significant adjustments to adapt to the sudden changes caused by the pandemic. The book aims to understand what settling and thriving in the “new normal” have meant for businesses around the world. This book is divided into sections on production, consumption, and entrepreneurship and explores how consumer psychology has changed while also evaluating new digital business opportunities afforded by the pandemic. By bringing together psychology and marketing scholars, this interdisciplinary book will inform research on how businesses adapt to crises.
Elena Gallitto is a post-doctoral research fellow at the University of Ottawa, Canada. Her research interests lie in the area of developmental, social and personality psychology.Marta Massi is Assistant Professor at Trent University, Canada. She has been Assistant Professor at the Catholic University of the Sacred Heart, Italy, and Lecturer at McGill University. Her research focuses on consumer behaviour, branding and certification.
Paul Harrison is Senior Lecturer and Deputy Director of the MBA program in the Deakin Business School, Deakin University, Australia. His research is focused on behaviour change and policy, predominantly in the fields of public health and consumer protection.
This book examines the impact of the continuing COVID-19 crisis on consumers and businesses. With stay-at-home orders and social distancing measures mandated by governments worldwide, businesses have made significant adjustments to adapt to the sudden changes caused by the pandemic. The book aims to understand what settling and thriving in the “new normal” have meant for businesses around the world. This book is divided into sections on production, consumption, and entrepreneurship and explores how consumer psychology has changed while also evaluating new digital business opportunities afforded by the pandemic. By bringing together psychology and marketing scholars, this interdisciplinary book will inform research on how businesses adapt to crises.
<p>Examines the impact of the continuing COVID-19 crisis on consumers</p><p>Informs research on how businesses adapt to crises</p><p>Explores how consumer psychology has changed</p>
Elena Gallitto is a post-doctoral research fellow at the University of Ottawa, Canada. Her research interests lie in the area of developmental, social and personality psychology.

Marta Massi is Assistant Professor at Trent University, Canada. She has been Assistant Professor at the Catholic University of the Sacred Heart, Italy, and Lecturer at McGill University. Her research focuses on consumer behaviour, branding and certification.


Paul Harrison is Senior Lecturer and Deputy Director of the MBA program in the Deakin Business School, Deakin University, Australia. His research is focused on behaviour change and policy, predominantly in the fields of public health and consumer protection.

SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030931711
MarketingConsumer BehaviorEntrepreneurship0000
87
978-3-031-32031-6
García Alcaraz
Jorge Luis García Alcaraz; Diego Fernando Manotas Duque; Rosa Guadalupe González-Ramírez; Mario Gustavo Chong Chong; Irineu de Brito Junior
Jorge Luis García Alcaraz, Autonomous University of Ciudad Juárez, Ciudad Juárez, Chihuahua, Mexico; Diego Fernando Manotas Duque, Universidad del Valle – Ciudad Universitaria Meléndez, Cali, Valle del Cauca, Colombia; Rosa Guadalupe González-Ramírez, Universidad de Los Andes, Chile, Santiago de Chile, Chile; Mario Gustavo Chong Chong, Universidad del Pacífico (Perú), Lima, Peru; Irineu de Brito Junior, São Paulo State University – ICT UNESP, São José dos Campos - SP, Brazil
Supply Chain Management Strategies and Methodologies
Experiences from Latin America
XL, 496 p. 148 illus., 118 illus. in color.
12023final159.99171.19175.99139.99189.00179.99Hard cover0Lecture Notes in LogisticsBusiness and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English496KJMV8TGPSpringerSpringer International Publishing1In production2023-06-272023-06-271
<div>Part 1. Supply Chain Procurement.- Chapter 1. Supply Chain Strategies and Methodologies - A Bibliometric Review.- Chapter 2. Using Meta-Learning in Automatic Demand Forecast with Large Number of Products.- Chapter 3. Economic development and high-value supply chains.- Chapter 4. Artificial intelligence-based analysis of material supply costs in ETO companies shifting to mass customization.- Part II. Supply Chain in Production Process.- Chapter 5. Lean-Sigma as a strategy in supply chain management during the COVID-19 pandemic crisis- Lessons learned.- Chapter 6. Development of an expert system focused on improving the supply chain by increasing the availability of equipment.- Chapter 7. Leadership as a strategy for flexibility and resilience in the supply chain.- Part III. Supply chain distribution.- Chapter 8. Demand and inventory management for the creation of an automated information management system: A Case Study applied to an Ecuadorian supermarket.- Chapter 9. Analysis of failure modes and port disruptions in port terminal operations: A case study in the port area of Barranquilla, Colombia.
</div>
<div>This book showcases the successful practices of manufacturing companies in Latin America, highlighting the strategies and technologies they have implemented to produce high-quality products and remain competitive in the market. Divided into three parts, the book covers various aspects of the manufacturing process. Part I presents methodologies and strategies for demand forecasting and raw material procurement, providing insights into how companies are meeting their production needs and managing costs. Part II focuses on methodologies and strategies applied in the production process, exploring the various techniques and practices that companies are utilizing to optimize their manufacturing operations. Finally, Part III lists methodologies and strategies applied to product distribution, demonstrating how companies are delivering their products to market efficiently and effectively. Overall, this book provides a comprehensive overview of the best practices being employed by successful manufacturing companies in Latin America, offering valuable insights for businesses looking to improve their manufacturing processes and remain competitive in today's market.</div>

<div><div>
</div><div>This book showcases the successful practices of manufacturing companies in Latin America, highlighting the strategies and technologies they have implemented to produce high-quality products and remain competitive in the market. Divided into three parts, the book covers various aspects of the manufacturing process. Part I presents methodologies and strategies for demand forecasting and raw material procurement, providing insights into how companies are meeting their production needs and managing costs. Part II focuses on methodologies and strategies applied in the production process, exploring the various techniques and practices that companies are utilizing to optimize their manufacturing operations. Finally, Part III lists methodologies and strategies applied to product distribution, demonstrating how companies are delivering their products to market efficiently and effectively. Overall, this book provides a comprehensive overview of the best practices being employed by successful manufacturing companies in Latin America, offering valuable insights for businesses looking to improve their manufacturing processes and remain competitive in today's market.</div></div>
<p>Collects successful real studies cases and experiences from companies established in Latin America</p><p>Helps understanding complex logistics challenges with practical examples for business performance</p><p>Shows how to optimize SC to reduce costs and increase efficiency in a competitive environment</p>
Jorge Luis García Alcaraz is a full-time researcher of the Department of Industrial Engineering at the Universidad Autónoma de Ciudad Juárez. He received an MSc in Industrial Engineering from the Instituto Tecnológico de Colima (Mexico), a Ph.D. in Industrial Engineering from Instituto Tecnológico de Ciudad Juárez (Mexico), a Ph.D. in Innovation in Product Engineering and Industrial Process from University of La Rioja (Spain) and a Postdoc in Manufacturing Process from University of La Rioja (Spain). His main research areas are the multicriteria decision-making and techniques applied to lean manufacturing, production processes, and supply chain modeling. He is a founding member of the Mexican Society of Operation Research and an active member of the Mexican Academy of Industrial Engineering. He is a national researcher recognized by the National Council of Science & Technology of Mexico (CONACYT) as Level II.

Diego Fernando Manotas Duque is a full-time professor and director of the School of Industrial Engineering at Universidad del Valle. Cali – Colombia. He received an M.Sc. in Management Sciences from the Universidad de Chile and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from Universidad del Valle. He holds a B.Sc. in Industrial Engineering from Universidad del Valle, in Cali, Colombia. His main research areas are supply chain finance, energy economics, and financial modeling. He leads the Quantitative Finance Research Group. This research group has been recognized as A1, the highest rating in Colombia. He is currently leading several research projects related to supply chain modeling in the energy sector. He is a member of the International Association of Energy Economics. Currently, he is a Senior National Researcher recognized by the Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation (MINCIENCIAS).

Rosa G. González-Ramírez is an associate professor at the Faculty of Engineering and Applied Sciences of the Universidad de Los Andes in Chile. She holds a bachelor’s degree in industrial engineering from the Technologic Institute of Morelia in Mexico, a master’s degree in industrial engineering from Arizona State University in the USA; a master’s degree in quality systems and productivity, and a Ph.D. in engineering sciences from Monterrey Tech in Mexico. Her research areas are logistics and transport of cargo, maritime shipping and port operations, port governance, competitiveness and performance/efficiency, port gender equity, and inter-organizational information systems in ports. She also works in production planning, vehicle routing problems, and agricultural supply chains (harvesting and distribution) with a special focus on small producers. She has been working on several applied research projects with several ports in Chile to address different planning problems at container terminals for maritime operations, container handling at the yard, and truck coordination at the gate. She has also analyzed different aspects such as port competitiveness, port efficiency, and gender equity, as well as the identification of port disturbances during the COVID-19 pandemic. She teaches the courses of Operations Management and Logistics for undergraduate students.

Mario Gustavo Chong Chong is the professor and member of the Research Center (CUIP), at Universidad del Pacífico. He holds a Ph.D. in Business Management from Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos, a Master’s in Industrial Engineering, and a Master’s in Systems Engineering, both from Universidad de Lima. He is an industrial engineer from Universidad de Lima. He has completed a certification in Supply Chain Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). He has experience in developing research projects related to business strategy, supply chain, operations, global business, agribusiness, and rural associativity. He is the director of the
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031320316
Supply Chain ManagementIndustrial and Production Engineering0000
88
978-3-030-94761-3
Gavieiro Besteiro
Angel Gavieiro Besteiro
Angel Gavieiro Besteiro, London, UK
Strategy in Action
A Holistic Management Strategy Framework to Navigate Businesses and Multinational Organizations
XXXII, 286 p. 63 illus., 62 illus. in color.
12022final64.9969.5471.4954.9977.0069.99Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English286KJCKJQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-04-282023-04-281
Chapter 1. Introduction.- Part 1. About ‘Strategy for Existing Geography and Business’.- Chapter 2. Business Model.- Chapter 3. Strategy Blueprint.- Chapter 4. Financial Plan.- Part 2. About ‘Strategy for New Geographies and/or Businesses’ and ‘Strategy & Execution’.- Chapter 5. Attractiveness & Opportunities.- Chapter 6. Inorganic Growth Process.- Chapter 7. Strategy & Execution.- Part 3. About ‘Portfolio Strategy’.- Chapter 8. Portfolio Value Gap.- Chapter 9. Portfolio Horizons.- Part 4. About ‘Company & Leadership Excellence’.- Chapter 10. Leadership & Management Excellence.- Chapter 11. Company Excellence.- Part 5. About ‘The Future of Strategy’.- Chapter 12. Strategy Function.- Chapter 13. Digital Transformation.- Chapter 14. Epilogue.
How to develop best-practice strategy in a business or a multinational organization? Putting in value the strategy function and embracing a Holistic Management Strategy (HMS) framework would unleash performance for any business or organization. This book illustrates with real examples the HMS, a set of 10 frameworks that provide best-practice to design and develop strategy. The HMS approach is differentiated between business unit and divisional/group level, and adapted to situations of existing versus new markets and organic versus inorganic growth. The book introduces new topics such as integrated business model and strategy & financial plan at business unit level, attractiveness and opportunities framework for new markets linked with inorganic growth, portfolio horizons connected with the company’s market valuation gap, leadership & management excellence programme (e.g. THICOSIV), company excellence based on a balanced designed and considered decision-making, the future of the strategy function, and seven meta-architectural levers to successfully address digital disruption.
How to develop best-practice strategy in a business or a multinational organization? Putting in value the strategy function and embracing a Holistic Management Strategy (HMS) framework would unleash performance for any business or organization. This book illustrates with real examples the HMS, a set of 10 frameworks that provide best-practice to design and develop strategy. The HMS approach is differentiated between business unit and divisional/group level, and adapted to situations of existing versus new markets and organic versus inorganic growth. The book introduces new topics such as integrated business model and strategy & financial plan at business unit level, attractiveness and opportunities framework for new markets linked with inorganic growth, portfolio horizons connected with the company’s market valuation gap, leadership & management excellence programme (e.g. THICOSIV), company excellence based on a balanced designed and considered decision-making, the future of the strategy function, and seven meta-architectural levers to successfully address digital disruption.
<p>Provides a Holistic Management Strategy (HMS) framework </p><p>Presents a holistic approach to tackle strategic decision-making situations</p><p>Analyses the connection between strategy and finance by linking the strategic plans and KPIs to revenues</p>
Dr. Angel Gavieiro Besteiro has more than 25 years of international executive experience as a banker and strategist across corporate and investment banking and retail and commercial banking, covering EMEA, North America, and Asia-Pacific markets out of the UK, the UAE, and Spain. As a strategist, he has held senior executive roles as SVP/divisional head of strategy and business development for Barclays Bank’s international retail and commercial banking division, Lloyds Bank’s wholesale banking and markets division, and Wells Fargo’s EMEA region. Before that, he was a management consultant at McKinsey & Co. In addition, he is the founder and managing partner of AG Strategy & Partners, a London-based management consulting and advisory boutique focused on the financial services industry. As a banker, Angel has run business P&L as SVP head of domestic corporate markets for Al Hilal Bank’s wholesale banking division and agency treasury services and corporate finance for Lloyds Bank’s financial institutions group, starting his career in debt capital markets at Société Générale. He has an MBA from Duke University (USA) and Ph.D. in financial economy from the Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (Spain). Angel is a Fulbright scholar, Fuqua scholar, and Liveryman of the Worshipful Company of International Bankers of the City of London.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030947613
Business Strategy and LeadershipIT in BusinessOrganizationIndustries0000
89
978-3-031-28707-7
GilinskyArmand Gilinsky
Armand Gilinsky, Sonoma State University, Rohnert Park, CA, USA
Business Strategy for a Better Normal
Concepts and Cases
XXIII, 160 p. 11 illus., 10 illus. in color.
12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.5044.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementBrief/PivotBook0English160KJCKJUPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-142023-05-141
Chapter 1—Strategic Thinking.- Chapter 2—Organizational Cultures.- Chapter 3—Scanning The Environment.- Chapter 4—Industry Attractiveness.- Chapter 5—Competing.- Chapter 6—Diversity, Equality, Inclusion And Diversification.- Chapter 7—Contemplating Globalization.- Chapter 8—Innovation And The Changing Workplace.- Chapter 9—Governance.
This book examines how leaders can use strategic thinking to transform their followers, organizations, and industries in the wake of societal shocks like COVID-19 that require re-balancing both leadership and business models. It is organized around a new triumvirate of strategic thinking concepts for the better normal, explained in a 3S Model: Style, Situation, and Strategic Orientation. The environment (situation) creates or deters opportunities that are pursued by leaders with the propensity (style) and the potential (strategy) to develop them.

In the face of ongoing crises such as COVID-19, natural disasters, political upheaval, and climate change, the author proposes that the field of strategic management needs to rethink and update traditional frameworks in order to offer business models more applicable in a rapidly changing environment.

Addressing topics such as sustainability and diversity, this pivotal text fills a gap in strategic thinking and presents illustrative examples and case studies about organizations grappling with making decisions in a dynamically different “new normal.”Armand Gilinsky is the F Korbel Professor of Wine Business at Sonoma State University, USA, where he has taught strategy and entrepreneurship since 1994. He has authored over 50 published business case studies and several articles on entrepreneurial strategy and socially responsible entrepreneurship. He has served as President of the North American Case Research Association, a group of some 500 case research professionals. Dr. Gilinsky has extensive consulting experience in strategic planning, competitive strategy, and developing business and financial plans.
This book examines how leaders can use strategic thinking to transform their followers, organizations, and industries in the wake of societal shocks like COVID-19 that require re-balancing both leadership and business models. It is organized around a new triumvirate of strategic thinking concepts for the better normal, explained in a 3S Model: Style, Situation, and Strategic Orientation. The environment (situation) creates or deters opportunities that are pursued by leaders with the propensity (style) and the potential (strategy) to develop them.

In the face of ongoing crises such as COVID-19, natural disasters, political upheaval, and climate change, the author proposes that the field of strategic management needs to rethink and update traditional frameworks in order to offer business models more applicable in a rapidly changing environment.

Addressing topics such as sustainability and diversity, this pivotal text fills a gap in strategic thinking and presents illustrative examples and case studies about organizations grappling with making decisions in a dynamically different “new normal.”
<p>Presents cutting-edge concepts and frameworks vs. models from the 1980s-1990s</p><p>Uses examples and cases drawn from organizations coping during and post-COVID-19 </p><p>Covers emerging areas of stakeholder approach to corporate governance and the changing nature of the workplace</p>
Armand Gilinsky is the F Korbel Professor of Wine Business at Sonoma State University, USA, where he has taught strategy and entrepreneurship since 1994. He has authored over 50 published business case studies and several articles on entrepreneurial strategy and socially responsible entrepreneurship. He has served as President of the North American Case Research Association, a group of some 500 case research professionals. Dr. Gilinsky has extensive consulting experience in strategic planning, competitive strategy, and developing business and financial plans.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031287077
Business Strategy and LeadershipOrganizationManagementBusiness Ethics0000
90
978-3-031-30323-4
Giorgi
Giorgio Giorgi; Bienvenido Jiménez; Vicente Novo
Giorgio Giorgi, University of Pavia, Pavia, Italy; Bienvenido Jiménez, National University of Distance Education, Madrid, Spain; Vicente Novo, National University of Distance Education, Madrd, Spain
Basic Mathematical Programming Theory
XII, 418 p. 15 illus., 6 illus. in color.
12023final109.99117.69120.9999.99130.00119.99Hard cover0International Series in Operations Research & Management Science344Business and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English418KJTPBUSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-062023-06-061
Preface.- Chapter 1. Basic Notions and Definitions.- 1.1. Introduction.- 1.2. Basic Notions of Analysis and Linear Algebra.- 1.3. Basic Notions and Properties of Optimization Problems.- Chapter 2. Elements of Convex Analysis. Theorems of the Alternative for Linear Systems. Tangent Cones.- 2.1. Elements of Convex Analysis.- 2.2. Theorems of the Alternative for Linear Systems.- 2.3. Tangent Cones.- Chapter 3. Convex Functions and Generalized Convex Functions.- 3.1. Convex Functions.- 3.2. Generalized Convex Functions.- 3.3. Optimality Properties of Convex and Generalized Convex Functions. Theorems of the Alternative for Nonlinear Systems.- Chapter 4. Unconstrained Optimization Problems. Set-Constrained Optimization Problems. Classical Constrained Optimization Problems.- 4.1. Unconstrained Optimization Problems.- 4.2. Set-Constrained Optimization Problems.- 4.3. Optimization Problems with Equality Constraints (“Classical Constrained Optimization Problems”).- Chapter 5. Constrained Optimization Problems with Inequality Constraints.- 5.1. First-Order Conditions.- 5.2. Constraint Qualifications.- 5.3. Second-Order Conditions.- 5.4. Other Formulations of the Problem. Some Examples.- Chapter 6. Constrained Optimization Problems with Mixed Constraints.- 6.1. First-Order Conditions.- 6.2. Constraint Qualifications.- 6.3. Second-Order Conditions.- 6.4. Problems with a Set Constraint. Asymptotic Optimality Conditions.- Chapter 7.Sensitivity Analysis.- 7.1. General Results.- 7.2. Sensitivity Results for Right-Hand Side Perturbations.- Chapter 8. Convex Optimization: Saddle Points Characterization and Introduction to Duality.- 8.1. Convex Optimization: Saddle Points Characterization.- 8.2. Introduction to Duality.- Chapter 9. Linear Programming and Quadratic Programming.- 9.1. Linear Programming.- 9.2. Duality for Linear Programming.- 9.3. Quadratic Programming.- Chapter 10. Introduction to Nonsmooth Optimization Problems.- 10.1. The Convex Case.- 10.2. The Lipschitz Case.- 10.3. The Axiomatic Approach of K.-H. Elster and J. Thierfelder to Nonsmooth Optimization.- Chapter 11. Introduction to Multiobjective Optimization.- 11.1. Optimality Notions.- 11.2. The Weighted Sum Method and Optimality Conditions.- References.- Index.<div>
</div>
<div>This book presents a unified, progressive treatment of the basic mathematical tools of mathematical programming theory. The subject of (static) optimization, also called mathematical programming, is one of the most important and widespread branches of modern mathematics, serving as a cornerstone of such scientific subjects as economic analysis, operations research, management sciences, engineering, chemistry, physics, statistics, computer science, biology, and social sciences. This book presents a unified, progressive treatment of the basic mathematical tools of mathematical programming theory. The authors expose said tools, along with results concerning the most common mathematical programming problems formulated in a finite-dimensional setting, forming the basis for further study of the basic questions on the various algorithmic methods and the most important particular applications of mathematical programming problems. This book assumes no previous experience in optimization theory, and the treatment of the various topics is largely self-contained. Prerequisites are the basic tools of differential calculus for functions of several variables, the basic notions of topology in Rn and of linear algebra, and the basic mathematical notions and theoretical background used in analyzing optimization problems. The book is aimed at both undergraduate and postgraduate students interested in mathematical programming problems but also those professionals who use optimization methods and wish to learn the more theoretical aspects of these questions.
</div>
The subject of (static) optimization, also called mathematical programming, is one of the most important and widespread branches of modern mathematics, serving as a cornerstone of such scientific subjects as economic analysis, operations research, management sciences, engineering, chemistry, physics, statistics, computer science, biology, and social sciences. This book presents a unified, progressive treatment of the basic mathematical tools of mathematical programming theory. The authors expose said tools, along with results concerning the most common mathematical programming problems formulated in a finite-dimensional setting, forming the basis for further study of the basic questions on the various algorithmic methods and the most important particular applications of mathematical programming problems. This book assumes no previous experience in optimization theory, and the treatment of the various topics is largely self-contained. Prerequisites are the basic tools of differential calculus for functions of several variables, the basic notions of topology and of linear algebra, and the basic mathematical notions and theoretical background used in analyzing optimization problems. The book is aimed at both undergraduate and postgraduate students interested in mathematical programming problems but also those professionals who use optimization methods and wish to learn the more theoretical aspects of these questions.

<p>Puts forth a modern approach to the most valuable mathematical tools within mathematical programming theory</p><p>Forms the basis for further study of various algorithmic methods and applications of mathematical programming problems</p><p>Aids courses dedicated to optimization, economic analysis, and others related to optimization theory and its methods</p>
Prof. Giorgio Giorgi teaches Mathematics at the Faculty of Economics of the University of Pavia. His research interests essentially focus on mathematical economics, generalized convexity, and optimization.Bienvenido Jiménez and Vicente Novo are professors of Applied Mathematics at the National University of Distance Education, Madrid, Spain. Their research focus on smooth and nonsmooth optimization, mathematical programming and multiobjective, vector and set optimization.
StudentsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031303234
Operations Research and Decision TheoryOptimizationLinear Algebra0000
91
978-3-031-18489-5
Grandia
Jolien Grandia; Leentje Volker
Jolien Grandia, Erasmus University Rotterdam, ROTTERDAM, The Netherlands; Leentje Volker, University of Twente, ENSCHEDE, The Netherlands
Public Procurement
Theory, Practices and Tools
IV, 196 p. 39 illus.
12023final39.9942.7943.9934.9947.1449.99Soft cover0Business and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English196KJMV8KJMVPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-06-032023-06-031
Chapter 1: Introducing Public Procurement.- Chapter 2: Public Values in Procurement.- Chapter 3: Public Procurement Law in the European Union.- Chapter 4: Organizing Public Procurement.- Chapter 5: Public Procurement Policy and Purchasing Strategy.- Chapter 6 : Tendering and Supplier Selection.- Chapter 7: Public Sector Contracting.- Chapter 8: Ways Forward.
This upper-level open access textbook uses an interdisciplinary perspective to discuss the ‘what and why’ of public procurement, providing insight into the ‘how’ of contemporary procurement in the public sector. The authors use theories and exemplary practices to show the next generation of public procurement professionals how public value can be created via the acquisition of works, supplies, or services by organizations operating in the public domain. Perfectly tailored to university students in public administration, law, economics, or management and those in executive education, the book first describes and explains the public procurement process, the concept of public value, the legal context of procurement and how the procurement function is organized in public organizations. The book subsequently explains how a procurement policy can be developed and translated into a procurement strategy, how tenders can be organized, suppliers selected, and contracts designed and evaluated. A final discussion chapter addresses the changes and developments in public procurement and how public procurement is moving forward. The reader of this innovative and accessible book will therefore not only learn what public procurement entails, but also how they can become a professional change agent in the field of public procurement. Forward-thinking and comprehensive, this book offers ideal reading for anyone interested in public procurement.
This upper-level open access textbook uses an interdisciplinary perspective to discuss the ‘what and why’ of public procurement, providing insight into the ‘how’ of contemporary procurement in the public sector. The authors use theories and exemplary practices to show the next generation of public procurement professionals how public value can be created via the acquisition of works, supplies, or services by organizations operating in the public domain. Perfectly tailored to university students in public administration, law, economics, or management and those in executive education, the book first describes and explains the public procurement process, the concept of public value, the legal context of procurement and how the procurement function is organized in public organizations. The book subsequently explains how a procurement policy can be developed and translated into a procurement strategy, how tenders can be organized, suppliers selected, and contracts designed and evaluated. A final discussion chapter addresses the changes and developments in public procurement and how public procurement is moving forward. The reader of this innovative and accessible book will therefore not only learn what public procurement entails, but also how they can become a professional change agent in the field of public procurement. Forward-thinking and comprehensive, this book offers ideal reading for anyone interested in public procurement.
<p>Explains the complexity of public procurement and how it contributes to public value creation</p><p>Inspires the next generation of procurement professionals to become change agents and lead public procurement</p><p>Grounds public procurement theory in real world examples, offering implications and tools for practice</p><p>This book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access.</p>
Jolien Grandia is Assistant Professor of Public Management at the Department of Public Administration and Sociology, Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands. Her research examines transformations in public procurement, such as sustainable procurement, from a public management and governance perspective.

Leentje Volker is a Full Professor of Integrated Project Delivery at the University of Twente, the Netherlands. She is an expert in the field of public-private collaborations in the construction industry. Her work focuses on establishing and maintaining relations between buyers and suppliers at different institutional levels.
StudentsPalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management01
9783031184895
ProcurementOperations Management0000
92
978-3-658-41577-8
Hagemann
Michael Hagemann
Michael Hagemann, Grafschaft, Germany
A Leadership Paradigm Shift to ‘Eclectic Leadership’
The Development of Principles for an Holistic and Effective Leadership Framework
XII, 270 p. 8 illus., 5 illus. in color.
12023final89.9996.2998.9979.99106.5099.99Soft cover0Gabler ThesesBusiness and ManagementPh.D. ThesisBook0English270KJMV2KJHSpringer GablerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0In production2023-06-072023-06-071
Basic principles and explanation of the research project.- Literature review.- Theoretical frame for the research – research design and methodology.- Hermeneutic-synthetic insight into leadership principles and models.- Science meets reality – empirical investigation of leadership approaches in literature and companies.- Practical examination and review.- Eclectic leadership as a new and summarising model of effective leadership.- Looking to the future: A contribution to leadership futures research for acquiring, learning, and implementing leadership.- References.
The objective of this book is to develop leadership principles from two directions - the scientific and the practical perspective - that are both application-oriented and universally applicable as well as effective and flow into a holistic leadership framework. Both the hermeneutic and the empirical analysis show that the basic principles of holistic, application-oriented, universally applicable and effective leadership can be described with the duality of transactional management and transformational leadership principles, taking into account core traits and alignment with follower needs. These in turn lead to a collection of essential principles of effective leadership known as the 'eclectic leadership framework'. The essential finding is that the basic principles are complementary and that a clear focus on people and their needs is the most effective way to lead.About the authorDr. Michael Hagemann is the Vice President for Change Management at a leading logistics company, responsible for all Change and Transformation related topics. The MBA graduate (Mannheim/Paris) and lecturer at different German universities works scientifically as well. In addition to two book publications and various scientific articles, he completed a doctoral thesis at Pegaso International (Malta/Italy).
The objective of this book is to develop leadership principles from two directions - the scientific and the practical perspective - that are both application-oriented and universally applicable as well as effective and flow into a holistic leadership framework. Both the hermeneutic and the empirical analysis show that the basic principles of holistic, application-oriented, universally applicable and effective leadership can be described with the duality of transactional management and transformational leadership principles, taking into account core traits and alignment with follower needs. These in turn lead to a collection of essential principles of effective leadership known as the 'eclectic leadership framework'. The essential finding is that the basic principles are complementary and that a clear focus on people and their needs is the most effective way to lead.
About the authorDr. Michael Hagemann is the Vice President for Change Management at a leading logistics company, responsible for all Change and Transformation related topics. The MBA graduate (Mannheim/Paris) and lecturer at different German universities works scientifically as well. In addition to two book publications and various scientific articles, he completed a doctoral thesis at Pegaso International (Malta/Italy).
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP11775Business and Economics (German Language)00
9783658415778
Human Resource ManagementEntrepreneurshipManagement0000
93
978-3-031-31478-0
HallonstenOlof Hallonsten
Olof Hallonsten, Lund University, Lund, Sweden
Empty Innovation
Causes and Consequences of Society's Obsession with Entrepreneurship and Growth
IV, 116 p.12023final49.9953.4954.9944.9966.6159.99Hard cover0Business and ManagementBrief/PivotBook0English116KJKJHPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-062023-06-061
Chapter 1. The innovation society.- Chapter 2. From forbidden to cure-all.- Chapter 3. Economization.- Chapter 4. We’re all entrepreneurs now.- Chapter 5. Faster, better, stronger.- Chapter 6. Empty and real innovation.
Innovation is generally viewed as something inherently good, a source of progress and prosperity in our society. But innovation can also have negative, unintended, and wasteful effects, if policies are misdirected and organizations pursue innovation to look good and convey a message, rather than to actually achieve improvements of technologies, services, and products. This book makes the case that innovation has become a buzzword, a political cure-all, and increasingly an empty phrase, and that this has become detrimental to innovation itself.<div>
</div><div>Governmental (and supra-governmental) innovation policy is often unrealistically phrased and shaped, and corporate innovation projects are not seldom meaningless acts of window-dressing. The book describes the problems this presents for society, organizations, and individuals, and seeks explanations for why it has come to be this way. Giving way to a more realistic view of what innovation really is, and how it can be accomplished, the book develops a multifaceted sociological and historical argument where several complementary reasons for the prevalence of “empty innovation” are proposed. The book will be of great interest to scholars and students of innovation, entrepreneurship, sustainability, and all those with an interest in the failures of current innovation strategies.</div><div>
</div><div>This is an open access book.</div><div>
</div><div>Olof Hallonsten is a Senior Lecturer and Associate Professor at the Lund University School of Economics and Management, Sweden. He has published widely in books and journals, with a recent focus on critical studies on the interface of science and society. He has also worked as a consultant for Swedish governmental agencies and the European Commission.</div>
<div>Innovation is generally viewed as something inherently good, a source of progress and prosperity in our society. But innovation can also have negative, unintended, and wasteful effects, if policies are misdirected and organizations pursue innovation to look good and convey a message, rather than to actually achieve improvements of technologies, services, and products. This book makes the case that innovation has become a buzzword, a political cure-all, and increasingly an empty phrase, and that this has become detrimental to innovation itself.<div>
</div></div><div>Governmental (and supra-governmental) innovation policy is often unrealistically phrased and shaped, and corporate innovation projects are not seldom meaningless acts of window-dressing. The book describes the problems this presents for society, organizations, and individuals, and seeks explanations for why it has come to be this way. Giving way to a more realistic view of what innovation really is, and how it can be accomplished, the book develops a multifaceted sociological and historical argument where several complementary reasons for the prevalence of “empty innovation” are proposed. The book will be of great interest to scholars and students of innovation, entrepreneurship, sustainability, and all those with an interest in the failures of current innovation strategies.</div><div>
</div><div>This is an open access book.</div>
A critical view on society’s current obsession with innovation, and an explanation of its origins and consequencesA theoretical and historical review of the role of innovation in current society and why it has gone astrayQuestions the prevalent understanding of innovation in our society and explains how innovation really worksThis book is open access, which means that you have free and unlimited access
Olof Hallonsten is a Senior Lecturer and Associate Professor at the Lund University School of Economics and Management, Sweden. He has published widely in books and journals, with a recent focus on critical studies on the interface of science and society. He has also worked as a consultant for Swedish governmental agencies and the European Commission.
SciencePalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management01
9783031314780
Innovation and Technology ManagementEntrepreneurshipIndustries0000
94
978-981-19-1667-0
Hara
Yoshinori Hara; Senko Ikenobo; Spring H. Han
Yoshinori Hara, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan; Senko Ikenobo, Ikenobo Headquarters, Kyoto, Japan; Spring H. Han, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan
A New Approach to Resilient Hospitality Management
Lessons and Insights from Kyoto, Japan
XXI, 134 p. 69 illus., 59 illus. in color.
12022final99.99106.99109.9989.99118.00109.99Soft cover1Business and ManagementMonographBook0English134KNSKJSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore0In production2023-04-272023-04-271
<div>Understanding the Philosophy of Japanese Hospitality.- Structural Mechanism for Resilience in the Management of Intangible Assets.- Sustainable Society following the Advancement of Technology.
</div>
This book includes lessons and insights from the hospitality management approach of Japanese sustainable organizations, as well as philosophical underpinnings and numerous business practice examples. The 'Japanese manner' of providing customer service and hospitality is well-known around the globe. Traditionally, Japanese organizations have specific but implicit standards for how to approach customers and other multi-stakeholders, exhibiting respect and omnipresence. Japanese hospitality is complicated, nuanced, and changing in tandem with Japanese culture. The book presents sustainable and resilient management of society, organizations, and businesses. Kyoto, in particular, is regarded as Japan's cultural capital, and it is home to not only numerous architectures classified collectively by UNESCO, but also to distinctive Japanese hospitality, customs, philosophy, and ethics. The book is a useful resource for academics and business practitioners interested in the hospitality management, service management, and human resource management. The lessons and insights in this book will also throw light on the future course of the post-pandemic era with modern technologies and their transformation.
This book includes lessons and insights from the hospitality management approach of Japanese sustainable organizations, as well as philosophical underpinnings and numerous business practice examples. The 'Japanese manner' of providing customer service and hospitality is well-known around the globe. Traditionally, Japanese organizations have specific but implicit standards for how to approach customers and other multi-stakeholders, exhibiting respect and omnipresence. Japanese hospitality is complicated, nuanced, and changing in tandem with Japanese culture. The book presents sustainable and resilient management of society, organizations, and businesses. Kyoto, in particular, is regarded as Japan's cultural capital, and it is home to not only numerous architectures classified collectively by UNESCO, but also to distinctive Japanese hospitality, customs, philosophy, and ethics. The book is a useful resource for academics and business practitioners interested in the hospitality management, service management, and human resource management. The lessons and insights in this book will also throw light on the future course of the post-pandemic era with modern technologies and their transformation.
<p>Introduces the reader to the essence and spirit of Japanese hospitality "Omotenashi"</p><p>Identifies relevant principles and theories for resilient hospitality management</p><p>Supports readers in identifying future research concerns involving resilient management</p>
Yoshinori Hara serves as a Professor in the Graduate School of Management at Kyoto University since April 2006, when the graduate school was established. His current research focus includes innovation management, service & hospitality innovation, and open innovation with IT frameworks. Prior to joining Kyoto University, he held various research and key management positions at R&D organizations in NEC Corporation, both in Japan and in the Silicon Valley, California, USA. He was responsible for conducting research and development on advanced ubiquitous computing, including Web/Hypermedia systems, adaptive user interfaces, advanced information retrieval technologies, etc. He is currently serving as President of the Society for Serviceology, a Cooperative Member, Science Council of Japan, an Independent Outside Director of Asahi Holdings, Inc., etc. He was a visiting researcher at the Department of Computer Science, Stanford University from 1990 to 1991 and an exchange researcher at the University of Vienna in 2009. He received his B.E. and M.E. from the University of Tokyo and his Ph.D. from Kyoto University

Senko Ikenobo is the Headmaster Designate of Ikenobo, a family arranging ikebana for over 560 years. The philosophy of Ikenobo ikebana was established in the 16th century. She also serves as a Vice Head Priest of Shiunzan Chohoji (Rokkakudo) Temple in Kyoto. Her varied activities focus on life as emphasized through Ikenobo ikebana. She has used an engineering approach to study the world of ikebana, such as how ikebana's beauty is developed and formed. As an Honorary Consul of Iceland, she has also contributed to fostering international friendship. In 2013, she conducted an ikebana workshop at Harvard University and performed a flower offering ceremony with a wish for world peace at the United Nations Headquarters in New York. Dr. Senko Ikenobo serves as an Adjunct Professor in the Graduate School of Management at Kyoto University since 2019.

Spring H. Han is an Associate Professor in the Graduate School of Management at Kyoto University. Her current research interests include sensory marketing, emotions and service experience, hospitality management, and healthcare service management. She has participated in various industry and academic projects in Korea, USA, China, and Russia. Han has published research papers in distinguished journals, including Cornell Hospitality Quarterly and Service Science. She received the “Best paper award for the year 2012” from Cornell Hospitality Quarterly, “Educational Innovation Award” from National Research University HSE in 2014, “Best Paper Award 2014” from the 2014 TOSOK International Tourism Conference, and “Industry Relevance Award 2017” from Cornell University.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9789811916670
ServicesInnovation and Technology ManagementHuman Resource Management0000
95
978-3-658-35884-6
HartelDirk H. Hartel
Dirk H. Hartel, Baden-Wuerttemberg Cooperative State University, Stuttgart, Germany
Project Management in Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Practical Guide With Examples From Industry, Trade and Services
XXIII, 379 p. 200 illus.
12022final64.9969.5471.4954.9977.0069.99Soft cover1Springer Series in Supply Chain Management15Business and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English379KJMVKJMV8Springer GablerSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden0WorldwideAvailable2023-03-302022-03-292023-03-292023-03-29
Non-automated Translation
0
Part I: Conceptual Foundations.- 1. Classification and Basics of Project Management in Logistics and SCM.- 2. Procedure in Project Work.- 3. Toolbox of Supply Chain Management.- 4. Agile Project Management in Logistics and Supply Chain Management.- 5. Toolbox of Project Controlling.- 6. Risk Management in Logistics and SCM Projects.- Digitalization in Logistics.- Part II: Case Studies.- 8. Project Management in the Field of Supply Chain Management Automotive at Continental AG.- 9. Porsche AG: Project Shipping Department Axles at the Zuffenhausen Plant.- 10. AGCO Smart Logistics: Transformation of a Decentralized Inbound Supply Chain to a Centralized 4PL-Driven Inbound Supply Chain.- 11. LAPP Group: Digitalisation of Obtaining Long-Term Supplier Declarations as Part of Process Automation in the Supply Chain.- 12. Larsen & Toubro Ltd.: Logistics Infrastructure Project Management in Metropolitan Cities like Mumbai.- 13. Würth: Modular Logistics.- 14. Implementation of a Kaizen Organization in an Existing Retail Warehouse.- 15. dm-drogerie markt: Conversion of an Assortment Area from Decentralized to Centralized Inventory Management and Supply.- 16. Arthur Bechtel Classic Motors: Project Management in the Transportation Logistics of High-Value Classic Cars.- 17. The Best Logistics Costs Are those that Do Not Even Arise at all.
This practice-oriented guide comprehensively describes the basics of planning and implementing project management in logistics and supply chain management. It also presents a range of methods and tools for assessing project risks and monitoring projects.

Containing ten detailed and practical examples involving Germany-based global players like Porsche, Würth, Continental and SME, the book shares valuable and well-founded insights into systematic project management. As such, it is chiefly intended for career starters, career changers and students in the field of logistics and supply chain management.
This practice-oriented guide comprehensively describes the basics of planning and implementing project management in logistics and supply chain management. It also presents a range of methods and tools for assessing project risks and monitoring projects. Containing ten detailed and practical examples involving Germany-based global players like Porsche, Würth, Continental and SME, the book shares valuable and well-founded insights into systematic project management. As such, it is chiefly intended for career starters, career changers and students in the field of logistics and supply chain management.

<p>Is the first book of project management focusing on logistics and supply chain topics</p><p>Includes case studies of well-known global players</p><p>Treats both theoretical and practical aspects</p>
Dr. Dirk H. Hartel is a Professor of Logistics and Supply Chain Management and Head of the Department of Services Management/Logistics and Supply Chain Management at the Baden-Wuerttemberg Cooperative State University in Stuttgart, Germany. He is also a lecturer at private universities and a freelance management consultant, expert and speaker on the topics of logistics, supply chain management, purchasing and organization.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783658358846
Operations ManagementSupply Chain ManagementProject ManagementLogistics617000
96
978-981-16-8072-4
HassanAzizul Hassan
Azizul Hassan, The Tourism Society, London, UK
Technology Application in Tourism Fairs, Festivals and Events in Asia
XIX, 424 p. 1 illus.
12022final169.99181.89186.99149.99200.50199.99Soft cover1Business and ManagementContributed volumeBook0English424KNSKNSpringerSpringer Nature Singapore1Available2023-03-312022-03-302023-03-302023-03-301
Introduction.- Part One Technology Application Tourism Fairs, Festivals and Events in Asia: Theoretical Discussions.- Part Two Technology Application Tourism Fairs, Festivals and Events in Asia: Influential Factors.- Part Three Technology Application Tourism Fairs, Festivals and Events in Asia: Perceptions and Effects.- Part Four Technology Application Tourism Fairs, Festivals and Events in Asia: Destination Branding.- Part Five Technology Application Tourism Fairs, Festivals and Events in Asia: Cases.- Part Six Technology Application Tourism Fairs, Festivals and Events in Asia: Challenges and Solutions.- Part Seven Technology Application Tourism Fairs, Festivals and Events in Asia: Directions for Future Research.- Conclusion.
It is an unconditional reality that the tourism industry in Asia is becoming exposed to innovative technologies more than ever before. This book reports the latest research in the application of innovative technology to the tourism industry, covering the perspectives, innovativeness, theories, issues, complexities, opportunities and challenges affecting tourism in Asia. A blend of comprehensive and extensive efforts by the contributors and editors, it is designed especially to cover technology applications in tourism fairs, festivals and events in Asia.
The application and practice of technologies in tourism, including the relevant niches of fairs, festivals and events are also covered, with a focus on the importance of technology in tourism. This book highlights, in a comprehensive manner, technologies that are impacting the tourism industry in Asia, as well as the constraints it is facing. It deals with distinct topics, such as tourism promotion, technology-driven sustainable tourism development, social media, accessibility and so on to cover fairs, festivals and events.
This book is a significant contribution towards the very limited knowledge in this identified research area, with examples from selected Asian countries. This book is designed to accommodate both qualitative and quantitative research linking theory and practice. This book has a clear focus on outlining the research issues. Each chapter of the book highlights a methodology that was used, with rationale for its use. This book addresses a number of revisions that unify the theme or framework to integrate the chapters.
It is an unconditional reality that the tourism industry in Asia is becoming exposed to innovative technologies more than ever before. This book reports the latest research in the application of innovative technology to the tourism industry, covering the perspectives, innovativeness, theories, issues, complexities, opportunities and challenges affecting tourism in Asia. A blend of comprehensive and extensive efforts by the contributors and editors, it is designed especially to cover technology applications in tourism fairs, festivals and events in Asia. The application and practice of technologies in tourism, including the relevant niches of fairs, festivals and events are also covered, with a focus on the importance of technology in tourism. This book highlights, in a comprehensive manner, technologies that are impacting the tourism industry in Asia, as well as the constraints it is facing. It deals with distinct topics, such as tourism promotion, technology-driven sustainable tourism development, social media, accessibility and so on to cover fairs, festivals and events. This book is a significant contribution towards the very limited knowledge in this identified research area, with examples from selected Asian countries. This book is designed to accommodate both qualitative and quantitative research linking theory and practice. This book has a clear focus on outlining the research issues. Each chapter of the book highlights a methodology that was used, with rationale for its use. This book addresses a number of revisions that unify the theme or framework to integrate the chapters.<div><div>
</div></div>
<p>Appeals to expatiate researchers having keen interest in the Asian tourism industry</p><p>Provides tourism knowledge and insights on Asian tourism events for policymakers and industry professionals</p><p>Combines both theory and practice of technology application to inform the reader on the Asian tourism sector</p>
Dr Azizul Hassan is a member of the Tourism Consultants Network of the UK Tourism Society. Dr Hassan has been working for the tourism industry as a consultant, academic, and researcher for over 20 years. His research interest areas are technology-supported marketing for tourism and hospitality, immersive technology applications in the tourism and hospitality industry, and technology-influenced marketing suggestions for sustainable tourism and hospitality industry in developing countries. Dr Hassan has authored over 150 articles and book chapters in leading tourism outlets. He is also part of the editorial team of 25 book projects from Routledge, Springer, CAB International, and Emerald Group Publishing Limited. He is a regular reviewer of a number of international journals.
ScienceProfessional Books (2)Science (SC)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9789811680724
Tourism ManagementIndustriesEntertainment IndustryInnovation and Technology ManagementAsian Business676000
97
978-3-031-30239-8
Hattula
Cansu Hattula; Ines Köhler
Cansu Hattula, IU International University, Berlin, Germany; Ines Köhler, Schindler (Switzerland), Berlin, Germany
Change Management Revisited
A Practitioner‘s Guide to Implementing Digital Solutions
X, 238 p. 15 illus., 12 illus. in color.
12023final37.9940.6541.7932.9945.0044.99Hard cover0Business Guides on the GoBusiness and ManagementGeneral interestBook0English238KJCKJQSpringerSpringer International Publishing0WorldwideIn production2023-06-282023-06-281
Chapter 1 Change management and implementing digital solutions: An introduction and overview.- Part 1: Transformation processes related to digital products.- Chapter 2 Managing digital driven change in expert organizations – The case of a Swiss hospital.- Chapter 3 Applying Agile methodologies in digital transformation processes – learnings and challenges from 10 years of consulting experience.- Chapter 4 From input to outcomes: Bayer’s digital transformation of agricultural business exploration.- Part 2: Cultural and organizational transformation processes.- Chapter 5 Digital transformation within a large logistic company: from a hierarchical technocracy into networked, agile teams.- Chapter 6 Pivoting to a Web3 product and building a healthy remote culture with human-centric leadership.- Chapter 7 Community building in change processes.- Chapter 8 Summary and key takeaways.
This book on change management is aimed at top and middle management, change managers, and change leaders - but also anyone who is managing a change project as part of a software implementation or introduction of a digital product. In this book, experts from industry and academia draw attention to pitfalls and best practices in change management from a business perspective, but also place an important focus on the human component. The book does not prioritize theoretical frameworks, but compels the reader towards a reality-check and gain a practical understanding of the topic. The authors also explore why - despite the broad knowledge available - there still is a gap when it comes to what is applied in real life.
This book on change management is aimed at top and middle management, change managers, and change leaders - but also anyone who is managing a change project as part of a software implementation or introduction of a digital product. In this book, experts from industry and academia draw attention to pitfalls and best practices in change management from a business perspective, but also place an important focus on the human component. The book does not prioritize theoretical frameworks, but compels the reader towards a reality-check and gain a practical understanding of the topic. The authors also explore why - despite the broad knowledge available - there still is a gap when it comes to what is applied in real life.
<p>Provides practitioner-oriented recommendations for change management of digital products</p><p>Presents an international and diverse perspective with illustrative examples</p><p>Emphasizes the importance of the practical relevance of theoretical frameworks </p>
Cansu Hattula is a professor at IU International University (Berlin, Germany). She completed her studies in business administration at the University of Hannover (Germany) and her Ph.D. at the University of St.Gallen (Switzerland). Her research interests include change management and marketing strategy. She has worked in various organizations and startups across Germany, Switzerland, and the UK.<div>
</div><div>Ines Köhler is a 'Martech' expert with over 15 years of industry experience in corporates and start-ups. She completed her studies in communication science and business administration at the Freie Universität of Berlin (Germany) and LUISS Guido Carli in Rome (Italy). Her professional focus is on implementing new technologies and driving change. </div>
TradeTrade Books (1)Springer Trade (T)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031302398
Business Strategy and LeadershipIT in BusinessOrganization0000
98
978-3-030-98727-5
HelmoldMarc Helmold
Marc Helmold, IU University of Applied Sciences, Berlin, Germany
Strategic Performance Management
Achieving Long-term Competitive Advantage through Performance Excellence
XVI, 199 p. 109 illus., 107 illus. in color.
12022final56.9960.9862.6949.9967.5064.99Soft cover1Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English199KJCKNSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-04-302023-04-301
Chapter 1: Performance Management as Part of the Corporate Strategy.- Chapter 2: Performance in Procurement and Supply Management.- Chapter 3: Performance Management in Operations Management.- Chapter 4: Strategic Management Tools and Excellence Models.- Chapter 5: Strategic Management Objectives, KPI and OKR.- Chapter 6: Problem-Solving and Performance Management Tools.- Chapter 7: Performance Management in Sales.- Chapter 8: Economic Pricing, 3C-Pricing and Cost-Estimation Concepts.- Chapter 9: Audits and Quality Management Systems (QMS).- Chapter 10: Business Transformation and Project Management.- Chapter 11: Performance in Finance Management.- Chapter 12: Performance through Kaizen.- Chapter 13: Performance Management to focus on Value-Added Activities.- Chapter 14: Performance Management Excellence through Change.- Chapter 15: Innovations as Part of Performance Management.
Fierce competition in many industries, megatrends, the COVID-19 pandemic, the ongoing globalisation and the permanent liberalisation of markets have changed the face of economies and businesses drastically. Companies must establish suitable and long-term strategies and performance criteria in order to survive in this dynamic and hostile environment. This book provides a holistic and practical approach to strategic performance management. It combines all functions of the value chain and contains best practices in performance. The author demonstrates how new paradigms enable companies to concentrate on value-adding activities and processes to achieve a long-term sustainable and competitive advantage. The book contains a variety of best practices, industry examples and case studies. Focusing on best-in-class examples, the book offers the ideal guide for any enterprise to achieve a competitive advantage across all business functions focusing on value-adding activities.

Fierce competition in many industries, megatrends, the COVID-19 pandemic, the ongoing globalisation and the permanent liberalisation of markets have changed the face of economies and businesses drastically. Companies must establish suitable and long-term strategies and performance criteria in order to survive in this dynamic and hostile environment. This book provides a holistic and practical approach to strategic performance management. It combines all functions of the value chain and contains best practices in performance. The author demonstrates how new paradigms enable companies to concentrate on value-adding activities and processes to achieve a long-term sustainable and competitive advantage. The book contains a variety of best practices, industry examples and case studies. Focusing on best-in-class examples, the book offers the ideal guide for any enterprise to achieve a competitive advantage across all business functions focusing on value-adding activities.

<p>Recommends value-adding activities and processes to achieve a long-term sustainable and competitive advantage</p><p>Features academic and industry case examples</p><p>Presents practical and theoretical business models</p>
Marc Helmold is a Professor at the International University of Applied Sciences (IU), Berlin Campus, Germany. He teaches Bachelor, Master and M.B.A. students in lean management, (total) revenue management, negotiations in the international context, performance management, supply management, general management, strategic management and supply chain management. Prior to this position, he had several top management positions in automotive and railway companies. In parallel, he owns the consultancy MaHeLeanCon and supports international transactions and market entry strategies.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030987275
Business Strategy and LeadershipIndustriesOperations Management0000
99
978-3-031-30088-2
HelmoldMarc Helmold
Marc Helmold, IU International University of applied Sciences, Berlin, Germany
Virtual and Innovative Quality Management Across the Value Chain
Industry Insights, Case Studies and Best Practices
VIII, 176 p. 98 illus., 96 illus. in color.
12023final89.9996.2998.9979.99106.5099.99Hard cover0Management for ProfessionalsBusiness and ManagementProfessional bookBook0English176KJMV8KNSpringerSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-06-302023-06-301
1. Quality Management (QM).- 2. Integrated Management Systems (IMS).- 3. Extended Reality (XR) in QM.- 4. Total Quality Management (TQM).- 5. History and Evolution in Quality Management (QM).- 6. Quality Management as Part of the Corporate Strategy.- 7. Audits and Quality Management Systems (QMS).- 8. Quality Excellence Models.- 9. Cost of Quality (COQ).- 10. 5S Concept in Quality Management.- 11. Lean Production as Part of QM.- 12. Quality Management on the Supply Side.- 13. Quality Management on the Demand Side.- 14. Leadership in Quality Management.- 15. Transformation and Change Management in QM.- 16. Envoronmental Social Governance (ESG) and Norms as Part of Quality Management.- 17. Negotiations in QM.- 18. Problem-Solving, Process and Idea Creation Tools.- 19. Creativity Tools in QM.- 20. IT based QM.- 21. Future Outlook and Trends in QM.
This book provides professionals and academics with a holistic and practical approach to virtual and innovative quality management (QM) throughout the business value chain. It describes how to manage the value change from the supply side combining all functions of the value chain and contains best practices in performance, particularly in the production, trading, service, and information industries. It explores such topics as integrated management systems (IMS), extended reality, artificial intelligence, and environmental social governance (ESG). Industry examples and case studies are used to reveal the diversity of opportunities for QM methodologies and principles. This book is an ideal guide for professionals and practitioners who wish to incorporate QM concepts to achieve a competitive advantage across all business functions.
This book provides professionals and academics with a holistic and practical approach to virtual and innovative quality management (QM) throughout the business value chain. It describes how to manage the value change from the supply side combining all functions of the value chain and contains best practices in performance, particularly in the production, trading, service, and information industries. It explores such topics as integrated management systems (IMS), extended reality, artificial intelligence, and environmental social governance (ESG). Industry examples and case studies are used to reveal the diversity of opportunities for QM methodologies and principles. This book is an ideal guide for professionals and practitioners who wish to incorporate QM concepts to achieve a competitive advantage across all business functions.

<p>Provides a holistic and practical approach to automation and IT-based quality management (QM)</p><p>Describes how QM enables companies to concentrate on value-adding activities and processes</p><p>Features methods, tools, best practices and industry examples</p>
Marc Helmold is full-time Professor at the IU International University (IU) at the campus in Berlin (Germany). He teaches Bachelor, Master and M.B.A. students in Quality Management, Lean Management, (Total), Strategic Management and Supply Chain Management. In parallel, he owns the consultancy MaHeLeanCon and supports international transactions and market entry strategies.
ProfessionalsProfessional Books (2)Standard (0)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783031300882
Supply Chain ManagementIndustriesProduction0000
100
978-3-030-86072-1
Hemzo
Miguel Angelo Hemzo
Miguel Angelo Hemzo, Universidade de São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil
Marketing Luxury Services
Concepts, Strategy, and Practice
XXI, 212 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color.
12023final49.9953.4954.9944.9959.0054.99Soft cover0Business and ManagementGraduate/advanced undergraduate textbookBook0English212KJSKNDPalgrave MacmillanSpringer International Publishing0In production2023-05-152023-05-151
<div>1. History and concept of luxury.- 2. The luxury market.- 3. Luxury market and the Service-dominant logic paradigm.- 4. How to position a luxury product.- 5. Luxury consumer behavior.- 6. Defining the Persona: Segmentation and targeting.- 7. Developing strong luxury brands for products and services.- 8. Creating competitive products.- 9. Place strategies for luxury brands.- 10. Managing pricing and value of luxury brands.- 11. Communication strategies and tools for luxury brands.- 12. Managing people for the luxury market.- 13. Process management and operations for luxury brands.- 14. Managing the luxury Panorama for great experiences.- 15. Strategical Satisfaction Management.- 16. Culture and leadership</div>
This textbook discusses luxury marketing management, considering the broader range of decisions related to the complexities of offering luxury as services. Placing a strong emphasis on strategy as well as positioning and the market, it focuses on the challenges in luxury related to the traditional 4 Ps (Products, Place, Promotion and Price), in addition applying the service-dominant logic to luxury management in relation to the other 4 Ps in marketing decisions (People, Process, Panorama, and Productivity).<div>
</div><div>The text opens with an exploration the history and evolution of the concept and definition of luxury and the effect upon the practice of luxury marketing today, concluding with an overview of the contemporary luxury market, description of the main players, and relevant industry trends. It then discusses marketing strategies as applied to the luxury market, including market identification, brand communication, product positioning, pricing, flow of goods, foreign market entry, and more.</div><div>
</div><div>With contributions from luxury marketing practitioners to offer practical knowledge as well as real world cases studies, this textbook will equip students with a comprehensive understanding of marketing in the luxury industry and the tools necessary to be successful in the management of luxury brands.</div><div>
</div><div>Miguel Angelo Hemzo is Professor of Marketing in the School of Arts, Sciences, and Humanities at the University of São Paulo, Brazil. He teaches and researches several aspects of marketing and strategy: corporate strategy, marketing strategy, marketing management, consumer behavior, communication management, sales management, marketing channels, pricing, services marketing, relationship marketing, luxury marketing, and digital marketing.
</div><div>
</div>
This textbook discusses luxury marketing management, considering the broader range of decisions related to the complexities of offering luxury as services. Placing a strong emphasis on strategy as well as positioning and the market, it focuses on the challenges in luxury related to the traditional 4 Ps (Products, Place, Promotion and Price), in addition applying the service-dominant logic to luxury management in relation to the other 4 Ps in marketing decisions (People, Process, Panorama, and Productivity).<div>
<div>The text opens with an exploration the history and evolution of the concept and definition of luxury and the effect upon the practice of luxury marketing today, concluding with an overview of the contemporary luxury market, description of the main players, and relevant industry trends. It then discusses marketing strategies as applied to the luxury market, including market identification, brand communication, product positioning, pricing, flow of goods, foreign market entry, and more.</div><div>
</div><div>With contributions from luxury marketing practitioners to offer practical knowledge as well as real world cases studies, this textbook will equip students with a comprehensive understanding of marketing in the luxury industry and the tools necessary to be successful in the management of luxury brands.</div><div>
</div></div>
<p>First textbook to integrate the service marketing aspect into luxury management</p><p>Presents real world cases about brands in the luxury market related to the concepts discussed in the chapters</p><p>Offers first-hand experience from luxury market experts in each chapter</p>
Miguel Angelo Hemzo is Professor of Marketing in the School of Arts, Sciences, and Humanities at the University of São Paulo, Brazil. He teaches and researches several aspects of marketing and strategy: corporate strategy, marketing strategy, marketing management, consumer behavior, communication management, sales management, marketing channels, pricing, services marketing, relationship marketing, luxury marketing, and digital marketing.
StudentsPalgrave Standard US (P5)Palgrave Standard (P5)EBOP41169Business and Management00
9783030860721
MarketingLuxuryServicesConsumer Behavior0000